PATENT DOCUMENT

Publication Number: US-11921992-B2
Application Number: US-202217738940-A
Country: US
Kind Code: B2

Title: User interfaces related to time

Abstract:
The present disclosure generally relates to methods and user interfaces for managing watch face user interfaces. In some embodiments, methods and user interfaces for managing watch faces based on depth data of a previously captured media item are described. In some embodiments, methods and user interfaces for managing clock faces based on geographic data are described. In some embodiments, methods and user interfaces for managing clock faces based on state information of a computer system are described. In some embodiments, methods and user interfaces related to the management of time are described. In some embodiments, methods and user interfaces for editing user interfaces based on depth data of a previously captured media item are described.

Claims:
What is claimed is: 
     
       1. A computer system, comprising:
 one or more processors, wherein the computer system is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices; and 
 memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for:
 receiving, via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to a request to display a user interface based on a media item; and 
 in response to receiving the input:
 in accordance with a determination that the media item satisfies a first set of predetermined criteria, displaying, via the display generation component, the user interface based on the media item, wherein displaying the user interface includes concurrently displaying:
 the media item that includes a background element and a foreground element that is segmented from the background element based on depth information; and 
 system text, wherein the system text is displayed in front of the background element and behind the foreground element and has content that is dynamically selected based on a context of the computer system; and 
 
 in accordance with a determination that the media item does not satisfy the first set of predetermined criteria, displaying, via the display generation component, the user interface wherein displaying the user interface includes concurrently displaying:
 the media item that includes the background element and the foreground element that is segmented from the background element based on depth information; and 
 the system text, wherein the system text is displayed in front of the background element and in front of the foreground element and has content that is dynamically selected based on the context of the computer system. 
 
 
 
 
     
     
       2. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein displaying the system text includes:
 in accordance with a determination that the input was received in a first context, displaying first content in the system text; and 
 in accordance with a determination that the input was received in a second context, displaying second content different from the first content in the system text. 
 
     
     
       3. The computer system of  claim 1 , the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 detecting a change in context of the computer system; and 
 in response to detecting the change in context of the computer system, updating the system text at least partially based on the change in context. 
 
     
     
       4. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein the user interface based on a media item is a watch face. 
     
     
       5. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein the user interface is an initially displayed screen of the computer system when the computer system transitions from a low power state to a higher power state. 
     
     
       6. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein displaying the user interface includes displaying an animation, wherein the animation includes a change over time of an appearance of one or more of the elements of the user interface based at least partially on the depth information. 
     
     
       7. The computer system of  claim 6 , wherein the animation includes a simulated rack focus effect. 
     
     
       8. The computer system of  claim 6 , wherein the animation includes a simulated dolly zoom effect. 
     
     
       9. The computer system of  claim 6 , wherein the animation includes decreasing a blur of the foreground element and/or zooming in on the foreground element. 
     
     
       10. The computer system of  claim 6 , wherein the animation includes a parallax effect. 
     
     
       11. The computer system of  claim 1 , the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 detecting movement while the computer system is in a higher power state; and 
 in response to detecting the movement, displaying, via the display generation component, the user interface with a simulated parallax effect that has a direction and/or a magnitude that is determined based on a direction and/or a magnitude of the movement. 
 
     
     
       12. The computer system of  claim 1 , the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 displaying, via the display generation component, an editing user interface for editing a first complication of the user interface; 
 while displaying the editing user interface, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a first sequence of one or more user inputs; and 
 in response to receiving the first sequence of one or more user inputs:
 editing the first complication. 
 
 
     
     
       13. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein the system text displayed in the user interface is displayed with a first font, and the one or more programs further include instructions for:
 after displaying the user interface with the system text displayed with the first font, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request to edit the user interface; 
 in response to receiving the request to edit the user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, an editing user interface for editing the user interface; 
 while displaying the editing user interface, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a second sequence of one or more user inputs; 
 in response to receiving the second sequence of one or more user inputs, selecting a second font for the system text; and 
 after selecting the second font for the system text, displaying the user interface, wherein the system text displayed in the user interface is displayed with a second font different from the first font. 
 
     
     
       14. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein the system text displayed in the user interface is displayed with a first color, and the one or more programs further include instructions for:
 after displaying the user interface, with the system text displayed with a first color, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a second request to edit the user interface; 
 in response to receiving the second request to edit the user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, an editing user interface for editing the user interface; 
 while displaying the editing user interface, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a third sequence of one or more user inputs; 
 in response to receiving the third sequence of one or more user inputs, selecting a second color for the system text; and 
 after selecting the second color for the system text, displaying the user interface, wherein the system text displayed in the user interface is displayed with a second color different from the first color. 
 
     
     
       15. The computer system of  claim 1 , the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 detecting that a predetermined condition has been satisfied; and 
 in response to detecting that the predetermined condition has been satisfied:
 displaying the user interface, wherein the user interface is based on a second media item instead of being based on the media item, and wherein displaying the user interface includes concurrently displaying:
 the second media item that includes a second background element and a second foreground element that is segmented from the second background element based on depth information; and 
 system text, wherein the system text is displayed in front of the second background element and behind the second foreground element and has content that is dynamically selected based on the context of the computer system. 
 
 
 
     
     
       16. The computer system of  claim 1 , the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 displaying, via the display generation component, a media selection user interface that includes a set of media items; 
 receiving, via the one or more input devices, a fourth sequence of one or more user inputs corresponding to a selection of a subset of the set of media items including a third media item; and 
 in response to receiving the fourth sequence of one or more user inputs corresponding to a selection of a subset of the set of media items including a third media item, displaying the user interface, wherein the user interface is based on the third media item. 
 
     
     
       17. The computer system of  claim 1 , the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 in accordance with a determination that a plurality of media items contains at least one media item that satisfies a first set of predetermined criteria, adding one or more media items that satisfy the first set of predetermined criteria to a subset of media items selected for use with the user interface; and 
 after adding one or more media items that satisfy the first set of predetermined criteria to the subset of media items, displaying the user interface, wherein displaying the user interface includes:
 automatically selecting a fourth media item from the subset of media items selected for use with the user interface; and 
 after selecting the fourth media item from the subset of media items selected for use with the user interface, displaying the fourth media item. 
 
 
     
     
       18. The computer system of  claim 17 , wherein the determination about a set of characteristics of the media item includes a determination that displaying the system text behind the foreground element would not obscure more than a threshold amount of the system text. 
     
     
       19. The computer system of  claim 1 , the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 in accordance with a determination that the media item satisfies the first set of predetermined criteria, displaying system text in an upper portion of the user interface; and 
 in accordance with a determination that the media item does not satisfy the first set of predetermined criteria, displaying system text in a lower portion of the user interface. 
 
     
     
       20. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein displaying the user interface includes concurrently displaying a second complication, wherein the second complication is displayed in front of the foreground element. 
     
     
       21. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system, wherein the computer system is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for:
 receiving, via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to a request to display a user interface based on a media item; and 
 in response to receiving the input:
 in accordance with a determination that the media item satisfies a first set of predetermined criteria, displaying, via the display generation component, the user interface based on the media item, wherein displaying the user interface includes concurrently displaying:
 the media item that includes a background element and a foreground element that is segmented from the background element based on depth information; and 
 system text, wherein the system text is displayed in front of the background element and behind the foreground element and has content that is dynamically selected based on a context of the computer system; and 
 
 in accordance with a determination that the media item does not satisfy the first set of predetermined criteria, displaying, via the display generation component, the user interface wherein displaying the user interface includes concurrently displaying:
 the media item that includes the background element and the foreground element that is segmented from the background element based on depth information; and 
 the system text, wherein the system text is displayed in front of the background element and in front of the foreground element and has content that is dynamically selected based on the context of the computer system. 
 
 
 
     
     
       22. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 21 , wherein displaying the system text includes:
 in accordance with a determination that the input was received in a first context, displaying first content in the system text; and 
 in accordance with a determination that the input was received in a second context, displaying second content different from the first content in the system text. 
 
     
     
       23. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 21 , the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 detecting a change in context of the computer system; and 
 in response to detecting the change in context of the computer system, updating the system text at least partially based on the change in context. 
 
     
     
       24. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 21 , wherein the user interface based on a media item is a watch face. 
     
     
       25. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 21 , wherein the user interface is an initially displayed screen of the computer system when the computer system transitions from a low power state to a higher power state. 
     
     
       26. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 21 , wherein displaying the user interface includes displaying an animation, wherein the animation includes a change over time of an appearance of one or more of the elements of the user interface based at least partially on the depth information. 
     
     
       27. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 26 , wherein the animation includes a simulated rack focus effect. 
     
     
       28. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 26 , wherein the animation includes a simulated dolly zoom effect. 
     
     
       29. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 26 , wherein the animation includes decreasing a blur of the foreground element and/or zooming in on the foreground element. 
     
     
       30. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 26 , wherein the animation includes a parallax effect. 
     
     
       31. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 21 , the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 detecting movement while the computer system is in a higher power state; and 
 in response to detecting the movement, displaying, via the display generation component, the user interface with a simulated parallax effect that has a direction and/or a magnitude that is determined based on a direction and/or a magnitude of the movement. 
 
     
     
       32. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 21 , the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 displaying, via the display generation component, an editing user interface for editing a first complication of the user interface; 
 while displaying the editing user interface, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a first sequence of one or more user inputs; and 
 in response to receiving the first sequence of one or more user inputs:
 editing the first complication. 
 
 
     
     
       33. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 21 , wherein the system text displayed in the user interface is displayed with a first font, and the one or more programs further include instructions for:
 after displaying the user interface with the system text displayed with the first font, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request to edit the user interface; 
 in response to receiving the request to edit the user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, an editing user interface for editing the user interface; 
 while displaying the editing user interface, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a second sequence of one or more user inputs; 
 in response to receiving the second sequence of one or more user inputs, selecting a second font for the system text; and 
 after selecting the second font for the system text, displaying the user interface, wherein the system text displayed in the user interface is displayed with a second font different from the first font. 
 
     
     
       34. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 21 , wherein the system text displayed in the user interface is displayed with a first color, and the one or more programs further include instructions for:
 after displaying the user interface, with the system text displayed with a first color, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a second request to edit the user interface; 
 in response to receiving the second request to edit the user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, an editing user interface for editing the user interface; 
 while displaying the editing user interface, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a third sequence of one or more user inputs; 
 in response to receiving the third sequence of one or more user inputs, selecting a second color for the system text; and 
 after selecting the second color for the system text, displaying the user interface, wherein the system text displayed in the user interface is displayed with a second color different from the first color. 
 
     
     
       35. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 21 , the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 detecting that a predetermined condition has been satisfied; and 
 in response to detecting that the predetermined condition has been satisfied:
 displaying the user interface, wherein the user interface is based on a second media item instead of being based on the media item, and wherein displaying the user interface includes concurrently displaying:
 the second media item that includes a second background element and a second foreground element that is segmented from the second background element based on depth information; and 
 system text, wherein the system text is displayed in front of the second background element and behind the second foreground element and has content that is dynamically selected based on the context of the computer system. 
 
 
 
     
     
       36. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 21 , the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 displaying, via the display generation component, a media selection user interface that includes a set of media items; 
 receiving, via the one or more input devices, a fourth sequence of one or more user inputs corresponding to a selection of a subset of the set of media items including a third media item; and 
 in response to receiving the fourth sequence of one or more user inputs corresponding to a selection of a subset of the set of media items including a third media item, displaying the user interface, wherein the user interface is based on the third media item. 
 
     
     
       37. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 21 , the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 in accordance with a determination that a plurality of media items contains at least one media item that satisfies a first set of predetermined criteria, adding one or more media items that satisfy the first set of predetermined criteria to a subset of media items selected for use with the user interface; and 
 after adding one or more media items that satisfy the first set of predetermined criteria to the subset of media items, displaying the user interface, wherein displaying the user interface includes:
 automatically selecting a fourth media item from the subset of media items selected for use with the user interface; and 
 after selecting the fourth media item from the subset of media items selected for use with the user interface, displaying the fourth media item. 
 
 
     
     
       38. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 37 , wherein the determination about a set of characteristics of the media item includes a determination that displaying the system text behind the foreground element would not obscure more than a threshold amount of the system text. 
     
     
       39. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 21 , the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 in accordance with a determination that the media item satisfies the first set of predetermined criteria, displaying system text in an upper portion of the user interface; and 
 in accordance with a determination that the media item does not satisfy the first set of predetermined criteria, displaying system text in a lower portion of the user interface. 
 
     
     
       40. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 21 , wherein displaying the user interface includes concurrently displaying a second complication, wherein the second complication is displayed in front of the foreground element. 
     
     
       41. A method, comprising:
 at a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices:
 receiving, via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to a request to display a user interface based on a media item; and 
 in response to receiving the input:
 in accordance with a determination that the media item satisfies a first set of predetermined criteria, displaying, via the display generation component, the user interface based on the media item, wherein displaying the user interface includes concurrently displaying:
 the media item that includes a background element and a foreground element that is segmented from the background element based on depth information; and 
 system text, wherein the system text is displayed in front of the background element and behind the foreground element and has content that is dynamically selected based on a context of the computer system; and 
 
 in accordance with a determination that the media item does not satisfy the first set of predetermined criteria, displaying, via the display generation component, the user interface wherein displaying the user interface includes concurrently displaying:
 the media item that includes the background element and the foreground element that is segmented from the background element based on depth information; and 
 the system text, wherein the system text is displayed in front of the background element and in front of the foreground element and has content that is dynamically selected based on the context of the computer system. 
 
 
 
 
     
     
       42. The method of  claim 41 , wherein displaying the system text includes:
 in accordance with a determination that the input was received in a first context, displaying first content in the system text; and 
 in accordance with a determination that the input was received in a second context, displaying second content different from the first content in the system text. 
 
     
     
       43. The method of  claim 41 , further comprising:
 detecting a change in context of the computer system; and 
 in response to detecting the change in context of the computer system, updating the system text at least partially based on the change in context. 
 
     
     
       44. The method of  claim 41 , wherein the user interface based on a media item is a watch face. 
     
     
       45. The method of  claim 41 , wherein the user interface is an initially displayed screen of the computer system when the computer system transitions from a low power state to a higher power state. 
     
     
       46. The method of  claim 41 , wherein displaying the user interface includes displaying an animation, wherein the animation includes a change over time of an appearance of one or more of the elements of the user interface based at least partially on the depth information. 
     
     
       47. The method of  claim 46 , wherein the animation includes a simulated rack focus effect. 
     
     
       48. The method of  claim 46 , wherein the animation includes a simulated dolly zoom effect. 
     
     
       49. The method of  claim 46 , wherein the animation includes decreasing a blur of the foreground element and/or zooming in on the foreground element. 
     
     
       50. The method of  claim 46 , wherein the animation includes a parallax effect. 
     
     
       51. The method of  claim 41 , further comprising:
 detecting movement while the computer system is in a higher power state; and 
 in response to detecting the movement, displaying, via the display generation component, the user interface with a simulated parallax effect that has a direction and/or a magnitude that is determined based on a direction and/or a magnitude of the movement. 
 
     
     
       52. The method of  claim 41 , further comprising:
 displaying, via the display generation component, an editing user interface for editing a first complication of the user interface; 
 while displaying the editing user interface, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a first sequence of one or more user inputs; and 
 in response to receiving the first sequence of one or more user inputs:
 editing the first complication. 
 
 
     
     
       53. The method of  claim 41 , wherein the system text displayed in the user interface is displayed with a first font, and the one or more programs further include instructions for:
 after displaying the user interface with the system text displayed with the first font, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request to edit the user interface; 
 in response to receiving the request to edit the user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, an editing user interface for editing the user interface; 
 while displaying the editing user interface, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a second sequence of one or more user inputs; 
 in response to receiving the second sequence of one or more user inputs, selecting a second font for the system text; and 
 after selecting the second font for the system text, displaying the user interface, wherein the system text displayed in the user interface is displayed with a second font different from the first font. 
 
     
     
       54. The method of  claim 41 , wherein the system text displayed in the user interface is displayed with a first color, and the one or more programs further include instructions for:
 after displaying the user interface, with the system text displayed with a first color, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a second request to edit the user interface; 
 in response to receiving the second request to edit the user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, an editing user interface for editing the user interface; 
 while displaying the editing user interface, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a third sequence of one or more user inputs; 
 in response to receiving the third sequence of one or more user inputs, selecting a second color for the system text; and 
 after selecting the second color for the system text, displaying the user interface, wherein the system text displayed in the user interface is displayed with a second color different from the first color. 
 
     
     
       55. The method of  claim 41 , further comprising:
 detecting that a predetermined condition has been satisfied; and 
 in response to detecting that the predetermined condition has been satisfied:
 displaying the user interface, wherein the user interface is based on a second media item instead of being based on the media item, and wherein displaying the user interface includes concurrently displaying:
 the second media item that includes a second background element and a second foreground element that is segmented from the second background element based on depth information; and 
 system text, wherein the system text is displayed in front of the second background element and behind the second foreground element and has content that is dynamically selected based on the context of the computer system. 
 
 
 
     
     
       56. The method of  claim 41 , further comprising:
 displaying, via the display generation component, a media selection user interface that includes a set of media items; 
 receiving, via the one or more input devices, a fourth sequence of one or more user inputs corresponding to a selection of a subset of the set of media items including a third media item; and 
 in response to receiving the fourth sequence of one or more user inputs corresponding to a selection of a subset of the set of media items including a third media item, displaying the user interface, wherein the user interface is based on the third media item. 
 
     
     
       57. The method of  claim 41 , further comprising:
 in accordance with a determination that a plurality of media items contains at least one media item that satisfies a first set of predetermined criteria, adding one or more media items that satisfy the first set of predetermined criteria to a subset of media items selected for use with the user interface; and 
 after adding one or more media items that satisfy the first set of predetermined criteria to the subset of media items, displaying the user interface, wherein displaying the user interface includes:
 automatically selecting a fourth media item from the subset of media items selected for use with the user interface; and 
 after selecting the fourth media item from the subset of media items selected for use with the user interface, displaying the fourth media item. 
 
 
     
     
       58. The method of  claim 57 , wherein the determination about a set of characteristics of the media item includes a determination that displaying the system text behind the foreground element would not obscure more than a threshold amount of the system text. 
     
     
       59. The method of  claim 41 , further comprising:
 in accordance with a determination that the media item satisfies the first set of predetermined criteria, displaying system text in an upper portion of the user interface; and 
 in accordance with a determination that the media item does not satisfy the first set of predetermined criteria, displaying system text in a lower portion of the user interface. 
 
     
     
       60. The method of  claim 41 , wherein displaying the user interface includes concurrently displaying a second complication, wherein the second complication is displayed in front of the foreground element.

Description:
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS 
     This application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 63/197,447, filed Jun. 6, 2021, entitled “USER INTERFACES RELATED TO TIME;” and U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 63/188,801, filed May 14, 2021, entitled “USER INTERFACES RELATED TO TIME,” the entire contents of each of which are hereby incorporated by reference. 
    
    
     FIELD 
     The present disclosure relates generally to computer user interfaces, and more specifically to techniques for managing watch faces. 
     BACKGROUND 
     Smart watch devices and other personal electronic device allow users to manipulate the appearance of a watch face. Users can select a variety of options to manage how the watch faces appears. 
     BRIEF SUMMARY 
     Some techniques for managing watch faces using electronic devices, however, are generally cumbersome and inefficient. For example, some existing techniques use a complex and time-consuming user interface, which may include multiple key presses or keystrokes. Existing techniques require more time than necessary, wasting user time and device energy. This latter consideration is particularly important in battery-operated devices. 
     Accordingly, the present technique provides electronic devices with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for managing watch faces. Such methods and interfaces optionally complement or replace other methods for managing watch faces. Such methods and interfaces reduce the cognitive burden on a user and produce a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, such methods and interfaces conserve power and increase the time between battery charges. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a method is described. The method is performed at a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices. The method comprises receiving, via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to a request to display a user interface based on a media item; and in response to receiving the input, displaying, via the display generation component, a user interface, wherein displaying the user interface includes concurrently displaying: a media item that includes a background element and a foreground element that is segmented from the background element based on depth information; and system text, wherein the system text is displayed in front of the background element and behind the foreground element and has content that is dynamically selected based on a context of the computer system. 
     In accordance with some embodiments a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system, wherein the computer system is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving, via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to a request to display a user interface based on a media item; and in response to receiving the input, displaying, via the display generation component, a user interface, wherein displaying the user interface includes concurrently displaying: a media item that includes a background element and a foreground element that is segmented from the background element based on depth information; and system text, wherein the system text is displayed in front of the background element and behind the foreground element and has content that is dynamically selected based on a context of the computer system. 
     In accordance with some embodiments a transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system, wherein the computer system is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving, via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to a request to display a user interface based on a media item; and in response to receiving the input, displaying, via the display generation component, a user interface, wherein displaying the user interface includes concurrently displaying: a media item that includes a background element and a foreground element that is segmented from the background element based on depth information; and system text, wherein the system text is displayed in front of the background element and behind the foreground element and has content that is dynamically selected based on a context of the computer system. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system is described. The computer system comprises one or more processors, wherein the computer system is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving, via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to a request to display a user interface based on a media item; and in response to receiving the input, displaying, via the display generation component, a user interface, wherein displaying the user interface includes concurrently displaying: a media item that includes a background element and a foreground element that is segmented from the background element based on depth information; and system text, wherein the system text is displayed in front of the background element and behind the foreground element and has content that is dynamically selected based on a context of the computer system. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system is described. The computer system is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices. The computer system comprises: means for receiving, via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to a request to display a user interface based on a media item; and means, responsive to receiving the input, displaying, via the display generation component, a user interface, wherein displaying the user interface includes concurrently displaying: a media item that includes a background element and a foreground element that is segmented from the background element based on depth information; and system text, wherein the system text is displayed in front of the background element and behind the foreground element and has content that is dynamically selected based on a context of the computer system. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer program product is described. The computer program product comprises one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving, via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to a request to display a user interface based on a media item; and in response to receiving the input, displaying, via the display generation component, a user interface wherein displaying the user interface includes concurrently displaying: a media item that includes a background element and a foreground element that is segmented from the background element based on depth information; and system text, wherein the system text is displayed in front of the background element and behind the foreground element and has content that is dynamically selected based on a context of the computer system. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a method is described. The method is performed at a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices. The method comprises: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request to display a clock face; in response to receiving the request to display the clock face, displaying, via the display generation component, a clock face that includes names of one or more different cities, including concurrently displaying: a current time indication for a current time zone associated with the computer system; names of one or more different cities, wherein the one or more different cities include a first city and displaying the name of the one or more cities includes displaying the first city name, wherein: in accordance with a determination that the computer system is associated with a first time zone, the first city name is displayed at a first location in the clock face with text that is oriented so that bottoms of the letters in the first city name are closer to the current time indication than tops of the letters in the first city name are to the current time indication; and in accordance with a determination that the computer system is associated with a second time zone that is different from the first time zone, the first city name is displayed at a second location in the clock face with text that is oriented so that the tops of the letters in the first city name are closer to the current time indication than the bottoms of the letters in the first city name are to the current time indication. 
     In accordance with some embodiments a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system, wherein the computer system is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request to display a clock face; in response to receiving the request to display the clock face, displaying, via the display generation component, a clock face that includes names of one or more different cities, including concurrently displaying: a current time indication for a current time zone associated with the computer system; names of one or more different cities, wherein the one or more different cities include a first city and displaying the name of the one or more cities includes displaying the first city name, wherein: in accordance with a determination that the computer system is associated with a first time zone, the first city name is displayed at a first location in the clock face with text that is oriented so that bottoms of the letters in the first city name are closer to the current time indication than tops of the letters in the first city name are to the current time indication; and in accordance with a determination that the computer system is associated with a second time zone that is different from the first time zone, the first city name is displayed at a second location in the clock face with text that is oriented so that the tops of the letters in the first city name are closer to the current time indication than the bottoms of the letters in the first city name are to the current time indication. 
     In accordance with some embodiments a transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system, wherein the computer system is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request to display a clock face; in response to receiving the request to display the clock face, displaying, via the display generation component, a clock face that includes names of one or more different cities, including concurrently displaying: a current time indication for a current time zone associated with the computer system; names of one or more different cities, wherein the one or more different cities include a first city and displaying the name of the one or more cities includes displaying the first city name, wherein: in accordance with a determination that the computer system is associated with a first time zone, the first city name is displayed at a first location in the clock face with text that is oriented so that bottoms of the letters in the first city name are closer to the current time indication than tops of the letters in the first city name are to the current time indication; and in accordance with a determination that the computer system is associated with a second time zone that is different from the first time zone, the first city name is displayed at a second location in the clock face with text that is oriented so that the tops of the letters in the first city name are closer to the current time indication than the bottoms of the letters in the first city name are to the current time indication. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system is described. The computer system comprises one or more processors, wherein the computer system is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request to display a clock face; in response to receiving the request to display the clock face, displaying, via the display generation component, a clock face that includes names of one or more different cities, including concurrently displaying: a current time indication for a current time zone associated with the computer system; names of one or more different cities, wherein the one or more different cities include a first city and displaying the name of the one or more cities includes displaying the first city name, wherein: in accordance with a determination that the computer system is associated with a first time zone, the first city name is displayed at a first location in the clock face with text that is oriented so that bottoms of the letters in the first city name are closer to the current time indication than tops of the letters in the first city name are to the current time indication; and in accordance with a determination that the computer system is associated with a second time zone that is different from the first time zone, the first city name is displayed at a second location in the clock face with text that is oriented so that the tops of the letters in the first city name are closer to the current time indication than the bottoms of the letters in the first city name are to the current time indication. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system is described. The computer system is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices. The computer system comprises: means for receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request to display a clock face; means, responsive to receiving the request to display the clock face, for displaying, via the display generation component, a clock face that includes names of one or more different cities, including concurrently displaying: a current time indication for a current time zone associated with the computer system; names of one or more different cities, wherein the one or more different cities include a first city and displaying the name of the one or more cities includes displaying the first city name, wherein: in accordance with a determination that the computer system is associated with a first time zone, the first city name is displayed at a first location in the clock face with text that is oriented so that bottoms of the letters in the first city name are closer to the current time indication than tops of the letters in the first city name are to the current time indication; and in accordance with a determination that the computer system is associated with a second time zone that is different from the first time zone, the first city name is displayed at a second location in the clock face with text that is oriented so that the tops of the letters in the first city name are closer to the current time indication than the bottoms of the letters in the first city name are to the current time indication. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer program product is described. The computer program product comprises one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request to display a clock face; in response to receiving the request to display the clock face, displaying, via the display generation component, a clock face that includes names of one or more different cities, including concurrently displaying: a current time indication for a current time zone associated with the computer system; names of one or more different cities, wherein the one or more different cities include a first city and displaying the name of the one or more cities includes displaying the first city name, wherein: in accordance with a determination that the computer system is associated with a first time zone, the first city name is displayed at a first location in the clock face with text that is oriented so that bottoms of the letters in the first city name are closer to the current time indication than tops of the letters in the first city name are to the current time indication; and in accordance with a determination that the computer system is associated with a second time zone that is different from the first time zone, the first city name is displayed at a second location in the clock face with text that is oriented so that the tops of the letters in the first city name are closer to the current time indication than the bottoms of the letters in the first city name are to the current time indication. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a method is described. The method is performed at a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component. The method comprises: while the computer system is in a first state, displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that includes an analog dial, wherein displaying the analog dial while the computer system is in the first state includes concurrently displaying: a time indicator that indicates a current time on the analog dial; and hour indicators displayed around the analog dial, wherein the hour indicators include an indicator of a first hour displayed at a first size and an indicator of a second hour displayed at a second size different from the first size; and after displaying the analog dial with the first hour indicator displayed at the first size and the second hour indicator displayed at the second size, detecting a request to display the analog dial while the computer system is in a second state that is different from the first state; and in response to detecting a change in state of the computer system, displaying the first user interface updated to reflect the second state, including displaying the analog dial, wherein displaying the analog dial while the computer system is in the second state includes concurrently displaying: a time indicator that indicates the current time on the analog dial; and hour indicators displayed around the analog dial, wherein the hour indicators include the indicator of the first hour displayed at a third size that is different from the first size and the indicator of the second hour displayed at a fourth size different from the second size. 
     In accordance with some embodiments a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system, wherein the computer system is in communication with a display generation component, the one or more programs including instructions for: while the computer system is in a first state, displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that includes an analog dial, wherein displaying the analog dial while the computer system is in the first state includes concurrently displaying: a time indicator that indicates a current time on the analog dial; and hour indicators displayed around the analog dial, wherein the hour indicators include an indicator of a first hour displayed at a first size and an indicator of a second hour displayed at a second size different from the first size; and after displaying the analog dial with the first hour indicator displayed at the first size and the second hour indicator displayed at the second size, detecting a request to display the analog dial while the computer system is in a second state that is different from the first state; and in response to detecting a change in state of the computer system, displaying the first user interface updated to reflect the second state, including displaying the analog dial, wherein displaying the analog dial while the computer system is in the second state includes concurrently displaying: a time indicator that indicates the current time on the analog dial; and hour indicators displayed around the analog dial, wherein the hour indicators include the indicator of the first hour displayed at a third size that is different from the first size and the indicator of the second hour displayed at a fourth size different from the second size. 
     In accordance with some embodiments a transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system, wherein the computer system is in communication with a display generation component, the one or more programs including instructions for: while the computer system is in a first state, displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that includes an analog dial, wherein displaying the analog dial while the computer system is in the first state includes concurrently displaying: a time indicator that indicates a current time on the analog dial; and hour indicators displayed around the analog dial, wherein the hour indicators include an indicator of a first hour displayed at a first size and an indicator of a second hour displayed at a second size different from the first size; and after displaying the analog dial with the first hour indicator displayed at the first size and the second hour indicator displayed at the second size, detecting a request to display the analog dial while the computer system is in a second state that is different from the first state; and in response to detecting a change in state of the computer system, displaying the first user interface updated to reflect the second state, including displaying the analog dial, wherein displaying the analog dial while the computer system is in the second state includes concurrently displaying: a time indicator that indicates the current time on the analog dial; and hour indicators displayed around the analog dial, wherein the hour indicators include the indicator of the first hour displayed at a third size that is different from the first size and the indicator of the second hour displayed at a fourth size different from the second size. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system is described. The computer system comprises: one or more processors, wherein the computer system is in communication with a display generation component; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: while the computer system is in a first state, displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that includes an analog dial, wherein displaying the analog dial while the computer system is in the first state includes concurrently displaying: a time indicator that indicates a current time on the analog dial; and hour indicators displayed around the analog dial, wherein the hour indicators include an indicator of a first hour displayed at a first size and an indicator of a second hour displayed at a second size different from the first size; and after displaying the analog dial with the first hour indicator displayed at the first size and the second hour indicator displayed at the second size, detecting a request to display the analog dial while the computer system is in a second state that is different from the first state; and in response to detecting a change in state of the computer system, displaying the first user interface updated to reflect the second state, including displaying the analog dial, wherein displaying the analog dial while the computer system is in the second state includes concurrently displaying: a time indicator that indicates the current time on the analog dial; and hour indicators displayed around the analog dial, wherein the hour indicators include the indicator of the first hour displayed at a third size that is different from the first size and the indicator of the second hour displayed at a fourth size different from the second size. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system is described. The computer system is in communication with a display generation component. The computer system comprises: means for, while the computer system is in a first state, displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that includes an analog dial, wherein displaying the analog dial while the computer system is in the first state includes concurrently displaying: a time indicator that indicates a current time on the analog dial; and hour indicators displayed around the analog dial, wherein the hour indicators include an indicator of a first hour displayed at a first size and an indicator of a second hour displayed at a second size different from the first size; and means for, after displaying the analog dial with the first hour indicator displayed at the first size and the second hour indicator displayed at the second size, detecting a request to display the analog dial while the computer system is in a second state that is different from the first state; and means, responsive to detecting a change in state of the computer system, displaying the first user interface updated to reflect the second state, including displaying the analog dial, wherein displaying the analog dial while the computer system is in the second state includes concurrently displaying: a time indicator that indicates the current time on the analog dial; and hour indicators displayed around the analog dial, wherein the hour indicators include the indicator of the first hour displayed at a third size that is different from the first size and the indicator of the second hour displayed at a fourth size different from the second size. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer program product is described. The computer program product comprising one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component, the one or more programs including instructions for: while the computer system is in a first state, displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that includes an analog dial, wherein displaying the analog dial while the computer system is in the first state includes concurrently displaying: a time indicator that indicates a current time on the analog dial; and hour indicators displayed around the analog dial, wherein the hour indicators include an indicator of a first hour displayed at a first size and an indicator of a second hour displayed at a second size different from the first size; and after displaying the analog dial with the first hour indicator displayed at the first size and the second hour indicator displayed at the second size, detecting a request to display the analog dial while the computer system is in a second state that is different from the first state; and in response to detecting a change in state of the computer system, displaying the first user interface updated to reflect the second state, including displaying the analog dial, wherein displaying the analog dial while the computer system is in the second state includes concurrently displaying: a time indicator that indicates the current time on the analog dial; and hour indicators displayed around the analog dial, wherein the hour indicators include the indicator of the first hour displayed at a third size that is different from the first size and the indicator of the second hour displayed at a fourth size different from the second size. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a method is described. The method is performed at a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices including a rotatable input mechanism. The method comprises: displaying, via the display generation component, a selection user interface; while displaying the selection user interface, detecting a rotation of the rotatable input mechanism about an axis of rotation; in response to detecting the rotation of the rotatable input mechanism, displaying a graphical indication of selection focus changing as selection focus is moved between a plurality of selectable objects; after changing selection focus through the plurality of selectable objects, detecting a press input on the rotatable input mechanism; and in response to detecting the press input, selecting one of the plurality of selectable objects, including: in accordance with a determination that a first selectable object of the plurality of selectable objects had selection focus when the press input was detected, selecting the first selectable object; and in accordance with a determination that a second selectable object, different from the first selectable object, of the plurality of selectable objects had selection focus when the press input was detected, selecting the second selectable object. 
     In accordance with some embodiments a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system, wherein the computer system is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices including a rotatable input mechanism, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a selection user interface; while displaying the selection user interface, detecting a rotation of the rotatable input mechanism about an axis of rotation; in response to detecting the rotation of the rotatable input mechanism, displaying a graphical indication of selection focus changing as selection focus is moved between a plurality of selectable objects; after changing selection focus through the plurality of selectable objects, detecting a press input on the rotatable input mechanism; and in response to detecting the press input, selecting one of the plurality of selectable objects, including: in accordance with a determination that a first selectable object of the plurality of selectable objects had selection focus when the press input was detected, selecting the first selectable object; and in accordance with a determination that a second selectable object, different from the first selectable object, of the plurality of selectable objects had selection focus when the press input was detected, selecting the second selectable object. 
     In accordance with some embodiments a transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system, wherein the computer system is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices including a rotatable input mechanism, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a selection user interface; while displaying the selection user interface, detecting a rotation of the rotatable input mechanism about an axis of rotation; in response to detecting the rotation of the rotatable input mechanism, displaying a graphical indication of selection focus changing as selection focus is moved between a plurality of selectable objects; after changing selection focus through the plurality of selectable objects, detecting a press input on the rotatable input mechanism; and in response to detecting the press input, selecting one of the plurality of selectable objects, including: in accordance with a determination that a first selectable object of the plurality of selectable objects had selection focus when the press input was detected, selecting the first selectable object; and in accordance with a determination that a second selectable object, different from the first selectable object, of the plurality of selectable objects had selection focus when the press input was detected, selecting the second selectable object. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system is described. The computer system comprises one or more processors, wherein the computer system is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices including a rotatable input mechanism; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a selection user interface; while displaying the selection user interface, detecting a rotation of the rotatable input mechanism about an axis of rotation; in response to detecting the rotation of the rotatable input mechanism, displaying a graphical indication of selection focus changing as selection focus is moved between a plurality of selectable objects; after changing selection focus through the plurality of selectable objects, detecting a press input on the rotatable input mechanism; and in response to detecting the press input, selecting one of the plurality of selectable objects, including: in accordance with a determination that a first selectable object of the plurality of selectable objects had selection focus when the press input was detected, selecting the first selectable object; and in accordance with a determination that a second selectable object, different from the first selectable object, of the plurality of selectable objects had selection focus when the press input was detected, selecting the second selectable object. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system is described. The computer system is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices including a rotatable input mechanism. The computer system comprises: means for displaying, via the display generation component, a selection user interface; means for, while displaying the selection user interface, detecting a rotation of the rotatable input mechanism about an axis of rotation; means for, responsive to in detecting the rotation of the rotatable input mechanism, displaying a graphical indication of selection focus changing as selection focus is moved between a plurality of selectable objects; means for, after changing selection focus through the plurality of selectable objects, detecting a press input on the rotatable input mechanism; and means, responsive to detecting the press input, for selecting one of the plurality of selectable objects, including: in accordance with a determination that a first selectable object of the plurality of selectable objects had selection focus when the press input was detected, selecting the first selectable object; and in accordance with a determination that a second selectable object, different from the first selectable object, of the plurality of selectable objects had selection focus when the press input was detected, selecting the second selectable object. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer program product is described. The computer program product comprising one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices including a rotatable input mechanism, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a selection user interface; while displaying the selection user interface, detecting a rotation of the rotatable input mechanism about an axis of rotation; in response to detecting the rotation of the rotatable input mechanism, displaying a graphical indication of selection focus changing as selection focus is moved between a plurality of selectable objects; after changing selection focus through the plurality of selectable objects, detecting a press input on the rotatable input mechanism; and in response to detecting the press input, selecting one of the plurality of selectable objects, including: in accordance with a determination that a first selectable object of the plurality of selectable objects had selection focus when the press input was detected, selecting the first selectable object; and in accordance with a determination that a second selectable object, different from the first selectable object, of the plurality of selectable objects had selection focus when the press input was detected, selecting the second selectable object. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a method performed at a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices is described. The method comprises: detecting, via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to a request to display an editing user interface; in response to detecting the input, displaying, via the display generation component, an editing user interface, wherein displaying the editing user interface includes concurrently displaying: a media item that includes a background element and a foreground element that is segmented from the background element based on depth information; and system text, wherein: the system text is displayed with a first layer arrangement relative to the foreground element based on the depth information; and the foreground element of the media item is displayed at a first position relative to the system text; detecting a user input directed to the editing user interface; and in response to detecting the user input directed to the editing user interface: in accordance with a determination that the user input is a first type of user input, updating the system text to be displayed with a second layer arrangement relative to the foreground element that was segmented based on depth information for the media item; and in accordance with a determination that the user input is a second type of user input different from the first type of user input, updating the media item so that the foreground element of the media item is displayed at a second position relative to the system text, wherein the second position is different from the first position. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: detecting, via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to a request to display an editing user interface; in response to detecting the input, displaying, via the display generation component, an editing user interface, wherein displaying the editing user interface includes concurrently displaying: a media item that includes a background element and a foreground element that is segmented from the background element based on depth information; and system text, wherein: the system text is displayed with a first layer arrangement relative to the foreground element based on the depth information; and the foreground element of the media item is displayed at a first position relative to the system text; detecting a user input directed to the editing user interface; and in response to detecting the user input directed to the editing user interface: in accordance with a determination that the user input is a first type of user input, updating the system text to be displayed with a second layer arrangement relative to the foreground element that was segmented based on depth information for the media item; and in accordance with a determination that the user input is a second type of user input different from the first type of user input, updating the media item so that the foreground element of the media item is displayed at a second position relative to the system text, wherein the second position is different from the first position. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: detecting, via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to a request to display an editing user interface; in response to detecting the input, displaying, via the display generation component, an editing user interface, wherein displaying the editing user interface includes concurrently displaying: a media item that includes a background element and a foreground element that is segmented from the background element based on depth information; and system text, wherein: the system text is displayed with a first layer arrangement relative to the foreground element based on the depth information; and the foreground element of the media item is displayed at a first position relative to the system text; detecting a user input directed to the editing user interface; and in response to detecting the user input directed to the editing user interface: in accordance with a determination that the user input is a first type of user input, updating the system text to be displayed with a second layer arrangement relative to the foreground element that was segmented based on depth information for the media item; and in accordance with a determination that the user input is a second type of user input different from the first type of user input, updating the media item so that the foreground element of the media item is displayed at a second position relative to the system text, wherein the second position is different from the first position. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system that is configured to communicate with a display generation component and one or more input devices is described. The computer system comprises: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: detecting, via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to a request to display an editing user interface; in response to detecting the input, displaying, via the display generation component, an editing user interface, wherein displaying the editing user interface includes concurrently displaying: a media item that includes a background element and a foreground element that is segmented from the background element based on depth information; and system text, wherein: the system text is displayed with a first layer arrangement relative to the foreground element based on the depth information; and the foreground element of the media item is displayed at a first position relative to the system text; detecting a user input directed to the editing user interface; and in response to detecting the user input directed to the editing user interface: in accordance with a determination that the user input is a first type of user input, updating the system text to be displayed with a second layer arrangement relative to the foreground element that was segmented based on depth information for the media item; and in accordance with a determination that the user input is a second type of user input different from the first type of user input, updating the media item so that the foreground element of the media item is displayed at a second position relative to the system text, wherein the second position is different from the first position. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system that is configured to communicate with a display generation component and one or more input devices is described. The computer system comprises: means for detecting, via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to a request to display an editing user interface; means, responsive to detecting the input, for displaying, via the display generation component, an editing user interface, wherein displaying the editing user interface includes concurrently displaying: a media item that includes a background element and a foreground element that is segmented from the background element based on depth information; and system text, wherein: the system text is displayed with a first layer arrangement relative to the foreground element based on the depth information; and the foreground element of the media item is displayed at a first position relative to the system text; means for detecting a user input directed to the editing user interface; and means, responsive to detecting the user input directed to the editing user interface, for: in accordance with a determination that the user input is a first type of user input, updating the system text to be displayed with a second layer arrangement relative to the foreground element that was segmented based on depth information for the media item; and in accordance with a determination that the user input is a second type of user input different from the first type of user input, updating the media item so that the foreground element of the media item is displayed at a second position relative to the system text, wherein the second position is different from the first position. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer program product is described. The computer program product comprises one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices. The one or more programs include instructions for: detecting, via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to a request to display an editing user interface; in response to detecting the input, displaying, via the display generation component, an editing user interface, wherein displaying the editing user interface includes concurrently displaying: a media item that includes a background element and a foreground element that is segmented from the background element based on depth information; and system text, wherein: the system text is displayed with a first layer arrangement relative to the foreground element based on the depth information; and the foreground element of the media item is displayed at a first position relative to the system text; detecting a user input directed to the editing user interface; and in response to detecting the user input directed to the editing user interface: in accordance with a determination that the user input is a first type of user input, updating the system text to be displayed with a second layer arrangement relative to the foreground element that was segmented based on depth information for the media item; and in accordance with a determination that the user input is a second type of user input different from the first type of user input, updating the media item so that the foreground element of the media item is displayed at a second position relative to the system text, wherein the second position is different from the first position. 
     Executable instructions for performing these functions are, optionally, included in a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors. Executable instructions for performing these functions are, optionally, included in a transitory computer-readable storage medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors. 
     Thus, devices are provided with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for managing watch faces, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace other methods for managing watch faces. 
    
    
     
       DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES 
       For a better understanding of the various described embodiments, reference should be made to the Description of Embodiments below, in conjunction with the following drawings in which like reference numerals refer to corresponding parts throughout the figures. 
         FIG.  1 A  is a block diagram illustrating a portable multifunction device with a touch-sensitive display in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  1 B  is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  2    illustrates a portable multifunction device having a touch screen in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  3    is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  4 A  illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  4 B  illustrates an exemplary user interface for a multifunction device with a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  5 A  illustrates a personal electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  5 B  is a block diagram illustrating a personal electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS.  5 C- 5 D  illustrate exemplary components of a personal electronic device having a touch-sensitive display and intensity sensors in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS.  5 E- 5 H  illustrate exemplary components and user interfaces of a personal electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS.  6 A- 6 U  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for managing watch faces based on depth data of a previously captured media item. 
         FIG.  7    is a flow diagram illustrating a method for managing watch faces based on depth data of a previously captured media item. 
         FIGS.  8 A- 8 M  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for managing clock faces based on geographic data. 
         FIG.  9    is a flow diagram illustrating a method for managing clock faces based on geographic data. 
         FIGS.  10 A- 10 W  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for managing clock faces based on state information of a computer system. 
         FIG.  11    is a flow diagram illustrating a method for managing clock faces based on state information of a computer system. 
         FIGS.  12 A- 12 W  illustrate exemplary user interfaces related to the management of time. 
         FIG.  13    is a flow diagram illustrating a method related to user interfaces for the management of time. 
         FIGS.  14 A- 14 R  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for editing user interfaces based on depth data of a previously captured media item. 
         FIG.  15    is a flow diagram illustrating a method related to editing user interfaces based on depth data of a previously captured media item. 
     
    
    
     DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENTS 
     The following description sets forth exemplary methods, parameters, and the like. It should be recognized, however, that such description is not intended as a limitation on the scope of the present disclosure but is instead provided as a description of exemplary embodiments. 
     There is a need for electronic devices that provide efficient methods and interfaces for managing clock faces. For example, there is a need for devices that enable an intuitive and efficient method for displaying a watch face based on a previously captured media item that includes depth data. For another example, there is a need for devices that enable an intuitive and efficient method for displaying a watch face that includes information based on the geographic location data. For another example, there is a need for devices that enable an intuitive and efficient method for displaying a watch face that provide an indication of a current time in a compelling manner. For another example, there is a need for devices that enable adjustments and modifications to a background and/or complications of a watch face in an intuitive and efficient manner. Such techniques can reduce the cognitive burden on a user who manage clock faces, thereby enhancing productivity. Further, such techniques can reduce processor and battery power otherwise wasted on redundant user inputs. 
     Below,  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B,  2 ,  3 ,  4 A- 4 B, and  5 A- 5 H  provide a description of exemplary devices for performing the techniques for managing event notifications. 
       FIGS.  6 A- 6 U  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for managing watch faces based on depth data of a previously captured media item.  FIG.  7    is a flow diagram illustrating methods of managing watch faces based on depth data of a previously captured media item in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in  FIGS.  6 A- 6 U  are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in  FIG.  7   . 
       FIGS.  8 A- 8 M  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for managing clock faces based on geographic data.  FIG.  9    is a flow diagram illustrating methods of managing clock faces based on geographic data in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in  FIGS.  8 A- 8 M  are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in  FIG.  9   . 
       FIGS.  10 A- 10 W  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for managing clock faces based on state information of a computer system.  FIG.  11    is a flow diagram illustrating methods of managing clock faces based on state information of a computer system in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in  FIGS.  10 A- 10 W  are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in  FIG.  11   . 
       FIGS.  12 A- 12 W  illustrate exemplary user interfaces related to the management of time.  FIG.  13    is a flow diagram illustrating methods related to user interfaces for managing time. The user interfaces in  FIGS.  12 A- 12 W  are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in  FIG.  13   . 
       FIGS.  14 A- 14 R  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for editing user interfaces based on depth data of a previously captured media item. The user interfaces in  FIGS.  14 A- 14 R  are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in  FIG.  15   . 
     In addition, in methods described herein where one or more steps are contingent upon one or more conditions having been met, it should be understood that the described method can be repeated in multiple repetitions so that over the course of the repetitions all of the conditions upon which steps in the method are contingent have been met in different repetitions of the method. For example, if a method requires performing a first step if a condition is satisfied, and a second step if the condition is not satisfied, then a person of ordinary skill would appreciate that the claimed steps are repeated until the condition has been both satisfied and not satisfied, in no particular order. Thus, a method described with one or more steps that are contingent upon one or more conditions having been met could be rewritten as a method that is repeated until each of the conditions described in the method has been met. This, however, is not required of system or computer-readable medium claims where the system or computer-readable medium contains instructions for performing the contingent operations based on the satisfaction of the corresponding one or more conditions and thus is capable of determining whether the contingency has or has not been satisfied without explicitly repeating steps of a method until all of the conditions upon which steps in the method are contingent have been met. A person having ordinary skill in the art would also understand that, similar to a method with contingent steps, a system or computer-readable storage medium can repeat the steps of a method as many times as are needed to ensure that all of the contingent steps have been performed. 
     Although the following description uses terms “first,” “second,” etc. to describe various elements, these elements should not be limited by the terms. In some embodiments, these terms are used to distinguish one element from another. For example, a first touch could be termed a second touch, and, similarly, a second touch could be termed a first touch, without departing from the scope of the various described embodiments. In some embodiments, the first touch and the second touch are two separate references to the same touch. In some embodiments, the first touch and the second touch are both touches, but they are not the same touch. 
     The terminology used in the description of the various described embodiments herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting. As used in the description of the various described embodiments and the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” are intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. It will also be understood that the term “and/or” as used herein refers to and encompasses any and all possible combinations of one or more of the associated listed items. It will be further understood that the terms “includes,” “including,” “comprises,” and/or “comprising,” when used in this specification, specify the presence of stated features, integers, steps, operations, elements, and/or components, but do not preclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers, steps, operations, elements, components, and/or groups thereof. 
     The term “if” is, optionally, construed to mean “when” or “upon” or “in response to determining” or “in response to detecting,” depending on the context. Similarly, the phrase “if it is determined” or “if [a stated condition or event] is detected” is, optionally, construed to mean “upon determining” or “in response to determining” or “upon detecting [the stated condition or event]” or “in response to detecting [the stated condition or event],” depending on the context. 
     Embodiments of electronic devices, user interfaces for such devices, and associated processes for using such devices are described. In some embodiments, the device is a portable communications device, such as a mobile telephone, that also contains other functions, such as PDA and/or music player functions. Exemplary embodiments of portable multifunction devices include, without limitation, the iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif. Other portable electronic devices, such as laptops or tablet computers with touch-sensitive surfaces (e.g., touch screen displays and/or touchpads), are, optionally, used. It should also be understood that, in some embodiments, the device is not a portable communications device, but is a desktop computer with a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch screen display and/or a touchpad). In some embodiments, the electronic device is a computer system that is in communication (e.g., via wireless communication, via wired communication) with a display generation component. The display generation component is configured to provide visual output, such as display via a CRT display, display via an LED display, or display via image projection. In some embodiments, the display generation component is integrated with the computer system. In some embodiments, the display generation component is separate from the computer system. As used herein, “displaying” content includes causing to display the content (e.g., video data rendered or decoded by display controller  156 ) by transmitting, via a wired or wireless connection, data (e.g., image data or video data) to an integrated or external display generation component to visually produce the content. 
     In the discussion that follows, an electronic device that includes a display and a touch-sensitive surface is described. It should be understood, however, that the electronic device optionally includes one or more other physical user-interface devices, such as a physical keyboard, a mouse, and/or a joystick. 
     The device typically supports a variety of applications, such as one or more of the following: a drawing application, a presentation application, a word processing application, a website creation application, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheet application, a gaming application, a telephone application, a video conferencing application, an e-mail application, an instant messaging application, a workout support application, a photo management application, a digital camera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital music player application, and/or a digital video player application. 
     The various applications that are executed on the device optionally use at least one common physical user-interface device, such as the touch-sensitive surface. One or more functions of the touch-sensitive surface as well as corresponding information displayed on the device are, optionally, adjusted and/or varied from one application to the next and/or within a respective application. In this way, a common physical architecture (such as the touch-sensitive surface) of the device optionally supports the variety of applications with user interfaces that are intuitive and transparent to the user. 
     Attention is now directed toward embodiments of portable devices with touch-sensitive displays.  FIG.  1 A  is a block diagram illustrating portable multifunction device  100  with touch-sensitive display system  112  in accordance with some embodiments. Touch-sensitive display  112  is sometimes called a “touch screen” for convenience and is sometimes known as or called a “touch-sensitive display system.” Device  100  includes memory  102  (which optionally includes one or more computer-readable storage mediums), memory controller  122 , one or more processing units (CPUs)  120 , peripherals interface  118 , RF circuitry  108 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , microphone  113 , input/output (I/O) subsystem  106 , other input control devices  116 , and external port  124 . Device  100  optionally includes one or more optical sensors  164 . Device  100  optionally includes one or more contact intensity sensors  165  for detecting intensity of contacts on device  100  (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system  112  of device  100 ). Device  100  optionally includes one or more tactile output generators  167  for generating tactile outputs on device  100  (e.g., generating tactile outputs on a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system  112  of device  100  or touchpad  355  of device  300 ). These components optionally communicate over one or more communication buses or signal lines  103 . 
     As used in the specification and claims, the term “intensity” of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface refers to the force or pressure (force per unit area) of a contact (e.g., a finger contact) on the touch-sensitive surface, or to a substitute (proxy) for the force or pressure of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface. The intensity of a contact has a range of values that includes at least four distinct values and more typically includes hundreds of distinct values (e.g., at least 256). Intensity of a contact is, optionally, determined (or measured) using various approaches and various sensors or combinations of sensors. For example, one or more force sensors underneath or adjacent to the touch-sensitive surface are, optionally, used to measure force at various points on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, force measurements from multiple force sensors are combined (e.g., a weighted average) to determine an estimated force of a contact. Similarly, a pressure-sensitive tip of a stylus is, optionally, used to determine a pressure of the stylus on the touch-sensitive surface. Alternatively, the size of the contact area detected on the touch-sensitive surface and/or changes thereto, the capacitance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto, and/or the resistance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto are, optionally, used as a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are used directly to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is described in units corresponding to the substitute measurements). In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are converted to an estimated force or pressure, and the estimated force or pressure is used to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is a pressure threshold measured in units of pressure). Using the intensity of a contact as an attribute of a user input allows for user access to additional device functionality that may otherwise not be accessible by the user on a reduced-size device with limited real estate for displaying affordances (e.g., on a touch-sensitive display) and/or receiving user input (e.g., via a touch-sensitive display, a touch-sensitive surface, or a physical/mechanical control such as a knob or a button). 
     As used in the specification and claims, the term “tactile output” refers to physical displacement of a device relative to a previous position of the device, physical displacement of a component (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface) of a device relative to another component (e.g., housing) of the device, or displacement of the component relative to a center of mass of the device that will be detected by a user with the user&#39;s sense of touch. For example, in situations where the device or the component of the device is in contact with a surface of a user that is sensitive to touch (e.g., a finger, palm, or other part of a user&#39;s hand), the tactile output generated by the physical displacement will be interpreted by the user as a tactile sensation corresponding to a perceived change in physical characteristics of the device or the component of the device. For example, movement of a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch-sensitive display or trackpad) is, optionally, interpreted by the user as a “down click” or “up click” of a physical actuator button. In some cases, a user will feel a tactile sensation such as an “down click” or “up click” even when there is no movement of a physical actuator button associated with the touch-sensitive surface that is physically pressed (e.g., displaced) by the user&#39;s movements. As another example, movement of the touch-sensitive surface is, optionally, interpreted or sensed by the user as “roughness” of the touch-sensitive surface, even when there is no change in smoothness of the touch-sensitive surface. While such interpretations of touch by a user will be subject to the individualized sensory perceptions of the user, there are many sensory perceptions of touch that are common to a large majority of users. Thus, when a tactile output is described as corresponding to a particular sensory perception of a user (e.g., an “up click,” a “down click,” “roughness”), unless otherwise stated, the generated tactile output corresponds to physical displacement of the device or a component thereof that will generate the described sensory perception for a typical (or average) user. 
     It should be appreciated that device  100  is only one example of a portable multifunction device, and that device  100  optionally has more or fewer components than shown, optionally combines two or more components, or optionally has a different configuration or arrangement of the components. The various components shown in  FIG.  1 A  are implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of both hardware and software, including one or more signal processing and/or application-specific integrated circuits. 
     Memory  102  optionally includes high-speed random access memory and optionally also includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices. Memory controller  122  optionally controls access to memory  102  by other components of device  100 . 
     Peripherals interface  118  can be used to couple input and output peripherals of the device to CPU  120  and memory  102 . The one or more processors  120  run or execute various software programs (such as computer programs (e.g., including instructions)) and/or sets of instructions stored in memory  102  to perform various functions for device  100  and to process data. In some embodiments, peripherals interface  118 , CPU  120 , and memory controller  122  are, optionally, implemented on a single chip, such as chip  104 . In some other embodiments, they are, optionally, implemented on separate chips. 
     RF (radio frequency) circuitry  108  receives and sends RF signals, also called electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry  108  converts electrical signals to/from electromagnetic signals and communicates with communications networks and other communications devices via the electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry  108  optionally includes well-known circuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth. RF circuitry  108  optionally communicates with networks, such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication. The RF circuitry  108  optionally includes well-known circuitry for detecting near field communication (NFC) fields, such as by a short-range communication radio. The wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA), high-speed uplink packet access (HSUPA), Evolution, Data-Only (EV-DO), HSPA, HSPA+, Dual-Cell HSPA (DC-HSPDA), long term evolution (LTE), near field communication (NFC), wideband code division multiple access (W-CDMA), code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Bluetooth Low Energy (BTLE), Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g, IEEE 802.11n, and/or IEEE 802.11ac), voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, a protocol for e-mail (e.g., Internet message access protocol (IMAP) and/or post office protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g., extensible messaging and presence protocol (XMPP), Session Initiation Protocol for Instant Messaging and Presence Leveraging Extensions (SIMPLE), Instant Messaging and Presence Service (IMPS)), and/or Short Message Service (SMS), or any other suitable communication protocol, including communication protocols not yet developed as of the filing date of this document. 
     Audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , and microphone  113  provide an audio interface between a user and device  100 . Audio circuitry  110  receives audio data from peripherals interface  118 , converts the audio data to an electrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to speaker  111 . Speaker  111  converts the electrical signal to human-audible sound waves. Audio circuitry  110  also receives electrical signals converted by microphone  113  from sound waves. Audio circuitry  110  converts the electrical signal to audio data and transmits the audio data to peripherals interface  118  for processing. Audio data is, optionally, retrieved from and/or transmitted to memory  102  and/or RF circuitry  108  by peripherals interface  118 . In some embodiments, audio circuitry  110  also includes a headset jack (e.g.,  212 ,  FIG.  2   ). The headset jack provides an interface between audio circuitry  110  and removable audio input/output peripherals, such as output-only headphones or a headset with both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears) and input (e.g., a microphone). 
     I/O subsystem  106  couples input/output peripherals on device  100 , such as touch screen  112  and other input control devices  116 , to peripherals interface  118 . I/O subsystem  106  optionally includes display controller  156 , optical sensor controller  158 , depth camera controller  169 , intensity sensor controller  159 , haptic feedback controller  161 , and one or more input controllers  160  for other input or control devices. The one or more input controllers  160  receive/send electrical signals from/to other input control devices  116 . The other input control devices  116  optionally include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks, click wheels, and so forth. In some embodiments, input controller(s)  160  are, optionally, coupled to any (or none) of the following: a keyboard, an infrared port, a USB port, and a pointer device such as a mouse. The one or more buttons (e.g.,  208 ,  FIG.  2   ) optionally include an up/down button for volume control of speaker  111  and/or microphone  113 . The one or more buttons optionally include a push button (e.g.,  206 ,  FIG.  2   ). In some embodiments, the electronic device is a computer system that is in communication (e.g., via wireless communication, via wired communication) with one or more input devices. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices include a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a trackpad, as part of a touch-sensitive display). In some embodiments, the one or more input devices include one or more camera sensors (e.g., one or more optical sensors  164  and/or one or more depth camera sensors  175 ), such as for tracking a user&#39;s gestures (e.g., hand gestures and/or air gestures) as input. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices are integrated with the computer system. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices are separate from the computer system. In some embodiments, an air gesture is a gesture that is detected without the user touching an input element that is part of the device (or independently of an input element that is a part of the device) and is based on detected motion of a portion of the user&#39;s body through the air including motion of the user&#39;s body relative to an absolute reference (e.g., an angle of the user&#39;s arm relative to the ground or a distance of the user&#39;s hand relative to the ground), relative to another portion of the user&#39;s body (e.g., movement of a hand of the user relative to a shoulder of the user, movement of one hand of the user relative to another hand of the user, and/or movement of a finger of the user relative to another finger or portion of a hand of the user), and/or absolute motion of a portion of the user&#39;s body (e.g., a tap gesture that includes movement of a hand in a predetermined pose by a predetermined amount and/or speed, or a shake gesture that includes a predetermined speed or amount of rotation of a portion of the user&#39;s body). 
     A quick press of the push button optionally disengages a lock of touch screen  112  or optionally begins a process that uses gestures on the touch screen to unlock the device, as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/322,549, “Unlocking a Device by Performing Gestures on an Unlock Image,” filed Dec. 23, 2005, U.S. Pat. No. 7,657,849, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. A longer press of the push button (e.g.,  206 ) optionally turns power to device  100  on or off. The functionality of one or more of the buttons are, optionally, user-customizable. Touch screen  112  is used to implement virtual or soft buttons and one or more soft keyboards. 
     Touch-sensitive display  112  provides an input interface and an output interface between the device and a user. Display controller  156  receives and/or sends electrical signals from/to touch screen  112 . Touch screen  112  displays visual output to the user. The visual output optionally includes graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof (collectively termed “graphics”). In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output optionally corresponds to user-interface objects. 
     Touch screen  112  has a touch-sensitive surface, sensor, or set of sensors that accepts input from the user based on haptic and/or tactile contact. Touch screen  112  and display controller  156  (along with any associated modules and/or sets of instructions in memory  102 ) detect contact (and any movement or breaking of the contact) on touch screen  112  and convert the detected contact into interaction with user-interface objects (e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages, or images) that are displayed on touch screen  112 . In an exemplary embodiment, a point of contact between touch screen  112  and the user corresponds to a finger of the user. 
     Touch screen  112  optionally uses LCD (liquid crystal display) technology, LPD (light emitting polymer display) technology, or LED (light emitting diode) technology, although other display technologies are used in other embodiments. Touch screen  112  and display controller  156  optionally detect contact and any movement or breaking thereof using any of a plurality of touch sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of contact with touch screen  112 . In an exemplary embodiment, projected mutual capacitance sensing technology is used, such as that found in the iPhone® and iPod Touch® from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif. 
     A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen  112  is, optionally, analogous to the multi-touch sensitive touchpads described in the following U.S. Pat. No. 6,323,846 (Westerman et al.), U.S. Pat. No. 6,570,557 (Westerman et al.), and/or U.S. Pat. No. 6,677,932 (Westerman), and/or U.S. Patent Publication 2002/0015024A1, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. However, touch screen  112  displays visual output from device  100 , whereas touch-sensitive touchpads do not provide visual output. 
     A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen  112  is described in the following applications: (1) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/381,313, “Multipoint Touch Surface Controller,” filed May 2, 2006; (2) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/840,862, “Multipoint Touchscreen,” filed May 6, 2004; (3) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/903,964, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jul. 30, 2004; (4) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/048,264, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jan. 31, 2005; (5) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/038,590, “Mode-Based Graphical User Interfaces For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jan. 18, 2005; (6) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,758, “Virtual Input Device Placement On A Touch Screen User Interface,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; (7) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,700, “Operation Of A Computer With A Touch Screen Interface,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; (8) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,737, “Activating Virtual Keys Of A Touch-Screen Virtual Keyboard,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; and (9) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/367,749, “Multi-Functional Hand-Held Device,” filed Mar. 3, 2006. All of these applications are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. 
     Touch screen  112  optionally has a video resolution in excess of 100 dpi. In some embodiments, the touch screen has a video resolution of approximately 160 dpi. The user optionally makes contact with touch screen  112  using any suitable object or appendage, such as a stylus, a finger, and so forth. In some embodiments, the user interface is designed to work primarily with finger-based contacts and gestures, which can be less precise than stylus-based input due to the larger area of contact of a finger on the touch screen. In some embodiments, the device translates the rough finger-based input into a precise pointer/cursor position or command for performing the actions desired by the user. 
     In some embodiments, in addition to the touch screen, device  100  optionally includes a touchpad for activating or deactivating particular functions. In some embodiments, the touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of the device that, unlike the touch screen, does not display visual output. The touchpad is, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from touch screen  112  or an extension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by the touch screen. 
     Device  100  also includes power system  162  for powering the various components. Power system  162  optionally includes a power management system, one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)) and any other components associated with the generation, management and distribution of power in portable devices. 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more optical sensors  164 .  FIG.  1 A  shows an optical sensor coupled to optical sensor controller  158  in I/O subsystem  106 . Optical sensor  164  optionally includes charge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistors. Optical sensor  164  receives light from the environment, projected through one or more lenses, and converts the light to data representing an image. In conjunction with imaging module  143  (also called a camera module), optical sensor  164  optionally captures still images or video. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the back of device  100 , opposite touch screen display  112  on the front of the device so that the touch screen display is enabled for use as a viewfinder for still and/or video image acquisition. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the front of the device so that the user&#39;s image is, optionally, obtained for video conferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the position of optical sensor  164  can be changed by the user (e.g., by rotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a single optical sensor  164  is used along with the touch screen display for both video conferencing and still and/or video image acquisition. 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more depth camera sensors  175 .  FIG.  1 A  shows a depth camera sensor coupled to depth camera controller  169  in I/O subsystem  106 . Depth camera sensor  175  receives data from the environment to create a three dimensional model of an object (e.g., a face) within a scene from a viewpoint (e.g., a depth camera sensor). In some embodiments, in conjunction with imaging module  143  (also called a camera module), depth camera sensor  175  is optionally used to determine a depth map of different portions of an image captured by the imaging module  143 . In some embodiments, a depth camera sensor is located on the front of device  100  so that the user&#39;s image with depth information is, optionally, obtained for video conferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on the touch screen display and to capture selfies with depth map data. In some embodiments, the depth camera sensor  175  is located on the back of device, or on the back and the front of the device  100 . In some embodiments, the position of depth camera sensor  175  can be changed by the user (e.g., by rotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a depth camera sensor  175  is used along with the touch screen display for both video conferencing and still and/or video image acquisition. 
     In some embodiments, a depth map (e.g., depth map image) contains information (e.g., values) that relates to the distance of objects in a scene from a viewpoint (e.g., a camera, an optical sensor, a depth camera sensor). In one embodiment of a depth map, each depth pixel defines the position in the viewpoint&#39;s Z-axis where its corresponding two-dimensional pixel is located. In some embodiments, a depth map is composed of pixels wherein each pixel is defined by a value (e.g., 0-255). For example, the “0” value represents pixels that are located at the most distant place in a “three dimensional” scene and the “255” value represents pixels that are located closest to a viewpoint (e.g., a camera, an optical sensor, a depth camera sensor) in the “three dimensional” scene. In other embodiments, a depth map represents the distance between an object in a scene and the plane of the viewpoint. In some embodiments, the depth map includes information about the relative depth of various features of an object of interest in view of the depth camera (e.g., the relative depth of eyes, nose, mouth, ears of a user&#39;s face). In some embodiments, the depth map includes information that enables the device to determine contours of the object of interest in a z direction. 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more contact intensity sensors  165 .  FIG.  1 A  shows a contact intensity sensor coupled to intensity sensor controller  159  in I/O subsystem  106 . Contact intensity sensor  165  optionally includes one or more piezoresistive strain gauges, capacitive force sensors, electric force sensors, piezoelectric force sensors, optical force sensors, capacitive touch-sensitive surfaces, or other intensity sensors (e.g., sensors used to measure the force (or pressure) of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface). Contact intensity sensor  165  receives contact intensity information (e.g., pressure information or a proxy for pressure information) from the environment. In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system  112 ). In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is located on the back of device  100 , opposite touch screen display  112 , which is located on the front of device  100 . 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more proximity sensors  166 .  FIG.  1 A  shows proximity sensor  166  coupled to peripherals interface  118 . Alternately, proximity sensor  166  is, optionally, coupled to input controller  160  in I/O subsystem  106 . Proximity sensor  166  optionally performs as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/241,839, “Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”; Ser. No. 11/240,788, “Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”; Ser. No. 11/620,702, “Using Ambient Light Sensor To Augment Proximity Sensor Output”; Ser. No. 11/586,862, “Automated Response To And Sensing Of User Activity In Portable Devices”; and Ser. No. 11/638,251, “Methods And Systems For Automatic Configuration Of Peripherals,” which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. In some embodiments, the proximity sensor turns off and disables touch screen  112  when the multifunction device is placed near the user&#39;s ear (e.g., when the user is making a phone call). 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more tactile output generators  167 .  FIG.  1 A  shows a tactile output generator coupled to haptic feedback controller  161  in I/O subsystem  106 . Tactile output generator  167  optionally includes one or more electroacoustic devices such as speakers or other audio components and/or electromechanical devices that convert energy into linear motion such as a motor, solenoid, electroactive polymer, piezoelectric actuator, electrostatic actuator, or other tactile output generating component (e.g., a component that converts electrical signals into tactile outputs on the device). Contact intensity sensor  165  receives tactile feedback generation instructions from haptic feedback module  133  and generates tactile outputs on device  100  that are capable of being sensed by a user of device  100 . In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system  112 ) and, optionally, generates a tactile output by moving the touch-sensitive surface vertically (e.g., in/out of a surface of device  100 ) or laterally (e.g., back and forth in the same plane as a surface of device  100 ). In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator sensor is located on the back of device  100 , opposite touch screen display  112 , which is located on the front of device  100 . 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more accelerometers  168 .  FIG.  1 A  shows accelerometer  168  coupled to peripherals interface  118 . Alternately, accelerometer  168  is, optionally, coupled to an input controller  160  in I/O subsystem  106 . Accelerometer  168  optionally performs as described in U.S. Patent Publication No. 20050190059, “Acceleration-based Theft Detection System for Portable Electronic Devices,” and U.S. Patent Publication No. 20060017692, “Methods And Apparatuses For Operating A Portable Device Based On An Accelerometer,” both of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. In some embodiments, information is displayed on the touch screen display in a portrait view or a landscape view based on an analysis of data received from the one or more accelerometers. Device  100  optionally includes, in addition to accelerometer(s)  168 , a magnetometer and a GPS (or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver for obtaining information concerning the location and orientation (e.g., portrait or landscape) of device  100 . 
     In some embodiments, the software components stored in memory  102  include operating system  126 , communication module (or set of instructions)  128 , contact/motion module (or set of instructions)  130 , graphics module (or set of instructions)  132 , text input module (or set of instructions)  134 , Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or set of instructions)  135 , and applications (or sets of instructions)  136 . Furthermore, in some embodiments, memory  102  ( FIG.  1 A ) or  370  ( FIG.  3   ) stores device/global internal state  157 , as shown in  FIGS.  1 A and  3   . Device/global internal state  157  includes one or more of: active application state, indicating which applications, if any, are currently active; display state, indicating what applications, views or other information occupy various regions of touch screen display  112 ; sensor state, including information obtained from the device&#39;s various sensors and input control devices  116 ; and location information concerning the device&#39;s location and/or attitude. 
     Operating system  126  (e.g., Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, iOS, WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks) includes various software components and/or drivers for controlling and managing general system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage device control, power management, etc.) and facilitates communication between various hardware and software components. 
     Communication module  128  facilitates communication with other devices over one or more external ports  124  and also includes various software components for handling data received by RF circuitry  108  and/or external port  124 . External port  124  (e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.) is adapted for coupling directly to other devices or indirectly over a network (e.g., the Internet, wireless LAN, etc.). In some embodiments, the external port is a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin) connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with, the 30-pin connector used on iPod® (trademark of Apple Inc.) devices. 
     Contact/motion module  130  optionally detects contact with touch screen  112  (in conjunction with display controller  156 ) and other touch-sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click wheel). Contact/motion module  130  includes various software components for performing various operations related to detection of contact, such as determining if contact has occurred (e.g., detecting a finger-down event), determining an intensity of the contact (e.g., the force or pressure of the contact or a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact), determining if there is movement of the contact and tracking the movement across the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting one or more finger-dragging events), and determining if the contact has ceased (e.g., detecting a finger-up event or a break in contact). Contact/motion module  130  receives contact data from the touch-sensitive surface. Determining movement of the point of contact, which is represented by a series of contact data, optionally includes determining speed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and/or an acceleration (a change in magnitude and/or direction) of the point of contact. These operations are, optionally, applied to single contacts (e.g., one finger contacts) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (e.g., “multitouch”/multiple finger contacts). In some embodiments, contact/motion module  130  and display controller  156  detect contact on a touchpad. 
     In some embodiments, contact/motion module  130  uses a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user (e.g., to determine whether a user has “clicked” on an icon). In some embodiments, at least a subset of the intensity thresholds are determined in accordance with software parameters (e.g., the intensity thresholds are not determined by the activation thresholds of particular physical actuators and can be adjusted without changing the physical hardware of device  100 ). For example, a mouse “click” threshold of a trackpad or touch screen display can be set to any of a large range of predefined threshold values without changing the trackpad or touch screen display hardware. Additionally, in some implementations, a user of the device is provided with software settings for adjusting one or more of the set of intensity thresholds (e.g., by adjusting individual intensity thresholds and/or by adjusting a plurality of intensity thresholds at once with a system-level click “intensity” parameter). 
     Contact/motion module  130  optionally detects a gesture input by a user. Different gestures on the touch-sensitive surface have different contact patterns (e.g., different motions, timings, and/or intensities of detected contacts). Thus, a gesture is, optionally, detected by detecting a particular contact pattern. For example, detecting a finger tap gesture includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event at the same position (or substantially the same position) as the finger-down event (e.g., at the position of an icon). As another example, detecting a finger swipe gesture on the touch-sensitive surface includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting one or more finger-dragging events, and subsequently followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event. 
     Graphics module  132  includes various known software components for rendering and displaying graphics on touch screen  112  or other display, including components for changing the visual impact (e.g., brightness, transparency, saturation, contrast, or other visual property) of graphics that are displayed. As used herein, the term “graphics” includes any object that can be displayed to a user, including, without limitation, text, web pages, icons (such as user-interface objects including soft keys), digital images, videos, animations, and the like. 
     In some embodiments, graphics module  132  stores data representing graphics to be used. Each graphic is, optionally, assigned a corresponding code. Graphics module  132  receives, from applications etc., one or more codes specifying graphics to be displayed along with, if necessary, coordinate data and other graphic property data, and then generates screen image data to output to display controller  156 . 
     Haptic feedback module  133  includes various software components for generating instructions used by tactile output generator(s)  167  to produce tactile outputs at one or more locations on device  100  in response to user interactions with device  100 . 
     Text input module  134 , which is, optionally, a component of graphics module  132 , provides soft keyboards for entering text in various applications (e.g., contacts  137 , e-mail  140 , IM  141 , browser  147 , and any other application that needs text input). 
     GPS module  135  determines the location of the device and provides this information for use in various applications (e.g., to telephone  138  for use in location-based dialing; to camera  143  as picture/video metadata; and to applications that provide location-based services such as weather widgets, local yellow page widgets, and map/navigation widgets). 
     Applications  136  optionally include the following modules (or sets of instructions), or a subset or superset thereof:
         Contacts module  137  (sometimes called an address book or contact list);   Telephone module  138 ;   Video conference module  139 ;   E-mail client module  140 ;   Instant messaging (IM) module  141 ;   Workout support module  142 ;   Camera module  143  for still and/or video images;   Image management module  144 ;   Video player module;   Music player module;   Browser module  147 ;   Calendar module  148 ;   Widget modules  149 , which optionally include one or more of: weather widget  149 - 1 , stocks widget  149 - 2 , calculator widget  149 - 3 , alarm clock widget  149 - 4 , dictionary widget  149 - 5 , and other widgets obtained by the user, as well as user-created widgets  149 - 6 ;   Widget creator module  150  for making user-created widgets  149 - 6 ;   Search module  151 ;   Video and music player module  152 , which merges video player module and music player module;   Notes module  153 ;   Map module  154 ; and/or   Online video module  155 .       

     Examples of other applications  136  that are, optionally, stored in memory  102  include other word processing applications, other image editing applications, drawing applications, presentation applications, JAVA-enabled applications, encryption, digital rights management, voice recognition, and voice replication. 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , contacts module  137  are, optionally, used to manage an address book or contact list (e.g., stored in application internal state  192  of contacts module  137  in memory  102  or memory  370 ), including: adding name(s) to the address book; deleting name(s) from the address book; associating telephone number(s), e-mail address(es), physical address(es) or other information with a name; associating an image with a name; categorizing and sorting names; providing telephone numbers or e-mail addresses to initiate and/or facilitate communications by telephone  138 , video conference module  139 , e-mail  140 , or IM  141 ; and so forth. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , microphone  113 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , telephone module  138  are optionally, used to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to a telephone number, access one or more telephone numbers in contacts module  137 , modify a telephone number that has been entered, dial a respective telephone number, conduct a conversation, and disconnect or hang up when the conversation is completed. As noted above, the wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , microphone  113 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , optical sensor  164 , optical sensor controller  158 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , contacts module  137 , and telephone module  138 , video conference module  139  includes executable instructions to initiate, conduct, and terminate a video conference between a user and one or more other participants in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , e-mail client module  140  includes executable instructions to create, send, receive, and manage e-mail in response to user instructions. In conjunction with image management module  144 , e-mail client module  140  makes it very easy to create and send e-mails with still or video images taken with camera module  143 . 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , the instant messaging module  141  includes executable instructions to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to an instant message, to modify previously entered characters, to transmit a respective instant message (for example, using a Short Message Service (SMS) or Multimedia Message Service (MMS) protocol for telephony-based instant messages or using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS for Internet-based instant messages), to receive instant messages, and to view received instant messages. In some embodiments, transmitted and/or received instant messages optionally include graphics, photos, audio files, video files and/or other attachments as are supported in an MMS and/or an Enhanced Messaging Service (EMS). As used herein, “instant messaging” refers to both telephony-based messages (e.g., messages sent using SMS or MMS) and Internet-based messages (e.g., messages sent using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS). 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , GPS module  135 , map module  154 , and music player module, workout support module  142  includes executable instructions to create workouts (e.g., with time, distance, and/or calorie burning goals); communicate with workout sensors (sports devices); receive workout sensor data; calibrate sensors used to monitor a workout; select and play music for a workout; and display, store, and transmit workout data. 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , optical sensor(s)  164 , optical sensor controller  158 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and image management module  144 , camera module  143  includes executable instructions to capture still images or video (including a video stream) and store them into memory  102 , modify characteristics of a still image or video, or delete a still image or video from memory  102 . 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , and camera module  143 , image management module  144  includes executable instructions to arrange, modify (e.g., edit), or otherwise manipulate, label, delete, present (e.g., in a digital slide show or album), and store still and/or video images. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , browser module  147  includes executable instructions to browse the Internet in accordance with user instructions, including searching, linking to, receiving, and displaying web pages or portions thereof, as well as attachments and other files linked to web pages. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , e-mail client module  140 , and browser module  147 , calendar module  148  includes executable instructions to create, display, modify, and store calendars and data associated with calendars (e.g., calendar entries, to-do lists, etc.) in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , and browser module  147 , widget modules  149  are mini-applications that are, optionally, downloaded and used by a user (e.g., weather widget  149 - 1 , stocks widget  149 - 2 , calculator widget  149 - 3 , alarm clock widget  149 - 4 , and dictionary widget  149 - 5 ) or created by the user (e.g., user-created widget  149 - 6 ). In some embodiments, a widget includes an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) file, a CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) file, and a JavaScript file. In some embodiments, a widget includes an XML (Extensible Markup Language) file and a JavaScript file (e.g., Yahoo! Widgets). 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , and browser module  147 , the widget creator module  150  are, optionally, used by a user to create widgets (e.g., turning a user-specified portion of a web page into a widget). 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , search module  151  includes executable instructions to search for text, music, sound, image, video, and/or other files in memory  102  that match one or more search criteria (e.g., one or more user-specified search terms) in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , RF circuitry  108 , and browser module  147 , video and music player module  152  includes executable instructions that allow the user to download and play back recorded music and other sound files stored in one or more file formats, such as MP3 or AAC files, and executable instructions to display, present, or otherwise play back videos (e.g., on touch screen  112  or on an external, connected display via external port  124 ). In some embodiments, device  100  optionally includes the functionality of an MP3 player, such as an iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.). 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , notes module  153  includes executable instructions to create and manage notes, to-do lists, and the like in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , GPS module  135 , and browser module  147 , map module  154  are, optionally, used to receive, display, modify, and store maps and data associated with maps (e.g., driving directions, data on stores and other points of interest at or near a particular location, and other location-based data) in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , RF circuitry  108 , text input module  134 , e-mail client module  140 , and browser module  147 , online video module  155  includes instructions that allow the user to access, browse, receive (e.g., by streaming and/or download), play back (e.g., on the touch screen or on an external, connected display via external port  124 ), send an e-mail with a link to a particular online video, and otherwise manage online videos in one or more file formats, such as H.264. In some embodiments, instant messaging module  141 , rather than e-mail client module  140 , is used to send a link to a particular online video. Additional description of the online video application can be found in U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60/936,562, “Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos,” filed Jun. 20, 2007, and U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/968,067, “Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos,” filed Dec. 31, 2007, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. 
     Each of the above-identified modules and applications corresponds to a set of executable instructions for performing one or more functions described above and the methods described in this application (e.g., the computer-implemented methods and other information processing methods described herein). These modules (e.g., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs (such as computer programs (e.g., including instructions)), procedures, or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise rearranged in various embodiments. For example, video player module is, optionally, combined with music player module into a single module (e.g., video and music player module  152 ,  FIG.  1 A ). In some embodiments, memory  102  optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory  102  optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above. 
     In some embodiments, device  100  is a device where operation of a predefined set of functions on the device is performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad. By using a touch screen and/or a touchpad as the primary input control device for operation of device  100 , the number of physical input control devices (such as push buttons, dials, and the like) on device  100  is, optionally, reduced. 
     The predefined set of functions that are performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad optionally include navigation between user interfaces. In some embodiments, the touchpad, when touched by the user, navigates device  100  to a main, home, or root menu from any user interface that is displayed on device  100 . In such embodiments, a “menu button” is implemented using a touchpad. In some other embodiments, the menu button is a physical push button or other physical input control device instead of a touchpad. 
       FIG.  1 B  is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, memory  102  ( FIG.  1 A ) or  370  ( FIG.  3   ) includes event sorter  170  (e.g., in operating system  126 ) and a respective application  136 - 1  (e.g., any of the aforementioned applications  137 - 151 ,  155 ,  380 - 390 ). 
     Event sorter  170  receives event information and determines the application  136 - 1  and application view  191  of application  136 - 1  to which to deliver the event information. Event sorter  170  includes event monitor  171  and event dispatcher module  174 . In some embodiments, application  136 - 1  includes application internal state  192 , which indicates the current application view(s) displayed on touch-sensitive display  112  when the application is active or executing. In some embodiments, device/global internal state  157  is used by event sorter  170  to determine which application(s) is (are) currently active, and application internal state  192  is used by event sorter  170  to determine application views  191  to which to deliver event information. 
     In some embodiments, application internal state  192  includes additional information, such as one or more of: resume information to be used when application  136 - 1  resumes execution, user interface state information that indicates information being displayed or that is ready for display by application  136 - 1 , a state queue for enabling the user to go back to a prior state or view of application  136 - 1 , and a redo/undo queue of previous actions taken by the user. 
     Event monitor  171  receives event information from peripherals interface  118 . Event information includes information about a sub-event (e.g., a user touch on touch-sensitive display  112 , as part of a multi-touch gesture). Peripherals interface  118  transmits information it receives from I/O subsystem  106  or a sensor, such as proximity sensor  166 , accelerometer(s)  168 , and/or microphone  113  (through audio circuitry  110 ). Information that peripherals interface  118  receives from I/O subsystem  106  includes information from touch-sensitive display  112  or a touch-sensitive surface. 
     In some embodiments, event monitor  171  sends requests to the peripherals interface  118  at predetermined intervals. In response, peripherals interface  118  transmits event information. In other embodiments, peripherals interface  118  transmits event information only when there is a significant event (e.g., receiving an input above a predetermined noise threshold and/or for more than a predetermined duration). 
     In some embodiments, event sorter  170  also includes a hit view determination module  172  and/or an active event recognizer determination module  173 . 
     Hit view determination module  172  provides software procedures for determining where a sub-event has taken place within one or more views when touch-sensitive display  112  displays more than one view. Views are made up of controls and other elements that a user can see on the display. 
     Another aspect of the user interface associated with an application is a set of views, sometimes herein called application views or user interface windows, in which information is displayed and touch-based gestures occur. The application views (of a respective application) in which a touch is detected optionally correspond to programmatic levels within a programmatic or view hierarchy of the application. For example, the lowest level view in which a touch is detected is, optionally, called the hit view, and the set of events that are recognized as proper inputs are, optionally, determined based, at least in part, on the hit view of the initial touch that begins a touch-based gesture. 
     Hit view determination module  172  receives information related to sub-events of a touch-based gesture. When an application has multiple views organized in a hierarchy, hit view determination module  172  identifies a hit view as the lowest view in the hierarchy which should handle the sub-event. In most circumstances, the hit view is the lowest level view in which an initiating sub-event occurs (e.g., the first sub-event in the sequence of sub-events that form an event or potential event). Once the hit view is identified by the hit view determination module  172 , the hit view typically receives all sub-events related to the same touch or input source for which it was identified as the hit view. 
     Active event recognizer determination module  173  determines which view or views within a view hierarchy should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In some embodiments, active event recognizer determination module  173  determines that only the hit view should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, active event recognizer determination module  173  determines that all views that include the physical location of a sub-event are actively involved views, and therefore determines that all actively involved views should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, even if touch sub-events were entirely confined to the area associated with one particular view, views higher in the hierarchy would still remain as actively involved views. 
     Event dispatcher module  174  dispatches the event information to an event recognizer (e.g., event recognizer  180 ). In embodiments including active event recognizer determination module  173 , event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to an event recognizer determined by active event recognizer determination module  173 . In some embodiments, event dispatcher module  174  stores in an event queue the event information, which is retrieved by a respective event receiver  182 . 
     In some embodiments, operating system  126  includes event sorter  170 . Alternatively, application  136 - 1  includes event sorter  170 . In yet other embodiments, event sorter  170  is a stand-alone module, or a part of another module stored in memory  102 , such as contact/motion module  130 . 
     In some embodiments, application  136 - 1  includes a plurality of event handlers  190  and one or more application views  191 , each of which includes instructions for handling touch events that occur within a respective view of the application&#39;s user interface. Each application view  191  of the application  136 - 1  includes one or more event recognizers  180 . Typically, a respective application view  191  includes a plurality of event recognizers  180 . In other embodiments, one or more of event recognizers  180  are part of a separate module, such as a user interface kit or a higher level object from which application  136 - 1  inherits methods and other properties. In some embodiments, a respective event handler  190  includes one or more of: data updater  176 , object updater  177 , GUI updater  178 , and/or event data  179  received from event sorter  170 . Event handler  190  optionally utilizes or calls data updater  176 , object updater  177 , or GUI updater  178  to update the application internal state  192 . Alternatively, one or more of the application views  191  include one or more respective event handlers  190 . Also, in some embodiments, one or more of data updater  176 , object updater  177 , and GUI updater  178  are included in a respective application view  191 . 
     A respective event recognizer  180  receives event information (e.g., event data  179 ) from event sorter  170  and identifies an event from the event information. Event recognizer  180  includes event receiver  182  and event comparator  184 . In some embodiments, event recognizer  180  also includes at least a subset of: metadata  183 , and event delivery instructions  188  (which optionally include sub-event delivery instructions). 
     Event receiver  182  receives event information from event sorter  170 . The event information includes information about a sub-event, for example, a touch or a touch movement. Depending on the sub-event, the event information also includes additional information, such as location of the sub-event. When the sub-event concerns motion of a touch, the event information optionally also includes speed and direction of the sub-event. In some embodiments, events include rotation of the device from one orientation to another (e.g., from a portrait orientation to a landscape orientation, or vice versa), and the event information includes corresponding information about the current orientation (also called device attitude) of the device. 
     Event comparator  184  compares the event information to predefined event or sub-event definitions and, based on the comparison, determines an event or sub-event, or determines or updates the state of an event or sub-event. In some embodiments, event comparator  184  includes event definitions  186 . Event definitions  186  contain definitions of events (e.g., predefined sequences of sub-events), for example, event  1  ( 187 - 1 ), event  2  ( 187 - 2 ), and others. In some embodiments, sub-events in an event (e.g.,  187 - 1  and/or  187 - 2 ) include, for example, touch begin, touch end, touch movement, touch cancellation, and multiple touching. In one example, the definition for event  1  ( 187 - 1 ) is a double tap on a displayed object. The double tap, for example, comprises a first touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a first liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase, a second touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, and a second liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase. In another example, the definition for event  2  ( 187 - 2 ) is a dragging on a displayed object. The dragging, for example, comprises a touch (or contact) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a movement of the touch across touch-sensitive display  112 , and liftoff of the touch (touch end). In some embodiments, the event also includes information for one or more associated event handlers  190 . 
     In some embodiments, event definitions  186  include a definition of an event for a respective user-interface object. In some embodiments, event comparator  184  performs a hit test to determine which user-interface object is associated with a sub-event. For example, in an application view in which three user-interface objects are displayed on touch-sensitive display  112 , when a touch is detected on touch-sensitive display  112 , event comparator  184  performs a hit test to determine which of the three user-interface objects is associated with the touch (sub-event). If each displayed object is associated with a respective event handler  190 , the event comparator uses the result of the hit test to determine which event handler  190  should be activated. For example, event comparator  184  selects an event handler associated with the sub-event and the object triggering the hit test. 
     In some embodiments, the definition for a respective event ( 187 ) also includes delayed actions that delay delivery of the event information until after it has been determined whether the sequence of sub-events does or does not correspond to the event recognizer&#39;s event type. 
     When a respective event recognizer  180  determines that the series of sub-events do not match any of the events in event definitions  186 , the respective event recognizer  180  enters an event impossible, event failed, or event ended state, after which it disregards subsequent sub-events of the touch-based gesture. In this situation, other event recognizers, if any, that remain active for the hit view continue to track and process sub-events of an ongoing touch-based gesture. 
     In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer  180  includes metadata  183  with configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how the event delivery system should perform sub-event delivery to actively involved event recognizers. In some embodiments, metadata  183  includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how event recognizers interact, or are enabled to interact, with one another. In some embodiments, metadata  183  includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate whether sub-events are delivered to varying levels in the view or programmatic hierarchy. 
     In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer  180  activates event handler  190  associated with an event when one or more particular sub-events of an event are recognized. In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer  180  delivers event information associated with the event to event handler  190 . Activating an event handler  190  is distinct from sending (and deferred sending) sub-events to a respective hit view. In some embodiments, event recognizer  180  throws a flag associated with the recognized event, and event handler  190  associated with the flag catches the flag and performs a predefined process. 
     In some embodiments, event delivery instructions  188  include sub-event delivery instructions that deliver event information about a sub-event without activating an event handler. Instead, the sub-event delivery instructions deliver event information to event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or to actively involved views. Event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or with actively involved views receive the event information and perform a predetermined process. 
     In some embodiments, data updater  176  creates and updates data used in application  136 - 1 . For example, data updater  176  updates the telephone number used in contacts module  137 , or stores a video file used in video player module. In some embodiments, object updater  177  creates and updates objects used in application  136 - 1 . For example, object updater  177  creates a new user-interface object or updates the position of a user-interface object. GUI updater  178  updates the GUI. For example, GUI updater  178  prepares display information and sends it to graphics module  132  for display on a touch-sensitive display. 
     In some embodiments, event handler(s)  190  includes or has access to data updater  176 , object updater  177 , and GUI updater  178 . In some embodiments, data updater  176 , object updater  177 , and GUI updater  178  are included in a single module of a respective application  136 - 1  or application view  191 . In other embodiments, they are included in two or more software modules. 
     It shall be understood that the foregoing discussion regarding event handling of user touches on touch-sensitive displays also applies to other forms of user inputs to operate multifunction devices  100  with input devices, not all of which are initiated on touch screens. For example, mouse movement and mouse button presses, optionally coordinated with single or multiple keyboard presses or holds; contact movements such as taps, drags, scrolls, etc. on touchpads; pen stylus inputs; movement of the device; oral instructions; detected eye movements; biometric inputs; and/or any combination thereof are optionally utilized as inputs corresponding to sub-events which define an event to be recognized. 
       FIG.  2    illustrates a portable multifunction device  100  having a touch screen  112  in accordance with some embodiments. The touch screen optionally displays one or more graphics within user interface (UI)  200 . In this embodiment, as well as others described below, a user is enabled to select one or more of the graphics by making a gesture on the graphics, for example, with one or more fingers  202  (not drawn to scale in the figure) or one or more styluses  203  (not drawn to scale in the figure). In some embodiments, selection of one or more graphics occurs when the user breaks contact with the one or more graphics. In some embodiments, the gesture optionally includes one or more taps, one or more swipes (from left to right, right to left, upward and/or downward), and/or a rolling of a finger (from right to left, left to right, upward and/or downward) that has made contact with device  100 . In some implementations or circumstances, inadvertent contact with a graphic does not select the graphic. For example, a swipe gesture that sweeps over an application icon optionally does not select the corresponding application when the gesture corresponding to selection is a tap. 
     Device  100  optionally also include one or more physical buttons, such as “home” or menu button  204 . As described previously, menu button  204  is, optionally, used to navigate to any application  136  in a set of applications that are, optionally, executed on device  100 . Alternatively, in some embodiments, the menu button is implemented as a soft key in a GUI displayed on touch screen  112 . 
     In some embodiments, device  100  includes touch screen  112 , menu button  204 , push button  206  for powering the device on/off and locking the device, volume adjustment button(s)  208 , subscriber identity module (SIM) card slot  210 , headset jack  212 , and docking/charging external port  124 . Push button  206  is, optionally, used to turn the power on/off on the device by depressing the button and holding the button in the depressed state for a predefined time interval; to lock the device by depressing the button and releasing the button before the predefined time interval has elapsed; and/or to unlock the device or initiate an unlock process. In an alternative embodiment, device  100  also accepts verbal input for activation or deactivation of some functions through microphone  113 . Device  100  also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors  165  for detecting intensity of contacts on touch screen  112  and/or one or more tactile output generators  167  for generating tactile outputs for a user of device  100 . 
       FIG.  3    is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments. Device  300  need not be portable. In some embodiments, device  300  is a laptop computer, a desktop computer, a tablet computer, a multimedia player device, a navigation device, an educational device (such as a child&#39;s learning toy), a gaming system, or a control device (e.g., a home or industrial controller). Device  300  typically includes one or more processing units (CPUs)  310 , one or more network or other communications interfaces  360 , memory  370 , and one or more communication buses  320  for interconnecting these components. Communication buses  320  optionally include circuitry (sometimes called a chipset) that interconnects and controls communications between system components. Device  300  includes input/output (I/O) interface  330  comprising display  340 , which is typically a touch screen display. I/O interface  330  also optionally includes a keyboard and/or mouse (or other pointing device)  350  and touchpad  355 , tactile output generator  357  for generating tactile outputs on device  300  (e.g., similar to tactile output generator(s)  167  described above with reference to  FIG.  1 A ), sensors  359  (e.g., optical, acceleration, proximity, touch-sensitive, and/or contact intensity sensors similar to contact intensity sensor(s)  165  described above with reference to  FIG.  1 A ). Memory  370  includes high-speed random access memory, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM, or other random access solid state memory devices; and optionally includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, optical disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid state storage devices. Memory  370  optionally includes one or more storage devices remotely located from CPU(s)  310 . In some embodiments, memory  370  stores programs, modules, and data structures analogous to the programs, modules, and data structures stored in memory  102  of portable multifunction device  100  ( FIG.  1 A ), or a subset thereof. Furthermore, memory  370  optionally stores additional programs, modules, and data structures not present in memory  102  of portable multifunction device  100 . For example, memory  370  of device  300  optionally stores drawing module  380 , presentation module  382 , word processing module  384 , website creation module  386 , disk authoring module  388 , and/or spreadsheet module  390 , while memory  102  of portable multifunction device  100  ( FIG.  1 A ) optionally does not store these modules. 
     Each of the above-identified elements in  FIG.  3    is, optionally, stored in one or more of the previously mentioned memory devices. Each of the above-identified modules corresponds to a set of instructions for performing a function described above. The above-identified modules or computer programs (e.g., sets of instructions or including instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs (such as computer programs (e.g., including instructions)), procedures, or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise rearranged in various embodiments. In some embodiments, memory  370  optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory  370  optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above. 
     Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces that are, optionally, implemented on, for example, portable multifunction device  100 . 
       FIG.  4 A  illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on portable multifunction device  100  in accordance with some embodiments. Similar user interfaces are, optionally, implemented on device  300 . In some embodiments, user interface  400  includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
         Signal strength indicator(s)  402  for wireless communication(s), such as cellular and Wi-Fi signals;   Time  404 ;   Bluetooth indicator  405 ;   Battery status indicator  406 ;   Tray  408  with icons for frequently used applications, such as:
           Icon  416  for telephone module  138 , labeled “Phone,” which optionally includes an indicator  414  of the number of missed calls or voicemail messages;   Icon  418  for e-mail client module  140 , labeled “Mail,” which optionally includes an indicator  410  of the number of unread e-mails;   Icon  420  for browser module  147 , labeled “Browser;” and   Icon  422  for video and music player module  152 , also referred to as iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.) module  152 , labeled “iPod;” and   
           Icons for other applications, such as:
           Icon  424  for IM module  141 , labeled “Messages;”   Icon  426  for calendar module  148 , labeled “Calendar;”   Icon  428  for image management module  144 , labeled “Photos;”   Icon  430  for camera module  143 , labeled “Camera;”   Icon  432  for online video module  155 , labeled “Online Video;”   Icon  434  for stocks widget  149 - 2 , labeled “Stocks;”   Icon  436  for map module  154 , labeled “Maps;”   Icon  438  for weather widget  149 - 1 , labeled “Weather;”   Icon  440  for alarm clock widget  149 - 4 , labeled “Clock;”   Icon  442  for workout support module  142 , labeled “Workout Support;”   Icon  444  for notes module  153 , labeled “Notes;” and   Icon  446  for a settings application or module, labeled “Settings,” which provides access to settings for device  100  and its various applications  136 .   
               

     It should be noted that the icon labels illustrated in  FIG.  4 A  are merely exemplary. For example, icon  422  for video and music player module  152  is labeled “Music” or “Music Player.” Other labels are, optionally, used for various application icons. In some embodiments, a label for a respective application icon includes a name of an application corresponding to the respective application icon. In some embodiments, a label for a particular application icon is distinct from a name of an application corresponding to the particular application icon. 
       FIG.  4 B  illustrates an exemplary user interface on a device (e.g., device  300 ,  FIG.  3   ) with a touch-sensitive surface  451  (e.g., a tablet or touchpad  355 ,  FIG.  3   ) that is separate from the display  450  (e.g., touch screen display  112 ). Device  300  also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors (e.g., one or more of sensors  359 ) for detecting intensity of contacts on touch-sensitive surface  451  and/or one or more tactile output generators  357  for generating tactile outputs for a user of device  300 . 
     Although some of the examples that follow will be given with reference to inputs on touch screen display  112  (where the touch-sensitive surface and the display are combined), in some embodiments, the device detects inputs on a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display, as shown in  FIG.  4 B . In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface (e.g.,  451  in  FIG.  4 B ) has a primary axis (e.g.,  452  in  FIG.  4 B ) that corresponds to a primary axis (e.g.,  453  in  FIG.  4 B ) on the display (e.g.,  450 ). In accordance with these embodiments, the device detects contacts (e.g.,  460  and  462  in  FIG.  4 B ) with the touch-sensitive surface  451  at locations that correspond to respective locations on the display (e.g., in  FIG.  4 B,  460    corresponds to  468  and  462  corresponds to  470 ). In this way, user inputs (e.g., contacts  460  and  462 , and movements thereof) detected by the device on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g.,  451  in  FIG.  4 B ) are used by the device to manipulate the user interface on the display (e.g.,  450  in  FIG.  4 B ) of the multifunction device when the touch-sensitive surface is separate from the display. It should be understood that similar methods are, optionally, used for other user interfaces described herein. 
     Additionally, while the following examples are given primarily with reference to finger inputs (e.g., finger contacts, finger tap gestures, finger swipe gestures), it should be understood that, in some embodiments, one or more of the finger inputs are replaced with input from another input device (e.g., a mouse-based input or stylus input). For example, a swipe gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click (e.g., instead of a contact) followed by movement of the cursor along the path of the swipe (e.g., instead of movement of the contact). As another example, a tap gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click while the cursor is located over the location of the tap gesture (e.g., instead of detection of the contact followed by ceasing to detect the contact). Similarly, when multiple user inputs are simultaneously detected, it should be understood that multiple computer mice are, optionally, used simultaneously, or a mouse and finger contacts are, optionally, used simultaneously. 
       FIG.  5 A  illustrates exemplary personal electronic device  500 . Device  500  includes body  502 . In some embodiments, device  500  can include some or all of the features described with respect to devices  100  and  300  (e.g.,  FIGS.  1 A- 4 B ). In some embodiments, device  500  has touch-sensitive display screen  504 , hereafter touch screen  504 . Alternatively, or in addition to touch screen  504 , device  500  has a display and a touch-sensitive surface. As with devices  100  and  300 , in some embodiments, touch screen  504  (or the touch-sensitive surface) optionally includes one or more intensity sensors for detecting intensity of contacts (e.g., touches) being applied. The one or more intensity sensors of touch screen  504  (or the touch-sensitive surface) can provide output data that represents the intensity of touches. The user interface of device  500  can respond to touches based on their intensity, meaning that touches of different intensities can invoke different user interface operations on device  500 . 
     Exemplary techniques for detecting and processing touch intensity are found, for example, in related applications: International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/040061, titled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying User Interface Objects Corresponding to an Application,” filed May 8, 2013, published as WIPO Publication No. WO/2013/169849, and International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/069483, titled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Transitioning Between Touch Input to Display Output Relationships,” filed Nov. 11, 2013, published as WIPO Publication No. WO/2014/105276, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. 
     In some embodiments, device  500  has one or more input mechanisms  506  and  508 . Input mechanisms  506  and  508 , if included, can be physical. Examples of physical input mechanisms include push buttons and rotatable mechanisms. In some embodiments, device  500  has one or more attachment mechanisms. Such attachment mechanisms, if included, can permit attachment of device  500  with, for example, hats, eyewear, earrings, necklaces, shirts, jackets, bracelets, watch straps, chains, trousers, belts, shoes, purses, backpacks, and so forth. These attachment mechanisms permit device  500  to be worn by a user. 
       FIG.  5 B  depicts exemplary personal electronic device  500 . In some embodiments, device  500  can include some or all of the components described with respect to  FIGS.  1 A,  1 B , and  3 . Device  500  has bus  512  that operatively couples I/O section  514  with one or more computer processors  516  and memory  518 . I/O section  514  can be connected to display  504 , which can have touch-sensitive component  522  and, optionally, intensity sensor  524  (e.g., contact intensity sensor). In addition, I/O section  514  can be connected with communication unit  530  for receiving application and operating system data, using Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, near field communication (NFC), cellular, and/or other wireless communication techniques. Device  500  can include input mechanisms  506  and/or  508 . Input mechanism  506  is, optionally, a rotatable input device or a depressible and rotatable input device, for example. Input mechanism  508  is, optionally, a button, in some examples. 
     Input mechanism  508  is, optionally, a microphone, in some examples. Personal electronic device  500  optionally includes various sensors, such as GPS sensor  532 , accelerometer  534 , directional sensor  540  (e.g., compass), gyroscope  536 , motion sensor  538 , and/or a combination thereof, all of which can be operatively connected to I/O section  514 . 
     Memory  518  of personal electronic device  500  can include one or more non-transitory computer-readable storage mediums, for storing computer-executable instructions, which, when executed by one or more computer processors  516 , for example, can cause the computer processors to perform the techniques described below, including processes  700 ,  900 ,  1100 , and  1300  ( FIGS.  7 ,  9 ,  11 , and  13   ). A computer-readable storage medium can be any medium that can tangibly contain or store computer-executable instructions for use by or in connection with the instruction execution system, apparatus, or device. In some examples, the storage medium is a transitory computer-readable storage medium. In some examples, the storage medium is a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium can include, but is not limited to, magnetic, optical, and/or semiconductor storages. Examples of such storage include magnetic disks, optical discs based on CD, DVD, or Blu-ray technologies, as well as persistent solid-state memory such as flash, solid-state drives, and the like. Personal electronic device  500  is not limited to the components and configuration of  FIG.  5 B , but can include other or additional components in multiple configurations. 
     As used here, the term “affordance” refers to a user-interactive graphical user interface object that is, optionally, displayed on the display screen of devices  100 ,  300 , and/or  500  ( FIGS.  1 A,  3 , and  5 A- 5 H ). For example, an image (e.g., icon), a button, and text (e.g., hyperlink) each optionally constitute an affordance. 
     As used herein, the term “focus selector” refers to an input element that indicates a current part of a user interface with which a user is interacting. In some implementations that include a cursor or other location marker, the cursor acts as a “focus selector” so that when an input (e.g., a press input) is detected on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchpad  355  in  FIG.  3    or touch-sensitive surface  451  in  FIG.  4 B ) while the cursor is over a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some implementations that include a touch screen display (e.g., touch-sensitive display system  112  in  FIG.  1 A  or touch screen  112  in  FIG.  4 A ) that enables direct interaction with user interface elements on the touch screen display, a detected contact on the touch screen acts as a “focus selector” so that when an input (e.g., a press input by the contact) is detected on the touch screen display at a location of a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some implementations, focus is moved from one region of a user interface to another region of the user interface without corresponding movement of a cursor or movement of a contact on a touch screen display (e.g., by using a tab key or arrow keys to move focus from one button to another button); in these implementations, the focus selector moves in accordance with movement of focus between different regions of the user interface. Without regard to the specific form taken by the focus selector, the focus selector is generally the user interface element (or contact on a touch screen display) that is controlled by the user so as to communicate the user&#39;s intended interaction with the user interface (e.g., by indicating, to the device, the element of the user interface with which the user is intending to interact). For example, the location of a focus selector (e.g., a cursor, a contact, or a selection box) over a respective button while a press input is detected on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touchpad or touch screen) will indicate that the user is intending to activate the respective button (as opposed to other user interface elements shown on a display of the device). 
     As used in the specification and claims, the term “characteristic intensity” of a contact refers to a characteristic of the contact based on one or more intensities of the contact. In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is based on multiple intensity samples. The characteristic intensity is, optionally, based on a predefined number of intensity samples, or a set of intensity samples collected during a predetermined time period (e.g., 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 seconds) relative to a predefined event (e.g., after detecting the contact, prior to detecting liftoff of the contact, before or after detecting a start of movement of the contact, prior to detecting an end of the contact, before or after detecting an increase in intensity of the contact, and/or before or after detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact). A characteristic intensity of a contact is, optionally, based on one or more of: a maximum value of the intensities of the contact, a mean value of the intensities of the contact, an average value of the intensities of the contact, a top 10 percentile value of the intensities of the contact, a value at the half maximum of the intensities of the contact, a value at the 90 percent maximum of the intensities of the contact, or the like. In some embodiments, the duration of the contact is used in determining the characteristic intensity (e.g., when the characteristic intensity is an average of the intensity of the contact over time). In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is compared to a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user. For example, the set of one or more intensity thresholds optionally includes a first intensity threshold and a second intensity threshold. In this example, a contact with a characteristic intensity that does not exceed the first threshold results in a first operation, a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the first intensity threshold and does not exceed the second intensity threshold results in a second operation, and a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the second threshold results in a third operation. In some embodiments, a comparison between the characteristic intensity and one or more thresholds is used to determine whether or not to perform one or more operations (e.g., whether to perform a respective operation or forgo performing the respective operation), rather than being used to determine whether to perform a first operation or a second operation. 
     Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces (“UI”) and associated processes that are implemented on an electronic device, such as portable multifunction device  100 , device  300 , or device  500 . 
       FIGS.  6 A- 6 U  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for managing watch faces based on depth data of a previously captured media item, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in  FIG.  7   . 
       FIG.  6 A  illustrates computer  600  with display  602  turned off. Computer system  600  includes rotatable and depressible input mechanism  604 . In some embodiments, computer system  600  optionally includes one or more features of device  100 , device  300 , or device  500 . In some embodiments, computer system  600  is a tablet, phone, laptop, desktop, camera, etc. In some embodiments, the inputs described below can optionally be substituted for alternate inputs, such as a press input and/or a rotational input received via rotatable and depressible input mechanism  604 . 
     In some embodiments, computer system  600  wakes and displays watch user interface  606  in response to an input, such as a tap input, a wrist raise input, a press input received via rotatable and depressible input mechanism  604 , and/or a rotational input received via rotatable and depressible input mechanism  604 . 
     In  FIG.  6 B , computer system  600  displays watch user interface  606 , which includes background element  606   a , system text  606   b , foreground element  606   c , and complication  606   d   1 . In one embodiment, foreground element  606   c  and background element  606   a  correspond to portions of a portrait media item (e.g., a picture) that is divided into at least two layers based on depth data of the media item, such that foreground element  606   c  is based on a first layer of the media item and background element  606   a  is based on a second layer of the media item different from the first layer of the media item. In some embodiments, computer system  600  segments the media item into the first layer and the second layer based on a determination that the first layer of the media item and the second layer of the media item were different distances from a camera sensor at the time that the media item with depth data was captured. 
     At  FIG.  6 B , watch user interface  606  is based on an image that includes depth data indicating that foreground element  606   c  was closer to the camera sensor at the time that the image was captured than background element  606   a . Computer system  600  generates and displays watch user interface  606  based on the image depth data by stacking elements of watch user interface  606  to indicate a field of depth (FOD). For example,  FIG.  6 B  illustrates that background element  606   a  is beneath (e.g., overlaid by) system text  606   b , which is beneath foreground element  606   c , which is beneath complication  606   d   1 . Thus, watch user interface  606  includes elements displayed in a simulated stack, such that each element is displayed with a different simulated (e.g., virtual) distance from display  602 . For example, in  FIG.  6 B , complication  606   d   1  has the smallest simulated distance from display  602  whereas background element  606   a  has the largest simulated distance from display  602 . In some embodiments, computer system  600  creates and/or generates watch user interface  606  without user inputs specifying the order in which to layer or virtually stack the elements of an image with depth data. In some embodiments, the elements of watch user interface are displayed in a different arrangement or virtual stack order. For example, in some embodiments, computer system  600  generates and/or displays a watch user interface based on an image with depth data wherein a complication (e.g.,  606   d   1 ,  640   d , etc.) is displayed beneath (e.g., behind) a foreground element (e.g.,  606   c ,  640   c , etc.) such as in  FIG.  6 Q , which is described below. In some embodiments, computer system  600  generates and/or displays a watch user interface based on an image with depth data wherein system text (e.g.,  606   b ,  642   b , etc.) is displayed above (e.g., in front of) a foreground element (e.g.,  606   c ,  642   c , etc.) such as in  FIG.  6 R , which is described below. 
     In  FIG.  6 B , system text  606   b  includes lock icon  606   b   1 , which indicates that computer system  600  is currently in a locked state. In some embodiments, the features of computer system  600  are limited when computer system  600  is in a locked state. System text  606   b  further includes date  606   b   2 , which indicates the current date (e.g., month, date, and/or year) and current time  606   b   3 , which indicates the current time of day (e.g., hour, minute, and/or second). 
       FIG.  6 C  illustrates computer system  600  displaying watch user interface  606  with a simulated parallax visual effect. In  FIG.  6 C , computer  600  is a watch that is being worn on wrist  608 . In  FIG.  6 C , the relative positions of elements of watch user interface  606  including background element  606   a , system text  606   b , and foreground element  606   c  are adjusted based on the angle of rotation of wrist  608 . For example, the top portion of  FIG.  6 C  illustrates that, when wrist  608  is at a first angle of rotation, foreground element  606   c  is displayed at an angle that significantly obscures system text  606   b . However, the bottom portion of  FIG.  6 C  illustrates that, when wrist  608  is at a second angle of rotation different from the first angle of rotation, the relative positions of the elements of watch user interface  606  are adjusted based on the change in the angle of wrist  608  such that foreground element  606   c  does not obscure system text  606   b . In some examples, the magnitude of the change in position of elements of watch user interface  606  is significantly based on the angle of rotation of a user&#39;s wrist. 
     In some embodiments, the relative positions of the elements of watch user interface  606  are bound within a range, and a change in a wrist position beyond a threshold amount (e.g., beyond a threshold angle) will not cause the elements of watch user interface  606  to be updated beyond a threshold amount. In some embodiments, the magnitude of the simulated parallax visual effect is less significant than that illustrated in  FIG.  6 C . In some embodiments, some elements of watch user interface are affected by (e.g., moved based on) a wrist rotation, whereas other elements maintain a fixed position within watch user interface  606 . For example, in some embodiments, the simulated parallax visual effect is applied to a foreground element (e.g.,  606   c ) and a background element (e.g.,  606   a ), but is not applied to system text (e.g.,  606   b ) or a complication (e.g.,  606   d   1 ,  606   d   2 ). 
       FIG.  6 D  illustrates watch user interface  606  being displayed with a simulated dolly zoom animation (e.g., an animation where a simulated camera moves toward or away from a subject while adjusting a zoom in such a way as to keep the subject the same size to create a visual effect where the background grows in size and detail or the foreground increases in size relative to the background). In some embodiments, when computer system  600  initially displays watch user interface  606  (e.g., after closing out of an application, after selecting watch user interface  606  via a watch face selection mode, after waking from a sleep state, after initially powering on, after unlocking computer system  600 , etc.), it displays watch user interface  606  with a dolly zoom animation. The top portion of  FIG.  6 D  illustrates computer system  600  displaying watch user interface  606  with a dolly zoom effect wherein, initially, background element  606   a  of watch user interface  606  is displayed with a first simulated zoom level applied. The bottom portion of  FIG.  6 D  illustrates a second portion of the dolly zoom animation wherein background element  606   a  has been updated to be displayed with a second simulated zoom level different from the first simulated zoom level. In some embodiments, computer system  600  displays the simulated dolly zoom animation on watch user interface  606  automatically and, after playing the simulated animation, maintains the second simulated zoom level applied to background element  606   a  after the animation is displayed. 
     In some embodiments, the simulated dolly zoom applies progressive levels of zoom to background element  606   a  while the simulated zoom level applied to foreground element  606   c  is maintained. In some embodiments, displaying the simulated dolly zoom animation involves initially applying the least amount of simulated zoom effect (e.g., the lowest magnification level) to background element  606   a . Over the course of the simulated dolly zoom animation, the simulated zoom effect applied to background element  606   a  is updated such that, at the end of the simulated dolly zoom animation, a higher amount of simulated zoom effect is applied to background element  606   a  of watch user interface  606 . In some embodiments, displaying the simulated dolly zoom animation involves initially applying the greatest amount of simulated zoom effect (e.g., the highest magnification level) to background element  606   a . Over the course of the simulated dolly zoom animation, the simulated zoom effect applied to background element  606   a  is updated such that, at the end of the simulated dolly zoom animation, a lower amount of simulated zoom effect is applied to background element (e.g.,  606   a  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 A ) of watch user interface  606 . 
     At  FIG.  6 E , computer system  600  displays watch user interface  606 , wherein system text  606   b  has been updated to be displayed without lock icon  606   b   1 , which indicates that computer  600  is not in a locked state. In some embodiments, computer  600  system transitions from a locked state to an unlocked state in response to a sequence of user inputs received via one or more input mechanisms in communication with computer system  600 . In some embodiments, computer system  600  transitions from a locked state to an unlocked state in response to a number of tap inputs received at computer system  600  corresponding to entry of a passcode. In some embodiments, computer system  600  transitions from a locked state to an unlocked state in response to a press input received on rotatable and depressible input mechanism  604 . In some embodiments, computer system  600  transitions from a locked state to an unlocked state in response to a sequence of one or more user inputs received via a computer system other than computer system  600  that is in communication with computer system  600 , such as a paired phone (e.g., computer system  660 ). In some embodiments, computer system  600  transitions from a locked state to an unlocked state in response to a wrist raise gesture. 
     At  FIG.  6 E , computer system  600  detects long press input  650   a  on watch user interface  606 . At  FIG.  6 F , in response to detecting long press input  650   a , computer system  600  displays selection user interface  610   a . Selection user interface  610   a  includes representation  618   a , which is a graphical representation of watch user interface  606 . Representation  618   a  includes elements of watch user interface  606 , including background element  606   a , system text  606   b , foreground element  606   c , and complication  606   d   1 . In some embodiments, representation  618   a  is a static representation of watch user interface  606 , and includes current time  606   b   3  with text indicating a time other than the current time, and complication  606   d   1  with information other than real-time data. 
     Selection user interface  610   a  includes share user-interactive graphical user interface object  614  which, when selected, causes computer system  600  to display a user interface related to transmitting and/or sharing information related to watch user interface  606  to another computer system (e.g., a phone, a watch, a tablet, etc.). Selection user interface  610   a  further includes edit user-interactive graphical user interface object  616  which, when selected, causes computer system  600  to display an editing user interface for editing aspects of watch user interface  606 . Selection user interface  610   a  further includes face indicator  612   a , which includes a visual and/or textual indicator indicating the name of the watch user interface currently centered in selection user interface  610   a . At  FIG.  6 F , face indicator  612   a  indicates that currently indicated watch user interface  606 , which is represented in selection user interface  610   a  by representation  618   a , is titled “Portrait.” 
     Selection user interface  610   a  further includes at least a partial view of representation  607   a  and representation  607   b . Representation  607   a  and representation  607   b  represent watch user interfaces other than watch user interface  606 . In some embodiments, in response to receiving a swipe input on display  602  and/or a rotational input via rotatable and depressible input mechanism  604 , computer system displays representation  607   a  or  607   b  in the center of selection user interface  610   a , with a fuller view of the respective representation than is illustrated at  FIG.  6 F . 
     At  FIG.  6 F , computer system  600  detects tap input  650   b  on edit user-interactive graphical user interface object  616 . At  FIG.  6 G , in response to detecting tap input  650   b , computer system  600  displays editing user interface  620   a   1 . Editing user interface  620   a   1  includes representation  618   b   1 , which represents watch user interface  606 . In some embodiments, representation  618   b   1  is significantly the same as  618   a . In some embodiments, representation  618   b   1  significantly matches representation  618   a , but is displayed at a different size from representation  618   a . At  FIG.  6 G , representation  618   b   1  includes elements of watch user interface of  606 , including background element  606   a , system text  606   b , foreground element  606   c , and complication  606   d   1 . 
     Editing user interface  620   a   1  includes aspect indicator  624   a , which includes a visual and/or textual representation of the aspect of watch user interface  606  currently selected for editing. At  FIG.  6 G , aspect indicator  624   a  indicates that the aspect of watch user interface  606  that is currently selected for editing is “Style.” 
     Editing user interface  620   a   1  further includes selection indicator  622   a   1 , which includes a visual and/or textual representation of the currently selected option for the editable aspect of watch user interface  606 . At  FIG.  6 G , selection indicator  622   a   1  indicates that the currently selected “Style” option for watch user interface  606  is “Classic.” 
     Editing user interface  620   a   1  further includes positional indicator  626   a   1 . Positional indicator  626   a   1  includes a graphical indication of the number of selectable options for the editable aspect of watch user interface  606  that is currently being edited, as well as the position of the currently selected option among the list of selectable options. For example, positional indicator  626   a   1  indicates that the currently selected option for the “Style” aspect of watch user interface  606 , “Classic,” is at the top of a list of at least two possible options for the “Style” aspect of watch user interface  606 . 
     At  FIG.  6 G , computer system  600  detects rotational input  638   a  via rotatable and depressible input mechanism  604 . At  FIG.  6 H , in response to detecting rotational input  638   a , computer system  600  displays editing user interface  620   a   2 . In some embodiments, computer system  600  displays editing user interface  620   a   2  in response to a swipe input (e.g., a downward swipe input on display  602 ) received while editing user interface  620   a   1  is displayed. Editing user interface  620   a   2  includes representation  618   b   2 , which represents an edited representation of watch user interface  606  that now includes current time  606   b   3  of system text  606   b  displayed in a different font than the font that was previously used to display current time  606   b   3  (e.g., the font used at  FIGS.  6 B- 6 G ). At  FIG.  6 H , the “Style” aspect of watch face  606  has been edited to be displayed with the “Modern” style instead of the “Classic” style. Accordingly, selection indicator  622   a   2  indicates that the currently selected “Style” option for watch user interface  606  is “Modern,” and positional indicator  626   a   2  indicates that the position within the selectable options for the “Style” aspect of watch user interface  606  has been updated. 
     At  FIG.  6 H , computer system  600  detects swipe input  650   c  on editing user interface  620   a   2 . At  FIG.  6 I , in response to detecting swipe input  650   c , computer system  600  displays editing user interface  620   b   1 , which includes representation  618   c   1  of watch user interface  606 . Editing user interface  620   b   1  further includes aspect indicator  624   b , which indicates that editing user interface  620   b   1  is for editing the position of system text  606   b.    
     Editing user interface  620   b   1  further includes selection indicator  622   b   1 , which includes a visual and/or textual representation of the currently selected option for the editable aspect of watch user interface  606 . At  FIG.  6 I , selection indicator  622   b   1  indicates that the currently selected “Position” option for watch user interface  606  is “Top.” Thus, representation  618   c   1  includes system text  606   b  that is displayed toward the top of display  602 . 
     Editing user interface  620   b   1  further includes positional indicator  626   b   1 . Positional indicator  626   b   1  includes a graphical indication of the number of selectable options for the editable aspect of watch user interface  606  that is currently being edited, as well as the position of the currently selected option among the list of selectable options. For example, positional indicator  626   b   1  indicates that the currently selected option for the “Position” of system text  606   b , “Top,” is at the top of a list of at least two possible options for the “Position” aspect of system text  606   b.    
     At  FIG.  6 I , computer system  600  detects rotational input  638   b  via rotatable and depressible input mechanism  604 . At  FIG.  6 J , in response to detecting rotational input  638   b , computer system  600  displays editing user interface  620   b   2 , which includes representation  618   c   2 . Representation  618   c   2  significantly matches representation  618   c   1 , except that the position of system text  606   b  has been altered so that system text  606   b  is now displayed closer to the bottom of representation  618   c   2  and, accordingly, closer to the bottom of display  602 . Editing user interface  620   b   2  further includes aspect indicator  624   b , which indicates that editing user interface  620   b   2  is a user interface for editing the position of system text  606   b.    
     Editing user interface  620   b   2  further includes selection indicator  622   b   2 , which includes a visual and/or textual representation of the currently selected option for the editable aspect of watch user interface  606 . At  FIG.  6 J , selection indicator  622   b   2  indicates that the currently selected “Position” option for system text  606   b  is “Bottom.” 
     Editing user interface  620   b   2  further includes positional indicator  626   b   2 . Positional indicator  626   b   2  includes a graphical indication of the number of selectable options for the editable aspect of watch user interface  606  that is currently being edited, as well as the position of the currently selected option among the list of selectable options. For example, positional indicator  626   b   2  indicates that the currently selected option for the “Position” of watch user interface  606 , “Bottom,” is lower than the position of the “Top” selectable option as illustrated by positional indicator  626   b   1  at  FIG.  6 I . 
     At  FIG.  6 I , computer system  600  detects swipe input  650   d  on editing user interface  620   b   1 . At  FIG.  6 K , in response to detecting swipe input  650   d , computer system  600  displays editing user interface  620   c   1 , which includes representation  618   d   1 . Representation  618   d   1  significantly matches representation  618   c   1 . Editing user interface  620   c   1  further includes aspect indicator  624   c , which indicates that editing user interface  620   c   1  is a user interface for editing the color of aspects of watch user interface  606 . 
     Editing user interface  620   c   1  further includes selection indicator  622   c   1 , which includes a visual and/or textual representation of the currently selected color option for aspects of watch user interface  606 . In some embodiments, the currently selected color option is applied to the elements of system text  606   b . In some embodiments, the currently selected color option is applied to some elements of system text  606   b  (e.g., current time  606   b   3 ) but not others (e.g., date  606   b   2  and/or lock icon  606   b   1 ). At  FIG.  6 K , selection indicator  622   c   1  indicates that the currently selected “Color” option for watch user interface  606  is “Orange.” 
     Editing user interface  620   c   1  further includes color options indicator  628 , which includes various selectable color options. Selected color  628   a  includes a visual indication around the currently selected color, which provides a visual and/or graphical indication of the selected color as well as its position within color options indicator  628 . 
     At  FIG.  6 K , computer system  600  detects swipe input  650   e  on editing user interface  620   c   1 . At  FIG.  6 L , in response to detecting swipe input  650   e , computer system  600  displays editing user interface  620   d   1 , which includes representation  618   e   1 . Representation  618   e   1  is significantly the same as representation  618   d   1 , except that it is displayed at a larger size, and a blur and/or darkening effect is being applied to elements of representation  618   d   1  that are not currently being edited (e.g., elements of watch user interface  606  other than complications). Editing user interface  620   d   1  further includes aspect indicator  624   d , which indicates that editing user interface  620   d   1  is a user interface for editing the complication displayed with watch user interface  606 . 
     At  FIG.  6 L , computer system  600  detects tap input  650   f  on complication  606   d   1 . At  FIG.  6 M , in response to detecting tap input  650   f , computer system  600  displays editing user interface  620   d   2 , which includes multiple selectable complication options to be displayed with watch user interface  606 . 
       FIG.  6 M  includes complication options that can be selected to be displayed with watch user interface  606 . In some embodiments, the selectable complications are sorted into categories based on associated features/and or applications related to the selectable complications. Editing user interface  620   d   2  includes category  632   a , which includes a visual and/or textual indication that the complication beneath category  632   a  is related to “Heart Rate.” Editing user interface  620   d   2  further includes category  632   b , which includes a visual and/or textual indication that the complication beneath category  632   b  is related to “Weather.” In some embodiments, the categories may include multiple complications, in which case the multiple complications related to a given category are displayed below text and/or a visual indication related to the category. In some embodiments, editing user interface  620   d   2  is initially displayed with the selected complication from the previous user interface centered and/or with focus selection. In some embodiments, computer system navigates from one complication option to another complication option (e.g., moves focus selection) by scrolling via a swipe input on editing user interface  620   d   2  and/or via a rotational input via rotatable and depressible input mechanism  604 . 
     Editing user interface  620   d   2  further includes cancel user-interactive graphical user interface object  630  which, when selected, causes computer system  600  to stop displaying editing user interface  620   d   2  and display editing user interface  620   d   1 . Editing user interface  620   d   2  further includes off user-interactive graphical user interface object  634  which, when selected, edits watch user interface  606  to be displayed without a complication (e.g., without  606   d   1  or  606   d   2 ). 
     Editing user interface  620   d   2  further includes positional indicator  626   c . Positional indicator  626   c  includes a graphical indication of the number of selectable options for the complication displayed with watch user interface  606 , as well as the position of the complication within the list of selectable complication options that currently has focus selection. For example, at  FIG.  6 M , positional indicator  626   c  indicates the relative position of complication  606   d   2  within the list of selectable complication options to be displayed with watch user interface  606 . 
     At  FIG.  6 M , computer system  600  detects tap input  650   g  on complication  606   d   2  and press input  636   a  via rotatable and depressible input mechanism while complication has  606   d   2  has focus selection. At  FIG.  6 N , in response to detecting tap input  650   g  or press input  636   a , computer system  600  displays editing user interface  620   d   3 , which includes representation  618   e   2 . Representation  618   e   2  is significantly the same as representation  618   e   1 , except that the complication option has been edited so that representation  618   e   2  includes complication  606   d   2 , which is a heart rate complication, instead of complication  606   d   1 , which is a weather complication. 
     At  FIG.  6 M , computer system  600  detects press input  636   b  via rotatable and depressible input mechanism  604 . At  FIG.  6 O , in response to press input  636   b , computer system  600  displays selection user interface  610   b , which is significantly the same as selection user interface  610   a  except that it includes representation  618   f , which includes edits to watch user interface  606  made at  FIGS.  6 G- 6 N . In particular, representation  618   f  differs from representation  618   a  in that the current time  606   b   3  is displayed in a different font, and representation  618   f  includes complication  606   d   2  instead of complication  606   d   1 . 
     At  FIG.  6 O , computer system  600  detects tap input  650   h  on representation  618   f  and press input  636   c  via rotatable and depressible input mechanism  604 . At  FIG.  6 P , in response to detecting tap input  650   h  or press input  636   c , computer system  600  displays watch user interface  638 , which includes background element  606   a , system text  606   b  displayed in a different font than was used for watch user interface  606  at  FIG.  6 A , foreground element  606   c , and complication  606   d   2 . 
     At  FIG.  6 Q , computer system  600  displays watch user interface  640 . In some embodiments, computer system  600  transitions from displaying watch user interface  638  to displaying watch user interface  640  in response to an input (e.g., a tap input on watch user interface  638 ). In some embodiments, computer system  600  transitions from displaying watch user interface  638  to displaying watch user interface  640  based on the passage of time (e.g., system text  606   b  indicates that the current time at  FIG.  6 P  is 10:09, whereas system text  640   b  indicates that the current time at  FIG.  6 Q  is 3:08). In some embodiments, computer system  600  transitions from displaying watch user interface  638  to displaying watch user interface  640  in response to a wrist raise gesture. 
     Watch user interface  640  includes background element  640   a , system text  640   b , foreground element  640   c , and complication  640   d . As with user interface  606 , the elements of watch user interface  640  are arranged and displayed in a virtual stack. The elements of watch user interface  640  are arranged so that background element  640   a  is beneath system text  640   b , which is beneath complication  640   d , which is beneath foreground element  640   c . Notably, the virtual arrangement of having a foreground element (e.g.,  640   c ) in front of (e.g., overlaying) a complication (e.g.,  640   d ) differs from watch user interface  606 . 
     In some embodiments, when computer system generates and/or creates a watch user interface, such as watch user interface  640 , based on an image with depth data, computer system  600  virtually arranges the layers in accordance with a determination that the layers can be displayed in a certain order without particular layers arranged on top obscuring the layers arranged below beyond a threshold amount. For example, in some embodiments, a foreground element (e.g.,  640   c ) is arranged in front of (e.g., overlaying) a complication (e.g.,  640 ) in accordance with a determination that the foreground element will not obscure the complication by more than a threshold amount (e.g., ⅕ of the complication, ⅙ of the complication, etc.). 
     The process described above for layering a foreground element above a complication can also be applied to the layering of a foreground element above system text. For example, as described below with respect to  FIG.  6 R , computer system  600  may generate a watch user interface based on a media item with depth data wherein a foreground element is arranged beneath system text in accordance with a determination that there is not sufficient space in the media item to generate and/or display a watch user interface based on the media item wherein the system text can be arranged beneath the foreground element such that the system text will not be obscured beyond a threshold amount. 
     At  FIG.  6 R , computer system  600  displays watch user interface  642 . In some embodiments, computer system  600  transitions from displaying watch user interface  640  to displaying watch user interface  642  in response to an input (e.g., a tap input on watch user interface  640 ). In some embodiments, computer system  600  transitions from displaying watch user interface  640  to displaying watch user interface  642  based on the passage of time (e.g., system text  640   b  indicates that the current time at  FIG.  6 Q  is 3:08, whereas system text  642   b  indicates that the current time at  FIG.  6 R  is 9:01). In some embodiments, computer system  600  transitions from displaying watch user interface  640  to displaying watch user interface  642  in response to a wrist raise gesture. 
     Watch user interface  642  includes background element  642   a , system text  642   b , foreground element  642   c , and complication  642   d . As with watch user interface  606  and watch user interface  640 , the elements of watch user interface  642  are virtually arranged as layers. In watch user interface  642 , the elements of watch user interface  640  are arranged in a virtual stack so that background element  642   a  is beneath foreground element  640   c , which is beneath system text  642   b  and complication  642   d   1 . Notably, the arrangement of having a foreground element (e.g.,  640   c ) virtually arranged beneath system text  642   b  differs from watch user interface  606 . 
     In some embodiments, when computer system generates a watch user interface such as watch user interface  642  based on a media with depth data, computer system  600  arranges elements of the watch user interface in a virtual stack in accordance with a determination that the layers can be displayed in a certain order without particular layers arranged on top obscuring the layers arranged below beyond a threshold amount. For example, in some embodiments, a foreground element (e.g.,  642   c ) is arranged in front of (e.g., overlaying) system text (e.g.,  642   b ) in accordance with a determination that the foreground element will not obscure more than a threshold amount of the system text (e.g., ⅕ of the system text, ⅙ of the system text, etc.). 
     At  FIG.  6 R , computer system  600  generates and displays watch user interface  642  in accordance with a determination that there is not sufficient space in the media item to generate a watch user interface wherein system text  642   b  arranged beneath the foreground element, and such that system text  642   b  is not be obscured or blocked beyond a threshold amount by foreground element  642   c . Thus, computer system  600  generates watch user interface  642  with the elements of watch user interface  642  arranged in a virtual stack such that foreground element is beneath system text  642   b.    
       FIGS.  6 S- 6 U  illustrate user interfaces for enabling and displaying user interfaces using a media item with depth data via computer system  660 , wherein computer system  660  is in wireless communication with computer system  600 . In some embodiments, computer system  600  and computer system  660  are logged into a same user account. In some embodiments, computer system  600  and computer system  660  are paired. In some embodiments, computer system  660  optionally includes one or more features of device  100 , device  300 , or device  500 . In some embodiments, computer system  660  is a tablet, phone, laptop, desktop, camera, etc. 
     At  FIG.  6 S , computer system  660  displays, via display  662 , my watch user interface  675   a , which includes options for editing watch user interfaces that can be displayed via computer system  600 . My watch user interface  675   a  includes back user-interactive graphical user interface  644  which, when selected, causes computer system  660  to display a user interface for selecting which computer system (e.g., watch) is being configured via computer system  660 . My watch user interface  675   a  further includes watch name  646 , which indicates that the watch currently selected to be configured via computer system  660  is Jane&#39;s Watch. In  FIG.  6 S , computer system  600  corresponds to Jane&#39;s Watch. My watch user interface  675   a  further includes search bar  664  which, when selected, can be used to search among multiple selectable watch user interfaces available via computer system  600  for configuration via computer system  660 . 
     My watch user interface  675   a  further includes header  647 , which includes a visual and/or textual indication that the representations of watch faces displayed below header  647  correspond to watch faces that are available on (e.g., stored in the local memory of) computer system  600  (e.g., Jane&#39;s Watch). My watch user interface  675   a  includes representations of a plurality of watch faces available on computer system  600 , including representation  648  of a watch user interface titled “Meridian,” representation  652  of a watch user interface titled “Portrait,” which corresponds to watch user interface  642  being displayed via computer system  600 , and representation  654  of a watch user interface titled “Motion.” 
     My watch user interface  675   a  further includes options region  666 . Options region  666  includes multiple selectable options for configuring various features of computer system  600 . Options region  666  includes notifications user-interactive graphical user interface object  666   a  which, when selected, causes computer system  660  to display a user interface for editing notifications settings of computer system  600 . Options region  666  further includes display user-interactive graphical user interface object  666   b  which, when selected, causes computer system  660  to display a user interface including options for editing the display and brightness settings of computer system  600 . 
     My watch user interface  675   a  further includes selectable options for displaying, via computer system  660 , user interfaces other than my watch user interface  675   a  related to configuring features of computer system  600 . For example, my watch user interface  675   a  includes face gallery user-interactive graphical user interface object  656  which, when selected, causes computer system  660  to display a user interface for viewing additional watch user interfaces available on computer system  600 . My watch user interface  675   a  further includes discover user-interactive graphical user interface object  658  which, when selected, causes computer system  660  to display a user interface for obtaining (e.g., downloading) additional watch user interfaces onto computer system  600  that have not yet been downloaded onto computer system  600 . My watch user interface  675   a  further includes face gallery user-interactive graphical user interface object  654 , which corresponds to my watch user interface  675   a  and which, when selected, causes computer system  660  to display my watch user interface  675   a.    
     In  FIG.  6 S , computer system  600  displays watch user interface  642 , which maintains the features of watch user interface  642  as described and illustrated in  FIG.  6 R , as discussed above. At  FIG.  6 S , computer system  660  detects tap input  650   i  on representation  652   a , which corresponds to watch user interface  642  that is then being displayed on computer system  600 . 
     At  FIG.  6 T , in response to detecting tap input  650   i , computer system  660  displays my watch user interface  675   b , which includes additional options for configuring the way that watch user interface  642  is displayed via computer system  600 . My watch user interface  675   b  includes back user-interactive graphical user interface  671  which, when selected, causes computer system  660  to display my watch user interface  675   a . My watch user interface  675   b  further includes face name  676 , which indicates that the name of the watch user interface currently selected to be configured via computer system  660  is “Portrait.” My faces user interface  675   b  further includes share user-interactive graphical user interface object  669  which, when selected, causes computer system  660  to display user interfaces related to transmitting and/or sharing information related to watch user interface  642  with another device (e.g., another computer system). 
     My watch user interface  675   b  further includes representation  652   a  is a representation of the watch user interface currently being displayed on computer system  600  (e.g., watch user interface  642 ). In some embodiments, representation  652   a  is a live preview of the currently selected configuration that has been selected for display via computer system  600 . Thus, in some embodiments, representation  652   a  is updated in response to inputs received via computer system  660 , such that selecting options on my faces user interface  675   b  cause both representation  652   a  as displayed by computer system  660  and watch user interface  642  as displayed by  600  to be updated. Watch user interface further includes description  674 , which includes a textual description of the features of the watch user interface currently selected for editing (e.g., the “Portrait” watch user interface, corresponding to watch user interface  642 ). 
     My watch user interface  675   b  further includes colors region  668  for selecting a color with which to display aspects of watch user interface  642  via computer system  600 . Colors region  668   a  includes selected color  668   a , which indicates the currently selected color that aspects of watch user interface  642  are being displayed in. In some embodiments, the aspects affected by the color selection include system text  642   b . In this way, watch user interface  675   b  can be used to edit the color of aspects of watch user interface  642  in a similar way to the color editing process described above with respect to editing user interface  620   c   1 . 
     Watch user interface  675   b  further includes options region  670 , which includes selectable options for editing aspects of watch user interface  642 . Options region  670  includes content header  670   a , which indicates that the options included in region  670  below header  670   a  are for editing the content of the currently selected watch user interface (e.g.,  642 ). Region  670  further includes album user-interactive graphical user interface object  670   b  which, when selected, configures the “Portrait” watch user interface to be displayed using media items with depth data from a selected album of media items. Selection indicator  672  is displayed as a checkmark on album user-interactive graphical user interface object  670   b  to indicate that watch user interface  642  is currently configured to be displayed using an album of media items. Album name user-interactive graphical user interface object  670   c   1  includes the title of the album from which the media items including depth data that computer system  600  uses to generate watch user interfaces are being selected from. At  FIG.  6 T , album name user-interactive graphical user interface object  670   c   1  indicates that the media items with depth data being used to generate watch user interface  642  are currently being selected from an album titled “Spring.” Region  670  further includes photos user-interactive graphical user interface object  670   d  which, when selected, configures the “Portrait” watch user interface (e.g.,  642 ) to be displayed using media items with depth data from a photos album accessible by computer system  600  and/or computer system  600 . Region  670  further includes dynamic user-interactive graphical user interface object  670   e  which, when selected, configures the “Portrait” watch user interface (e.g.,  642 ) to be displayed using media items with depth data from new and/or updated media items and/or media items with depth data that become newly available via computer system  600  and/or computer system  660 . 
     At  FIG.  6 U , computer system  660  displays my watch user interface  675   c . At  FIG.  6 U , in my watch user interface  675   c , album name user-interactive graphical user interface object  670   c   1  has been replaced with album name user-interactive graphical user interface object  670   c   2 , which indicates that the album of media items with depth data from which the “Portrait” watch user interface is being generated has been updated from “Spring” to “Summer.” Accordingly, representation  652   a  has been replaced with representation  652   b , which corresponds to watch user interface  680  that is being displayed via  600 . 
     Watch user interface  680  is generated and displayed by computer system  600  based on a media item with depth data chosen from an album titled “Summer” rather than the previously selected album titled “Spring.” In some embodiments, computer system  660  transitions from my watch user interface  675   b  to my watch user interface  675   c  and computer system  600  transitions from displaying watch user interface  642  to displaying watch user interface  680  in response to a sequence of user inputs received at computer system  660 , including a tap input on album name user-interactive graphical user interface object  670   c   1 . Thus, at  FIG.  6 U , in response to a sequence of one or more user inputs received via computer system  660  including a tap input on album name  670   c   1  while my watch user interface  675   b  is displayed, computer system  600  displays watch user interface  680 , which includes background element  680   a , system text  680   b , foreground object  680   c , and complication  680   d.    
     Thus,  FIGS.  6 S- 6 U  illustrate that the watch user interface displayed via computer system  600  can be updated and/or configured via inputs received at a computer system in wireless communication with (e.g., paired with) computer system  600 . Moreover,  FIGS.  6 S- 6 U  demonstrate that the source of the media items with depth data that are used to generate watch user interfaces for display via computer system  600  can be edited and/or configured manually via computer system  660  (e.g., a computer system in wireless communication with computer system  600 ). 
       FIG.  7    is a flow diagram illustrating a method for managing watch faces based on depth data of a previously captured media item using a computer system in accordance with some embodiments. Method  700  is performed at a computer system (e.g.,  100 ,  300 ,  500 ,  600 ) (e.g., a smartwatch, a wearable electronic device, a smartphone, a desktop computer, a laptop, a tablet) that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices (e.g., a display controller, a touch-sensitive display system, a rotatable input mechanism, a touch-sensitive surface). Some operations in method  700  are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted. 
     As described below, method  700  provides an intuitive way for managing watch faces based on depth data of a previously captured media item. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for managing watch faces based on depth data of a previously captured media item, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to manage watch faces based on depth data of a previously captured media item faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     In some embodiments, the watch faces described in method  700  can be displayed and/or edited in the manner described below with respect to method  1500  (e.g.,  FIG.  15   ) and/or as described below with respect to  FIGS.  14 A- 14 R . 
     The computer system (e.g.,  600 ), receives ( 702 ), via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to a request to display a user interface based on a media item (e.g., a raise to wake gesture, a tap gesture, a digital crown rotation gesture, or the like). 
     In response to receiving the input, the computer system displays ( 704 ), via the display generation component, a user interface (e.g.,  606 ) (e.g., a watch user interface, a wake screen, a watch face, a lock screen). Displaying the user interface includes concurrently displaying: a media item ( 706 ) (e.g., a photo, a video, a GIF, an animation) that includes a background element (e.g.,  606   a  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 B ) and a foreground element (e.g.,  606   c  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 B ) that is segmented from the background element based on depth information and system text (e.g.,  606   b  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 B ) ( 708 ) (e.g., a first time, a current date), wherein the system text is displayed in front of (e.g., visually overlaying or at a location that corresponds to a portion of) the background element and behind (e.g., at least partially visually overlaid by) the foreground element and has content that is dynamically selected based on a context of the computer system. In some embodiments, the media item includes depth data (e.g., data that can be used to segment a foreground element from one or more background elements such as data indicating that the foreground element was less than a threshold distance away from one or more cameras when the media was captured and a background element was more than the threshold distance away from the one or more cameras when the media was captured or a data set related to the distance between two objects in the media, a data set including the relative distances between a camera sensor and at least a first and second object that were in the field of view of the camera sensor at the time the media was captured, a plurality of layers). In some embodiments, the background element and the foreground element are selected (in some embodiments, automatically) based on the depth data (e.g., in accordance with a determination that the background element is positioned behind the foreground element). Automatically creating a user interface (e.g.,  606  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 B ), wherein displaying the user interface includes concurrently displaying a media item that includes a background element, a foreground element that is segmented from the background element based on depth information, and system text, wherein the system text is displayed in front of the background element and behind the foreground element and has content that is dynamically selected based on a context of the computer system, enables the user interface to be displayed without requiring the user to provide multiple inputs to configure the user interface (e.g., configuring the user interface by manually dividing the media item into segmented elements, and/or by selecting which element of the media should be the foreground element and which element of the media item should be the background element). Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user interface to be displayed by determining that the media item includes a background element and a foreground element segmented from the background element based on depth information) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the input was received in a first context (e.g., at a first time, on a first date, in a first time zone), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays first content in the system text (e.g.,  606   b  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 B ) (e.g., a first time, a first date). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the input was received in a second context (e.g., at a second time, on a second date, in a second time zone), the computer system displays second content (e.g.,  640   b  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 Q ) (e.g., a second time, a second date) different from the first content in the system text. Displaying system text that has different content depending on different contexts provides visual feedback about the context of the computer system. Providing improved feedback enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to be able to quickly and easily view information about the context of the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects a change in context of the computer system (e.g., a change in time, a change in date, a change in time zone). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the change in context of the computer system, the computer system updates the system text (e.g.,  606   b  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 B ) at least partially based on the change in context. In some embodiments, updating the system text includes revising the system text to display different content. Updating the system text based on a change in context of the computer system provides improved visual feedback by enabling the computer system to display context-specific system text to quickly and easily inform a user about current context information. Providing improved feedback enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to quickly and easily view context information) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the user interface based on a media item is a watch face (e.g.,  606  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 B ) (e.g., a watch face that includes an indication of time and one or more watch complications). Displaying a user interface as a watch face provides improved visual feedback by helping a user to quickly and easily access the information provided by the user interface conveniently in a watch face. Providing improved feedback enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to quickly and easily access the information included in the user interface) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the user interface (e.g.,  606  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 B ) is an initially displayed screen (e.g., a wake screen or a lock screen) of the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) (e.g., a smartphone, a tablet, a computer, a TV) when the computer system transitions from a low power state (e.g., as illustrated in  FIG.  6 A ) (e.g., an off state, a sleeping state, a low power mode, a battery saver mode, an eco-mode) to a higher power state (e.g., an active state, an on state, a normal (e.g., non-low power) mode). Initially displaying the user interface when the computer system transitions from a low power state to a higher power state provides improved visual feedback by helping a user quickly and easily access the information when the computer system transitions from the low power state to the higher power state (e.g., upon wake). Providing improved feedback enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to access the information provided in the user interface) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the user interface is a lock screen (e.g.,  606  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 A ) (e.g., where authentication (e.g., biometric authentication; passcode authentication) is required to unlock the computer system). In some embodiments, the lock screen includes a prompt (e.g., an instruction) to provide information to unlock the device. Displaying the user interface as a lock screen improves visual feedback by helping a user to quickly and easily access the information provided in the user interface while limiting access to other features of the device based on the lock state of the device. Providing improved visual feedback enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to access the information included in the user interface while the device is in a locked state) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. In addition, displaying the user interface as a lock screen user interface improves the security of the device while maintaining functionality by helping the user to view the information included in the user interface while other features of the computer system are not enabled due to the device being in a locked state. 
     In some embodiments, displaying the system text (e.g.,  606   b  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 B ) includes displaying a current time (e.g.,  606   b   3  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 B ) (e.g., a current time of day; the time in the current time zone) and/or a current date in the system text. In some embodiments, the text is continuously updated with the passage of time to reflect the current time of day. In some embodiments, text is coordinated with and/or intended to reflect the coordinated universal time with an offset based on a currently selected time zone. Displaying the user interface (e.g.,  606  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 B ), wherein displaying the user interface includes displaying system text that includes a current time and/or a current date allows user interface to include information about a current activity state of the computer system, which provides improved visual feedback by enabling a user to quickly and efficiently view current activity state information. Providing improved visual feedback enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to quickly determine the date/time) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the system text (e.g.,  606   b  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 B ) is at least partially obscured by the foreground element (e.g.,  606   c  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 B ). Displaying system text, wherein the system text is at least partially obscured by the foreground element of a media item allows elements displayed in a user interface (e.g.,  606  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 B ) (e.g., the system text and/or the foreground element) to be displayed at a larger size without reducing the functionality and/or readability of the system text, which provides improved visual feedback by allowing a user to easily and efficiently view the content of the system text (e.g., in a larger font, to improve readability) and/or view the foreground element of the media item at a larger size to see foreground element more clearly. Providing improved feedback enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to view the foreground element and the system text at larger sizes without hindering readability) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the media includes a photo and/or a video. Displaying a user interface that includes system text (e.g.,  606   b  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 B ) and a media item, wherein the media item is a photo and/or a video, provides improved visual feedback by allowing a user to easily and efficiently view a photo and/or a video while concurrently viewing the system text. Providing improved feedback enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, displaying the user interface (e.g.,  606  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 B ) includes displaying an animation. In some embodiments, the animation includes a change over time of the appearance of one or more of the elements of the user interface based at least partially on the depth information. In some embodiments, the animation includes displaying the foreground element with a first set of characteristics and the background element with a second set of characteristics different from the first set of characteristics. Displaying an animation, wherein the animation includes a change over time of the appearance of one or more elements of the user interface based at least partially on the depth information of the media item, wherein displaying the animation provides improved visual feedback about which portion of the media item is the background element (e.g.,  606   a  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 B ) and which portion of the media item is the foreground element (e.g.,  606   c  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 B ). Providing improved feedback enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by visually identifying the different elements of the media item) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the animation includes a simulated rack focus effect. In some embodiments, the rack focus effect includes blurring the background element (e.g.,  606   a  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 B ). In some embodiments, the rack focus effect includes decreasing the blur of (e.g., focusing) the foreground element (e.g.,  606   c  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 B ). In some embodiments, the rack focus effect includes blurring the background element while decreasing the blur of the foreground element. Displaying an animation of the media item that includes a simulated rack focus effect provides improved visual feedback about which portion of the media item is the background element and which portion of the media item is the foreground element. Providing improved feedback enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by visually identifying the different elements of the media item) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the animation includes a simulated dolly zoom effect. In some embodiments, the dolly zoom effect includes displaying an animation where a simulated camera moves toward or away from the foreground element (e.g.,  606   c  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 D ) while adjusting a zoom in such a way as to keep the foreground element (e.g.,  606   c ) the same size to create a visual effect where the background (e.g.,  606   a  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 D ) grows in size and detail or the foreground increases in size relative to the background. In some embodiments, the dolly zoom effect includes updating a simulated zoom effect applied to background element (e.g.,  606   a ) while maintaining the foreground element (e.g.,  606   c  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 D ) at a constant zoom level. In some embodiments, the dolly zoom effect includes zooming out on the background element (e.g.,  606   a ) while maintaining the simulated zoom level applied to the foreground element (e.g.,  606   c ). In some embodiments, the dolly zoom effect includes zooming in on the background element (e.g.,  606   a ) while maintaining the simulated zoom level applied to the foreground element (e.g.,  606   c ). Displaying an animation of the media item that includes a simulated dolly zoom effect provides improved visual feedback about which portion of the media item is the background element and which portion of the media item is the foreground element (e.g.,  606   c ). Providing improved visual feedback enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by visually identifying the different elements of the media item) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the animation includes a parallax effect (e.g., as illustrated in  FIG.  6 C ). In some embodiments, the parallax effect includes updating the position at which the foreground element (e.g.,  606   c  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 C ) is displayed relative to the background element (e.g.,  606   a  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 C ). In some embodiments, the parallax effect includes translating the foreground element on the display at a first velocity and translating the background element on the display at a second velocity different from the first velocity. Displaying an animation of the media item that includes a parallax effect provides improved visual feedback about which portion of the media item is the background element and which portion of the media item is the foreground element. Providing improved feedback enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by visually identifying the different elements of the media item) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects movement (e.g., of the computer system; e.g., a movement caused by a user of the computer system (e.g., a wrist tilt gesture, a wrist tilt gesture)) (e.g., as illustrated in  FIG.  6 C ) while the computer system is in a higher power state (e.g., an active state, an on state, a normal (e.g., non-low power) mode). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the movement, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, the user interface with a simulated parallax effect that has a direction and/or magnitude that is determined based on a direction and/or a magnitude of the movement. In some embodiments, the parallax effect is at least partially based on the degree and/or direction of the movement. In some embodiments, displaying the user interface (e.g.,  606  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 C ) with a simulated parallax effect includes displaying the media item with a simulated panning effect, wherein the foreground element is shown as moving more quickly as the field of view pans than the background element. In some embodiments, the user interface is not displayed with a parallax effect in response to detecting the movement while the computer system is in a low power state (e.g., an off state, a sleeping state, a low power mode, a battery saver mode, an eco-mode). Displaying an animation of the media item that includes a parallax effect in response to movement provides improved visual feedback about which portion of the media item is the background element and which portion of the media item is the foreground element. Providing improved feedback enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by visually identifying the different elements of the media item) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays, via the display generation component, an editing user interface (e.g.,  620   a   1 ) for editing a first complication (e.g.,  606   d   1  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 B ) of the user interface (e.g.,  606  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 B ). In some embodiments, a complication refers to any clock face feature other than those used to indicate the hours and minutes of a time (e.g., clock hands or hour/minute indications). In some embodiments, complications provide data obtained from an application. In some embodiments, a complication includes an affordance that when selected launches a corresponding application. In some embodiments, a complication is displayed at a fixed, predefined location on the display. In some embodiments, complications occupy respective locations at particular regions of a watch face (e.g., lower-right, lower-left, upper-right, and/or upper-left). In some embodiments, while displaying the editing user interface, the computer system receives, via the one or more input devices, a first sequence of one or more user inputs (e.g., touch inputs, rotational inputs, press inputs). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the first sequence of one or more user inputs, the computer system edits the first complication (e.g., as illustrated in  FIGS.  6 L- 6 N ). In some embodiments, wherein the complication includes information from a first application, editing the complication includes editing the complication to display different information from the first application. In some embodiments, editing the complication includes editing the complication to display different information from a second application different from the first application. Editing a first complication in response to receiving a sequence of one or more user inputs while the editing user interface is displayed enables a user to edit a first complication easily and in an intuitive manner. Providing improved control options enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the system text (e.g.,  606   b  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 B ) displayed in the user interface (e.g.,  606  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 B ) is displayed with a first font. In some embodiments, after displaying the user interface with the system text displayed with a first font, the computer system receives, via the one or more input devices, a request to edit the user interface (e.g., touch inputs, rotational inputs, press inputs) (e.g., as illustrated in  FIG.  6 F ). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the request to edit the user interface, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, an editing user interface (e.g.,  620   a   1 ) for editing the user interface. In some embodiments, while displaying the editing user interface, the computer system receives, via the one or more input devices, a second sequence of one or more user inputs (e.g., touch inputs, rotational inputs, press inputs) (e.g., as illustrated in  FIGS.  6 G- 6 H ). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the second sequence of one or more user inputs, the computer system selects a second font for the system text. In some embodiments, after selecting the second font for the system text, the computer system displays the user interface. In some embodiments, the system text displayed in the user interface is displayed with a second font different from the first font (e.g., as illustrated in  FIG.  6 P ). In some embodiments, updating the user interface to display the system text with a second font different from the first font involves updating the user interface to cease displaying the system text in the first font. Editing the font that the system text is displayed with in response to receiving a second sequence of one or more user inputs while the editing user interface is displayed enables a user to edit the font easily and in an intuitive manner. Providing improved control options enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the system text (e.g.,  606   b  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 B ) displayed in the user interface (e.g.,  606 ) is displayed with a first color. In some embodiments, after displaying the user interface, with the system text displayed with a first color, the computer system receives, via the one or more input devices, a second request to edit the user interface. In some embodiments, in response to receiving the second request to edit the user interface, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, an editing user interface for editing the user interface (e.g.,  620   c   1 ). In some embodiments, while displaying the editing user interface, the computer system receives, via the one or more input devices, a third sequence of one or more user inputs (e.g., touch inputs, rotational inputs, press inputs). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the third sequence of one or more user inputs, the computer system selects a second color for the system text. In some embodiments, after selecting the second color for the system text, the computer system displays the user interface with the system text displayed in the user interface is displayed with a second color different from the first color. In some embodiments, updating the user interface to display the system text in a second color different from the first font involves updating the user interface to cease displaying the system text in the first color. Editing the color that the system text is displayed with response to receiving a third sequence of one or more user inputs while the editing user interface is displayed enables a user to edit the color easily and in an intuitive manner. Providing improved control options enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects that a predetermined condition has been satisfied (e.g., a predetermined amount of time has passed, a user input (e.g., a tap, a wrist raise) has been detected). In some embodiments, in response to detecting that the predetermined condition has been satisfied, the computer system displays the user interface (e.g.,  606  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 B ). In some embodiments, the user interface is based on a second media item instead of being based on the media item (e.g., as illustrated in  FIG.  6 Q ). In some embodiments, displaying the user interface includes concurrently displaying the second media item (that includes a second background element and a second foreground element that is segmented from the second background element based on depth information) and system text (e.g.,  640   b  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 Q ). In some embodiments, the system text is displayed in front of the second background element (e.g.,  640   a ) and behind the second foreground element (e.g.,  640   c ) and has content that is dynamically selected based on the context of the computer system (e.g., as illustrated in  FIG.  6 Q ). In some embodiments, the predetermined condition is satisfied when the computer detects an input via one or more input devices (e.g., a tap input, a rotational input, and/or a movement). In some embodiments, the predetermined condition is satisfied when the computer system changes state (e.g., from a low power state to a higher power state, from an off state to an on state, from a sleep state to a wake state). In some embodiments, the second media item is selected automatically. In some embodiments, the second media item includes depth data. In some embodiments, the second media item includes a second background element and a second foreground element. Conditionally causing, based on whether a predetermined condition has been satisfied, the media item to cease to be displayed and for the user interface based on a second media item to be displayed, causes the operation to be performed by the specific device without requiring further user input. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user interface to be displayed based on an updated media item when a certain condition is satisfied) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ,  660 ) displays, via the display generation component, a media selection user interface (e.g.,  675   b ) that includes a set of media items (e.g., as illustrated in  FIG.  6 S ) (e.g., from a media library of the computer system). In some embodiments, the computer system receives, via the one or more input devices, a fourth sequence of one or more user inputs (e.g., touch inputs, rotational inputs, press inputs) corresponding to a selection of a third media item. In some embodiments, in response to receiving the fourth sequence of one or more user inputs (e.g., touch inputs, rotational inputs, press inputs) corresponding to a selection of a subset of the set of media items including a third media item, the computer system displays the user interface. In some embodiments, the user interface is based on the third media item. In some embodiments, the computer system generates a set of eligible media items based at least partially on the characteristics of media items (e.g., availability of depth information, a shape of the depth information, a presence of a particular type of point of interest (e.g., a face, a pet, a favorite person)), a location of a point of interest (e.g., a face, a pet, a significant foreground element) in the media item. In some embodiments, the set of media items is a subset of a larger set of media items accessible from (e.g., stored on) the computer system (e.g., a photos album). Displaying the user interface based on the third media item in response to receiving the fourth sequence of one or more user inputs corresponding to a selection of the third media item enables a user to edit user interface to be displayed based on a selected media item easily and in an intuitive manner. Providing improved control options enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide select the media item that the user interface will be based on) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that a plurality of media items contains at least one media item that satisfies a first set of predetermined criteria (e.g., availability of depth information, a shape of the depth information, a presence of a particular type of point of interest (e.g., a face, a pet, a favorite person), a location of a point of interest (e.g., a face, a pet, a significant foreground element) in the media), adding one or more media items that satisfy the first set of predetermined criteria to a subset of media items selected for use with the user interface (e.g.,  606 ). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the plurality of media items does not contain at least one media item that satisfies the first set of predetermined criteria, the computer system forgoes adding media items to the subset of media items selected for use with the user interface. In some embodiments, the determination that the plurality of media items contains at least one media item that satisfies the first set of criteria includes evaluating the plurality of media items available to (e.g., accessible by) the computer system to determine whether media items in the plurality of media items satisfy the first set of predetermined criteria. In some embodiments, after adding one or more media items that satisfy the first set of predetermined criteria to the subset of media items, displaying the user interface. In some embodiments, as a part of displaying the user interface, the computer system automatically selects (e.g., without user input) a fourth media item from the subset of media items selected for use with the user interface and after selecting the fourth media item from the subset of media items selected for use with the user interface, the computer system displays the fourth media item. Displaying a user interface that includes a media item, wherein the media item is automatically selected based on a determination about a set of characteristics of the media item provides the user with a user interface based on a media item, without requiring the user to select a media item in order to view the user interface based on the media item. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the determination about a set of characteristics of the media item includes a determination that displaying the system text (e.g.,  606   b ) behind the foreground element would not obscure more than a threshold amount of the system text. In some embodiments, the determination includes a determination that the media item contains a portion above the foreground element (e.g., at the top of the media item) that is sufficiently large enough for the system text to be displayed without being obscured more than a threshold amount. Displaying the user interface based on a media item, wherein the media item is selected based on whether displaying the system text behind a foreground element of the media item would cause it to be obscured more than a threshold amount provides the user with a user interface based on a media item, without requiring the user to select a media item in order to view the user interface (e.g.,  640 ) based on the media item, without system text that is overly obscured (e.g., to maximize legibility and/or readability). Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by providing a user interface with readable system text behind a foreground element of a media item) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that a fifth media item (e.g., a photo, a video, a GIF, an animation) satisfies a first set of predetermined criteria, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays, via the display generation component, a second user interface (e.g.,  640  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 Q ) based on the fifth media item (e.g., a watch user interface, a wake screen, a watch face, a lock screen). As a part of displaying the second user interface the computer system concurrently displays the fifth media item that includes a third background element and a third foreground element that is segmented from the third background element based on depth information and system text (e.g., a first time, a current date). In some embodiments, the system text is displayed in front of (e.g., visually overlaying or at a location that corresponds to a portion of) the third background element and behind (e.g., at least partially visually overlaid by) the third foreground element and has content that is dynamically selected based on a third context of the computer system (e.g.,  640  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 Q ). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the fifth media item does not satisfy the first set of predetermined criteria, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, the second user interface. In some embodiments, as a part of displaying the second user interface, the computer system concurrently displays the fifth media item that includes a third background element and a third foreground element that is segmented from the background element based on depth information and system text. In some embodiments, the system text is displayed in front of (e.g., visually overlaying or at a location that corresponds to a portion of) the third background element and in front of the third foreground element and has content that is dynamically selected based on the third context of the computer system (e.g.,  642  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 R ). Determining whether to display system text in front of or behind a foreground element of the media item based on predetermined criteria provides the user with a user interface based on a media item, wherein the position in which the system text is chosen based on the predetermined criteria, without requiring the user to select the position of the system text. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the fifth media item satisfies the first set of predetermined criteria, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays system text (e.g.,  640   b  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 Q ) in an upper portion (e.g., the top) of the second user interface. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the fifth media item does not satisfy the first set of predetermined criteria, the computer system displays system text (e.g.,  642   b ) in a lower portion (e.g., the bottom) of the second user interface (e.g.,  642  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 S ). Displaying a second user interface with the system text in either an upper portion or a lower portion of the user interface based on whether the fifth media item satisfies the first set of predetermined criteria provides the user with a user interface based on a media item, wherein the portion of the second user interface in which the system text is displayed is automatically determined without requiring the user to select the position of the system text. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by selecting a preferred portion of the media item to display the system text in) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, as a part of displaying the user interface, the computer system concurrently displays a second complication (e.g.,  606   d   2  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 P ). In some embodiments, the second complication is displayed in front of (e.g., visually overlaying or at a location that corresponds to a portion of) the foreground element (e.g.,  606   c ). In some embodiments, a complication refers to any clock face feature other than those used to indicate the hours and minutes of a time (e.g., clock hands or hour/minute indications). In some embodiments, complications provide data obtained from an application. In some embodiments, a complication includes an affordance that when selected launches a corresponding application. In some embodiments, a complication is displayed at a fixed, predefined location on the display. In some embodiments, complications occupy respective locations at particular regions of a watch face (e.g., lower-right, lower-left, upper-right, and/or upper-left). Displaying the second complication in front of the foreground element provides improved visual feedback by allowing a user to view the second complication without it being visually obscured by a foreground element of the media item, which provides visual feedback that the second complication can still be selected while the foreground element is displayed. Providing improved feedback enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, as a part of displaying the user interface (e.g.,  640 ), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) concurrently displays a third complication (e.g.,  640   d ). In some embodiments, the third complication is displayed behind (e.g., at least partially visually overlaid by) the foreground element (e.g.,  640   c  as illustrated in  FIG.  6 S ). In some embodiments, a complication refers to any clock face feature other than those used to indicate the hours and minutes of a time (e.g., clock hands or hour/minute indications). In some embodiments, complications provide data obtained from an application. In some embodiments, a complication includes an affordance that when selected launches a corresponding application. In some embodiments, a complication is displayed at a fixed, predefined location on the display. In some embodiments, complications occupy respective locations at particular regions of a watch face (e.g., lower-right, lower-left, upper-right, and/or upper-left). Displaying the second complication behind the foreground element provides improved visual feedback by visually emphasizing the foreground element of the media item while maintaining display of the second complication. Providing improved feedback enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to method  700  (e.g.,  FIG.  7   ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described below with reference to method  900 ,  1100 , and  1300 . For example, method  700  optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to method  900 . For example, a device can use as a watch user interface either a user interface that includes an indication of time based on geographic data as described with reference to  FIGS.  8 A- 8 M  or a watch user interface as described with reference to  FIGS.  6 A- 6 U . As another example, a watch user interface as described with reference to  FIGS.  6 A- 6 U  can include hour numerals that are updated based on the current time as described with reference to  FIGS.  10 A- 10 W  with reference to method  1100 . For another example, method  1300  optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to method  700 . For example, the watch user interfaces of  FIGS.  6 A- 6 U  can be created or edited via the process for updating and selecting watch user interfaces as described with reference to  FIGS.  12 A- 12 W . For another example, method  1500  optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to method  700 . For example, the watch user interfaces of  FIGS.  6 A- 6 U  can be edited first via a second computer system as illustrated with reference to  FIGS.  14 A- 14 R . For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
       FIGS.  8 A- 8 M  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for managing clock faces based on geographic data. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in  FIG.  9   . 
       FIG.  8 A  illustrates computer system  800  displaying, via display  802 , watch user interface  816   a . Computer system  800  includes rotatable and depressible input mechanism  804 . In some embodiments, computer system  800  optionally includes one or more features of device  100 , device  300 , or device  500 . In some embodiments, computer system  800  is a tablet, phone, laptop, desktop, camera, etc. In some embodiments, the inputs described below can optionally be substituted for alternate inputs, such as a press input and/or a rotational input received via rotatable and depressible input mechanism  804 . 
       FIG.  8 A  includes location indicator  814   a , which indicates that computer system  800  is located in San Francisco, which is in the Pacific Time zone. In some embodiments, features of watch user interface  816   a  correspond to and/or are based on a determination that computer system  800  is located in a particular location and/or a particular time zone, as discussed further below. 
     Watch user interface  816   a  includes multiple portions including portion  820   a , which includes a circular dial with location names (e.g., cities, countries, islands, regions, etc.) displayed around the circular dial. The names of the various locations include name  820   a   1 , which is Los Angeles, name  820   a   2 , which is Dubai, name  820   a   3 , which is Beijing, and name  820   a   4 , which is Mexico. The position within portion  820   a  at which the location names are displayed and the orientation in which the location names are displayed corresponds to geographic data indicating the current location and/or time zone in which computer system  800  is located. At  FIG.  8 A , Los Angeles is displayed at the bottom center of portion  820   a  based on a determination that computer system  800  is located in San Francisco (as indicated by location indicator  814   a ), which is in the Pacific Time zone. At  FIG.  8 A , portion  820   a  includes location names corresponding to locations representative of different time zones. In some embodiments, computer system  800  displays a location name that corresponds to the time zone in which computer system  800  is located in the bottom center position of portion  820   a  (e.g., where name  820   a   1 , Los Angeles, is located in  FIG.  8 A ). In some embodiments, the location name that corresponds to the time zone in which computer system  800  is located is different than the actual city in which computer system  800  is located (e.g., Los Angeles is representative of San Francisco, etc.). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the location of computer system  800  has changed and/or that computer system  800  has moved from a first time zone to a different time zone, computer system  800  updates the positions and/or orientations of the location names displayed within portion  820   a.    
     Watch user interface  816   a  further includes indicator  815 , which includes a graphical indicator of the location name corresponding to the location of computer system  800 . In some embodiments, indicator  815  includes a graphical indicator of the hour numeral included in portion  820   b  that corresponds to the current hour in the time zone in which computer system  800  is located. In watch user interface  816   a , indicator  815  includes an arrow in the bottom center of portion  820   a  that indicates that the hour numeral included in portion  820   b  that corresponds to the current hour in Los Angeles is 10 (e.g., the time in Los Angeles is roughly 10:00 A.M.). 
     Watch user interface  816   a  further includes portion  820   b , which includes a circular dial containing a plurality of hour numerals corresponding to hours of the day. In watch user interface  816   a , portion  820   b  includes a plurality of hour numerals ranging from 1 through 24, wherein each numeral corresponds to a different hour making up the 24 hours of a day. In some embodiments, portion  820   b  includes 12 hour numerals instead of 24 hour numerals. In some embodiments, portion  820   b  contains duplicates of some hour numerals (e.g., two eights, etc.) and/or certain hour numerals are omitted (e.g., no seven numeral, etc.) to account for the observance of Daylight Savings Time in different time zones and/or cities or countries. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the date corresponds to a time period during which Daylight Savings Time is in effect, computer system  800  updates the hour numerals included in portion  820   b  to omit at least one hour numeral and/or to repeat at least one hour numeral. 
     In some embodiments, the relative positions of a location name included in portion  820   a  and an hour numeral included in portion  820   b  roughly indicates the time in the location corresponding to a location name displayed adjacent to the hour numeral. For example, at  FIG.  8 A , name  820   a   2 , Dubai, is displayed centered with an hour numeral “22” indicating that the current time in Dubai corresponds to the “22” hour numeral (e.g., roughly 10:00 P.M.). Name  820   a   4 , Mexico, is displayed centered with an hour numeral “5”, indicating that the current time in Mexico City is corresponds to the “5” hour numeral (e.g., roughly 5:00 A.M.). 
     Watch user interface  816   a  further includes portion  820   c , which includes a circular region of watch user interface  816   a  that includes time indication  826 , which includes analog clock hands, wherein the position of the analog clock hands represents the current time (e.g., hour, minute, and/or second). Portion  820   c  further includes map  824   a , which includes at least a partial view of an animated map and/or globe. In some embodiments, map  824   a  includes a view of an animated map and/or globe that includes a representation of a location (e.g., a city, a country, an island, a region, etc.) in which computer system  800  is located (e.g., San Francisco, the region corresponding to the Pacific Time zone, etc.). Portion  820   c  further includes terminator line  822 , which includes a visual and/or graphical animation representing the separation between day and night. In some embodiments, terminator line  822  is displayed on map  824   a  such that it indicates the portion of the animated map and/or globe where it is currently night time, and/or the portion of the animated map and/or globe where it is currently day time. In some embodiments, terminator line  822  is updated with the passage of time to reflect the passage of time and/or the movement of the Earth. 
     Computer system  800  displays the location names in orientations such that the location names are more easily legible. For example, in watch user interface  816   a , name  820   a   1 , Los Angeles, is oriented so that the tops of the letters of name  820   a   1  are displayed closer to time indication  826  than the bottoms of the letters of name  820   a   1 . Similarly, name  820   a   4 , Mexico, is oriented so that the tops of the letters of name  820   a   4  are displayed closer to time indication  826  than the bottoms of the letters of name  820   a   4 . However, name  820   a   2 , Dubai, and name  820   a   3 , Beijing, are displayed so that the bottoms of the letters of are displayed closer to time indication  826  than the tops of the letters. In some embodiments, the orientation in which the location names are displayed is updated based on geographic data related to the location of computer system  800 . 
     Watch user interface  816   a  further includes lock icon  818 , which indicates that computer system  800  is currently in a locked state. In some embodiments, the features of computer system  800  are limited when computer system  800  is in a locked state. Watch user interface  816   a  further includes a number of complications, including complication  806 , complication  808 , complication  810 , and complication  812 . In some embodiments, the complications ( 806 ,  808 ,  810 ,  812 ) include information from applications available on (e.g., installed on) computer system  800 . In some embodiments, the complications ( 806 ,  808 ,  810 ,  812 ) are updated in accordance with the passage of time to display updated information (e.g., from applications associated with the complications). In some embodiments, selecting a complication ( 806 ,  808 ,  810 ,  812 ) causes computer system  800  to launch an application corresponding to the selected complication. 
       FIG.  8 B  illustrates computer system  800  at a different time and at a different location.  FIG.  8 B  includes location indicator  814   b , which indicates that computer system  800  is located in Abu Dhabi, which is located in the Gulf Standard Time zone. At  FIG.  8 B , computer system  800  displays watch user interface  816   b . Watch user interface  816   b , includes portion  820   a , wherein the location names displayed within portion  820   a  have been updated. For example, whereas name  820   a   1 , Los Angeles, was displayed in the bottom center of portion  820   a  in watch user interface  816   a , name  820   a   1  is displayed in the top center of portion  820   a  in watch user interface  816   b . Whereas name  820   a   2 , Dubai, was displayed in the top center of portion  820   a  in  816   a , name  820   a   2 , is displayed in the bottom center of portion  820   a  in watch user interface  816   b . The locations at which name  820   a   4 , Mexico, and name  820   a   3 , Beijing, are displayed has also been updated in watch user interface  816   b.    
     The orientation in which some location names are displayed has also been updated in watch user interface  816   b . In watch user interface  816   a , name  820   a   1 , Los Angeles, was displayed in an orientation such that the tops of the letters of name  820   a   1  were closer to time indication  826  than the bottoms of the letters of name  820   a   1 . In watch user interface  816   b , name  820   a   1 , Los Angeles, is displayed in an orientation such that the bottoms of the letters of name  820   a   1  are closer to time indication  826  than the tops of the letters of name  820   a   1 . Similarly, in watch user interface  816   a , name  820   a   2 , Dubai, was displayed in an orientation such that the bottoms of the letters of name  820   a   2  were closer to time indication  826  than the tops of the letters of name  820   a   1 . In watch user interface  816   b , name  820   a   2 , Dubai, is displayed in an orientation such that the tops of the letters of name  820   a   2  are closer to time indication  826  than the bottoms of the letters of name  820   a   2 . The orientation in which name  820   a   3 , Beijing, and  820   a   4 , Mexico, are displayed has also been updated. 
     Watch user interface  816   b  further includes indicator  815 , which includes a graphical indicator of the location name corresponding to geographical data related to the location of computer system. Indicator  815  further includes a graphical indicator of the hour numeral included in portion  820   b  that corresponds to the current hour in the time zone in which computer system  800  is located. In watch user interface  816   b , indicator  815  includes an arrow in the bottom center of portion  820   a  that indicates that the hour numeral included in portion  820   b  that corresponds to the current hour in Dubai is 12. 
     Watch user interface  816   a  further includes portion  820   b , which includes a circular dial containing a plurality of hour numerals corresponding to hours of the day. In watch user interface  816   b , portion  820   b  includes a plurality of hour numerals ranging from 1 through 24, wherein each numeral corresponds to a different hour making up the 24 hours of a day. 
     Watch user interface  816   b  further includes portion  820   c , which includes a circular region of watch user interface  816   b  that includes time indication  826 , which includes analog clock hands, wherein the position of the analog clock hands represents the current time (e.g., hour, minute, and/or second). Portion  820   c  further includes map  824   a , which includes at least a partial view of an animated map and/or globe. In some embodiments, map  824   a  includes a view of an animated map and/or globe that includes a representation of a location (e.g., a city, a country, an island, a region, etc.) in which computer system  800  is located (e.g., Dubai, the region corresponding to the Gulf Standard Time zone, etc.). Portion  820   c  further includes terminator line  822 , which includes a visual and/or graphical animation representing the separation between day and night. In some embodiments, terminator line  822  is displayed on map  824   a  such that it indicates the portion of the animated map and/or globe where it is currently night time, and/or the portion of the animated map and/or globe where it is currently day time. 
     Watch user interface  816   b  further includes lock icon  818 , which indicates that computer system  800  is currently in a locked state. In some embodiments, the features of computer system  800  are limited when computer system  800  is in a locked state. Watch user interface  816   b  further includes a number of complications, including complication  806 , complication  808 , complication  810 , and complication  812 . In some embodiments, the complications ( 806 ,  808 ,  810 ,  812 ) include information from applications available on (e.g., installed on) computer system  800 . In some embodiments, the complications ( 806 ,  808 ,  810 ,  812 ) are updated in accordance with the passage of time to display updated information. In some embodiments, selecting a complication ( 806 ,  808 ,  810 ,  812 ) causes computer system  800  to launch an application corresponding to the selected complication. 
       FIG.  8 C  illustrates computer system  800  at a different time and at a different location.  FIG.  8 C  includes location indicator  814   c , which indicates that computer system  800  is located in Ireland, which is located in the Irish Standard Time zone. At  FIG.  8 C , computer system  800  displays watch user interface  816   c . Watch user interface  816   c , includes portion  820   a , wherein the location names displayed within portion  820   a  have been updated. For example, whereas name  820   a   1 , Los Angeles, was displayed in the bottom center of portion  820   a  in watch user interface  816   a , and in the top center of portion  820   a  in watch user interface  816   b , name  820   a   1  is displayed on the left side of portion  820   a  in watch user interface  816   c . Whereas name  820   a   2  was displayed in the top center of portion  820   a  in watch user interface  816   a  and at the bottom center of portion  820   a  in watch user interface  816   b , name  820   a   2  is displayed on the right side of portion  820   a  in watch user interface  816   c . The locations at which name  820   a   4   a , Mexico, and name  820   a   3 , Beijing, have also been updated in watch user interface  816   c.    
     The orientation in which some location names are displayed has also been updated in watch user interface  816   c . In watch user interface  816   a , name  820   a   1 , Los Angeles, was displayed in an orientation such that the tops of the letters of name  820   a   1  were closer to time indication  826  than the bottoms of the letters of name  820   a   1 , and in watch user interface  816   b , name  820   a   1 , Los Angeles, was displayed in an orientation such that the bottoms of the letters of name  820   a   1  are closer to time indication  826  than the tops of the letters of name  820   a   1 . In watch user interface  816   a , name  820   a   2 , Dubai, was displayed in an orientation such that the bottoms of the letters of name  820   a   2  were closer to time indication  826  than the tops of the letters of name  820   a   1  and in watch user interface  816   b , name  820   a   2 , Dubai, was displayed in an orientation such that the tops of the letters of name  820   a   2  are closer to time indication  826  than the bottoms of the letters of name  820   a   2 . In watch user interface  816   c , both name  820   a   1 , Los Angeles, and name  820   a   2 , Dubai, are displayed in the same orientation such that the bottoms of the letters are closer to time indication  826  than the tops of the letters. The orientation of some location names is maintained between time zone transitions. For example, name  820   a   4 , Mexico, is displayed in an orientation such that the bottoms of the letters are closer to time indication  826  in both watch user interface  816   b  and  816   c . In some embodiments, computer system  800  flips the orientation in which a given location name is displayed in accordance with a determination that the position in portion  820   a  in which the location name has been moved has changed beyond a threshold amount. In some embodiments, computer system  800  flips the orientation in which a given city name is displayed in accordance with a determination that the angle at which the name will be displayed at based on an updated time zone has changed beyond a threshold amount. 
     Watch user interface  816   c  further includes indicator  815 , which includes a graphical indicator of the location name corresponding to the location of computer system  800 . Indicator  815  further includes a graphical indicator of the hour numeral included in portion  820   b  that corresponds to the current hour in the time zone in which computer system  800  is located. In watch user interface  816   c , indicator  815  includes an arrow in the bottom center of portion  820   a  that indicates that the hour numeral included in portion  820   b  that corresponds to the current hour in London is 2 (e.g., the time in London is roughly 2:00 A.M.). 
     Watch user interface  816   c  further includes portion  820   b , which includes a circular dial containing a plurality of hour numerals corresponding to hours of the day. In watch user interface  816   c , portion  820   b  includes a plurality of hour numerals ranging from 1 through 24, wherein each numeral corresponds to a different hour making up the 24 hours of a day. 
     Watch user interface  816   c  further includes portion  820   c , which includes a circular region of watch user interface  816   c  that includes time indication  826 , which includes analog clock hands, wherein the position of the analog clock hands represents the current time (e.g., hour, minute, and/or second). Portion  820   c  further includes map  824   a , which includes at least a partial view of an animated map and/or globe. In some embodiments, map  824   a  includes a view of an animated map and/or globe that includes a representation of a location (e.g., a city, a country, an island, a region, etc.) in which computer system  800  is located (e.g., Ireland, the region corresponding to the Irish Standard Time zone, etc.). Portion  820   c  further includes terminator line  822 , which includes a visual and/or graphical animation representing the separation between day and night. In some embodiments, terminator line  822  is displayed on map  824   a  such that it indicates the portion of the animated map and/or globe where it is currently night time, and/or the portion of the animated map and/or globe where it is currently day time. 
     Watch user interface  816   b  further includes lock icon  818 , which indicates that computer system  800  is currently in a locked state. In some embodiments, the features of computer system  800  are limited when computer system  800  is in a locked state. Watch user interface  816   b  further includes a number of complications, including complication  806 , complication  808 , complication  810 , and complication  812 . In some embodiments, the complications ( 806 ,  808 ,  810 ,  812 ) include information from applications available on (e.g., installed on) computer system  800 . In some embodiments, the complications ( 806 ,  808 ,  810 ,  812 ) are updated in accordance with the passage of time to display updated information. In some embodiments, selecting a complication ( 806 ,  808 ,  810 ,  812 ) causes computer system  800  to launch an application corresponding to the selected complication. 
       FIG.  8 D  illustrates that, in some embodiments, in response to a rotational input received via rotatable and depressible input mechanism  804 , computer system displays portion  820   a  rotating through different time zones. In some embodiments, a rotational input can be used to change a currently selected time zone, so that a watch user interface is displayed in accordance with a first time zone instead of a second time zone.  FIG.  6 D  illustrates computer system  800  displaying watch user interface  816   d , which is being displayed in accordance with the Pacific Standard Time zone is selected, as indicated by location indication  814   d . While displaying watch user interface  816   d , computer system  800  receives rotational input  860   a  via rotatable and depressible input mechanism  804  and, in response to receiving rotational input  860   a , computer system  800  displays watch user interface  816   e , which is an updated display of watch user interface  816   d  displayed in accordance with the Gulf Standard Time zone being selected, as indicated by location indication  814   e . While displaying watch user interface  816   e , computer system  800  receives rotational input  860   b  via rotatable and depressible input mechanism  804  and, in response to receiving rotational input  860   b , computer system  800  displays watch user interface  816   f , which is an updated display of watch user interface  816   e  displayed in accordance with the Irish Standard Time zone being selected, as indicated by location indication  814   f . In some embodiments, while displaying watch user interface  816   f , computer system  800  receives rotational input  860   c  via rotatable and depressible input mechanism  804  and, in response to receiving rotational input  860   c , computer system  800  displays watch user interface  816   d , which is an updated display of watch user interface  816   f  displayed in accordance with the Pacific Standard Time zone is selected, as indicated by location indication  814   f . In some embodiments, the selected time zone continues to update in response to rotational inputs received via rotatable and depressible input mechanism  804 . In some embodiments, computer system  800  cycles through a limited number of time zone options in a set order. 
     At  FIG.  8 D , computer system  600  displays watch user interfaces (e.g.,  816   d ,  816   e ,  816   f ) without lock icon  818 , which indicates that computer  800  is not in a locked state. In some embodiments, computer  800  system transitions from a locked state to an unlocked state in response to a sequence of user inputs received via one or more input mechanisms in communication with computer system  800 . In some embodiments, computer system  800  transitions from a locked state to an unlocked state in response to a number of tap inputs received at computer system  800  corresponding to entry of a passcode. In some embodiments, computer system  800  transitions from a locked state to an unlocked state in response to a press input received on rotatable and depressible input mechanism  604 . In some embodiments, computer system  800  transitions from a locked state to an unlocked state in response to a sequence of one or more user inputs received via a computer system other than computer system  800  that is in communication with computer system  800 , such as a paired phone. In some embodiments, computer system  800  transitions from a locked state to an unlocked state in response to a wrist raise gesture. In some embodiments, computer system  800  does not update the watch user interface displayed via display  802  to correspond to a different time zone in response to receiving a rotational input via rotatable and depressible input mechanism  804  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 D  while computer system  800  is in a locked state. 
       FIG.  8 E  illustrates computer system  800  displaying watch user interface  816   g , which matches watch user interface  816   a . Watch user interface  816   g  includes portion  820   c , which includes a circular region of watch user interface  816   g  that includes time indication  826 , which includes analog clock hands, wherein the position of the analog clock hands represents the current time (e.g., hour, minute, and/or second). Portion  820   c  further includes map  824   a , which includes at least a partial view of an animated map and/or globe. In some embodiments, map  824   a  includes a view of an animated map and/or globe that includes a representation of a location (e.g., a city, a country, an island, a region, etc.) in which computer system  800  is located (e.g., San Francisco, the region corresponding to the Pacific Standard Time zone, etc.). Portion  820   c  further includes terminator line  822 , which includes a visual and/or graphical animation representing the separation between day and night. In some embodiments, terminator line  822  is displayed on map  824   a  such that it indicates the portion of the animated map and/or globe where it is currently night time, and/or the portion of the animated map and/or globe where it is currently day time. At  FIG.  8 E , computer system  800  detects input  850   a  (e.g., a tap input) on map  824   a.    
     At  FIG.  8 F , in response to receiving input  850   a , computer system  800  displays watch user interface  816   h , which is an updated version of watch user interface  816   g  wherein map  824   a  has been replaced with map  824   b . In some embodiments, map  824   b  is a more zoomed in version of map  824   a . In some embodiments, map  824   b  includes a city-level view of the location corresponding to the location name currently being indicated by indicator  815 . At  FIG.  8 F , indicator  815  indicates location name  820   a   1 , Los Angeles. Accordingly, map  824   b  includes a city view of at least a portion of a map of Los Angeles. In some embodiments, transitioning from displaying map  824   a , as shown in watch user interface  816   g , to displaying map  824   b , as shown in watch user interface  816   h , includes displaying an animation, wherein the animation depicts an animation of a globe turning and/or a zooming in animation transitioning from map  824   a  to map  824   b.    
       FIG.  8 G  illustrates computer system  800  displaying watch user interface  816   i , which matches watch user interface  816   a . In particular, like watch user interface  816   a , watch user interface  816   a  includes portion  820   c , which includes a circular region of watch user interface  816   i  that includes time indication  826 , which includes analog clock hands, wherein the position of the analog clock hands represents the current time (e.g., hour, minute, and/or second). Portion  820   c  further includes map  824   a , which includes at least a partial view of an animated map and/or globe. In some embodiments, map  824   a  includes a view of an animated map and/or globe that includes a representation of a location (e.g., a city, a country, an island, a region, etc.) in which computer system  800  is located. Portion  820   c  further includes terminator line  822 , which includes a visual and/or graphical animation representing the separation between day and night. In some embodiments, terminator line  822  is displayed on map  824   a  such that it indicates the portion of the animated map and/or globe where it is currently night time, and/or the portion of the animated map and/or globe where it is currently day time. At  FIG.  8 G , computer system  800  detects input  850   b  (e.g., a long press input) on watch user interface  816   i.    
     At  FIG.  8 H , in response to receiving input  850   b , computer system  800  displays selection user interface  842   a . Selection user interface  842   a  is a user interface for selecting a watch user interface to be displayed by computer system  800 . Selection user interface  842   a  includes representation  844   b   1 , which is a representation of watch user interface  816   i , and includes various features of watch user interface  816   i . In some embodiments, representation  844   b   1  is a static representation of watch user interface  816   i , and includes an indication of a time other than the current time, and/or complications containing information other than real-time, updated data. 
     Selection user interface  842   a  further includes partial views of representation  844   a  and representation  844   b , which correspond to watch user interfaces other than watch user interface  816   i . Selection user interface  842   a  further includes share user-interactive graphical user interface object  825  which, when selected, causes computer system  800  to display user interfaces related to transmitting and/or sharing information related to watch user interface  816   i  with another device (e.g., another computer system). Selection user interface  842   a  further includes edit user-interactive graphical user interface object  828  which, when selected, causes computer system  800  to display an editing user interface for editing aspects of watch user interface  816   i . Selection user interface  842   a  further includes face indicator  846 , which includes a visual and/or textual indication of the name of the watch user interface currently centered in selection user interface  842   a . At  FIG.  8 H , face indicator  846  indicates that currently indicated watch user interface  816   i , which is represented in selection user interface  842   a  by representation  844   b   1 , is titled “World Clock.” At  FIG.  8 H , computer system detects input  850   c  (e.g., a tap input) on edit user-interactive graphical user interface object  828 . 
     At  FIG.  8 I , in response to detecting input  850   c , computer system  800  displays editing user interface  848   a   1 . Editing user interface  848   a   1  includes aspect indicator  854 , which includes a visual and/or textual representation of the aspect of watch user interface  816   i  currently selected for editing. At  FIG.  8 I , aspect indicator  854  indicates that the aspect of watch user interface  816   i  that is currently selected for editing is “Style.” 
     Editing user interface  848   a   1  further includes selection indicator  852   a , which includes a visual and/or textual representation of the currently selected option for the editable aspect of watch user interface  816   i . At  FIG.  8 I , selection indicator  852   a  indicates that the currently selected “Style” option for watch user interface  816   i  is “Analog.” 
     Editing user interface  848   a   1  further includes positional indicator  856   a . Positional indicator  856   a  includes a graphical indication of the number of selectable options for the editable aspect of watch user interface  816   i  that is currently being edited, as well as the position of the currently selected option among the list of selectable options. For example, positional indicator  856   a  indicates that the currently selected option for the “Style” aspect of watch user interface  816   i , “Analog,” is at the top of a list of at least two possible options for the “Style” aspect of watch user interface  816   i.    
     Editing user interface  848   a   1  further includes representation  844   d , which indicates that the watch user interface currently being edited is the watch user interface corresponding to representation  844   d , which is watch user interface  816   i . Representation  844   d  corresponds to watch user interface  816   i , and includes features of watch user interface  816   i  including portion  820   c , which includes a circular region of watch user interface  816   a  that includes time indication  826 , which includes analog clock hands, wherein the position of the analog clock hands represents a time (e.g., hour, minute, and/or second). In some embodiments, in representation  844   d , the time indicated by indication  826  (e.g., by the position of the analog clock hands) is a fixed time and/or is different from the current time. At  FIG.  8 I , computer system  1200  detects rotational input  860   d  via rotatable and depressible input mechanism  804 . 
     At  FIG.  8 J , in response to receiving rotational input  860   d , computer system  800  displays editing user interface  848   a   2 , which is an edited version of editing user interface  848   a   1  wherein representation  844   d  no longer includes time indication  826  and, instead, includes time indication  858 , which includes a digital indication of time without analog clock hands. 
     Editing user interface  848   a   2  further includes selection indicator  852   b , which includes a visual and/or textual representation of the currently selected option for the editable aspect of watch user interface  816   i . At  FIG.  8 J , selection indicator  852   a  indicates that the currently selected “Style” option for watch user interface  816   i  is “Digital.” 
     Editing user interface  848   a   2  further includes positional indicator  856   b . Positional indicator  856   b  includes an updated version of positional indicator  856   a , wherein the change in positional indicator  856   b  relative to positional indicator  856   a  indicates that the currently selected “Style” option has changed (e.g., from “Analog” to “Digital”). At  FIG.  8 J , computer system  800  receives press input  870   a  via rotatable and depressible input mechanism  804 . 
     At  FIG.  8 K , in response to receiving press input  870   a , computer system  800  displays selection user interface  842   b .  FIG.  8 K  illustrates an edited representation of watch user interface  816   i  in a selection user interface. Selection user interface  842   b  matches selection user interface  842   a , except representation  844   b   1  has been replaced with representation  844   b   2 . Representation  844   b   2  includes time indication  858  (e.g., a digital indication of time) instead of time indication  826 , which included analog clock hands. At  FIG.  8 K , computer system  800  detects press input  870   b  via depressible and rotatable input mechanism  804 . 
     At  FIG.  8 L , in response to detecting press input  870   b , computer system  800  displays watch user interface  816   j . Watch user interface  816   j  matches watch user interface  816   i , except that watch user interface  816   j  includes time indication  858 , which includes a digital indication of time, instead of time indication  826 , which included analog clock hands, in portion  820   c.    
     At  FIG.  8 M , computer system  800  displays watch user interface  816   k , which includes time indication  826  wherein the analog clock hands are displayed as extending beyond the edge of portion  820   c . In  FIG.  8 M , the analog clock hands of time indication  826  are displayed as extending to the edge of portion  820   a . In some embodiments, the analog clock hands are displayed as extending further or less far than as illustrated in  FIG.  8 M . In some embodiments, the analog clock hands at least partially obscure at least one hour numeral contained within portion  820   b . In some embodiments, the analog clock hands at least partially obscure at least one location name within portion  820   a . In some embodiments, the length of the clock hands included in time indication  826  is an editable aspect of the watch user interface. 
       FIG.  9    is a flow diagram illustrating a method for managing clock faces based on geographic data using a computer system in accordance with some embodiments. Method ( 900 ) is performed at a computer system (e.g.,  800 ) (e.g., a smartwatch, a wearable electronic device, a smartphone, a desktop computer, a laptop, a tablet) that is in communication with a display generation component (e.g.,  802 ) and one or more input devices (e.g., a display controller, a touch-sensitive display system). In some embodiments, the computer system is in communication with one or more input devices (e.g., a rotatable input mechanism, a touch-sensitive surface). Some operations in method  900  are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted. 
     As described below, method  900  provides an intuitive way for managing clock faces based on geographic data. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for managing clock faces based on geographic data, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to manage clock faces based on geographic data faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     The computer system receives ( 902 ), via the one or more input devices, a request to display a clock face (e.g.,  816   a ) (e.g., a tap input, a swipe, a wrist raise, a press input). 
     In response to receiving the request to display the clock face, the computer system (e.g.,  800 ) displays ( 904 ), via the display generation component (e.g.,  802 ), a clock face (e.g.,  816   a ) that includes names of one or more different cities (e.g.,  820   a   1 ,  820   a   2 ,  820   a   3 , and  820   a   4  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ). Displaying the clock face includes concurrently displaying a current time indication (e.g.,  826  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) ( 906 ) for a current time zone associated with the computer system and names ( 908 ) of one or more different cities (e.g., surrounding at least a portion of the current time indication for the current time zone). In some embodiments, the current time indication is continuously or periodically updated with the passage of time to reflect the current time of day (e.g., the time in the current time zone). In some embodiments, the current time indication is coordinated with and/or intended to reflect the coordinated universal time with an offset based on a currently selected time zone. 
     Where the one or more different cities include a first city (e.g.,  820   a   5  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) and displaying the name of the one or more cities includes displaying the first city name, wherein in accordance with ( 910 ) a determination that the computer system is associated with a first time zone (e.g.,  814   a ) (e.g., the current time zone is the first time zone), the first city name (e.g.,  820   a   5  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) is displayed at a first location in the clock face with text that is oriented so that bottoms of the letters in the first city name are closer to the current time indication (e.g.,  826  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) than tops of the letters in the first city name are to the current time indication; and in accordance with ( 912 ) a determination that the computer system is associated with a second time zone (e.g.,  814   b ) (e.g., the current time zone is the second time zone) that is different from the first time zone, the first city name (e.g.,  820   a   5  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 B ) is displayed at a second location in the clock face with text that is oriented so that the tops of the letters in the first city name are closer to the current time indication than the bottoms of the letters in the first city name are to the current time indication. In some embodiments, the clock face includes at least one complication (e.g.,  812  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ). In some embodiments, a complication refers to any clock face feature other than those used to indicate the hours and minutes of a time (e.g., clock hands or hour/minute indications). In some embodiments, complications provide data obtained from an application. In some embodiments, a complication includes an affordance that when selected launches a corresponding application. In some embodiments, a complication is displayed at a fixed, predefined location on the display. In some embodiments, complications occupy respective locations at particular regions of a watch face (e.g., lower-right, lower-left, upper-right, and/or upper-left). In some embodiments, the complications can be edited (e.g., to display data corresponding to different applications available on the computer system). Conditionally displaying, based on whether a computer system is associated with a first time zone (e.g.,  814   a ) or a second time zone (e.g.,  814   b ), a city name in a first location in a first orientation (e.g.,  820   a   5  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) or a second location in a second orientation (e.g.,  820   a   2  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 B ) provides the user with relevant information about the context of the computer system without requiring the user to provide further inputs and improves the legibility of the city names by maintaining the city names as right side up as opposed to rotating the names around the dial such that they are displayed upside down. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to determine whether the first city name represents the current time zone associated with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. Further, selecting an orientation for the text of city names in accordance with a determination that the computer system is associated with a particular time zone reduces the number of inputs required to display the city name in the orientation by eliminating the need for a user to manually select an orientation for the text of different city names. Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform an operation enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the one or more cities include a second city (e.g.,  820   a   6  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) and displaying the name of the one or more cities includes concurrently displaying the second city name (e.g.,  820   a   6  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) and the first city name (e.g.,  820   a   5  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ), wherein, in accordance with a determination that the computer system (e.g.,  800 ) is associated with the first time zone (e.g.,  814   a ) (e.g., the current time zone is the first time zone), the second city name (e.g.,  814   a   6  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) is displayed at a third location in the clock face with text that is oriented so that tops of the letters in the second city name are closer to the current time indication (e.g.,  826  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) than bottoms of the letters in the second city name are to the current time indication; and in accordance with a determination that the computer system is associated with the second time zone (e.g.,  814   b ) (e.g., the current time zone is the second time zone) that is different from the first time zone, the second city name (e.g.,  814   a   6  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 B ) is displayed at a fourth location in the clock face with text that is oriented so that the bottoms of the letters in the second city name are closer to the current time indication than the tops of the letters in the second city name are to the current time indication. Conditionally displaying, based on whether a computer system is associated with a first time zone or a second time zone, a second city name in a third location in a first orientation or a fourth location in a second orientation provides the user with relevant information about the context of the computer system without requiring the user to provide further inputs. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to determine whether the second city name represents the current time zone associated with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the one or more cities include a third city (e.g.,  820   a   3  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) and as a part of displaying the name of the one or more cities the computer system (e.g.,  800 ) concurrently displays the third city name (e.g.,  820   a   3  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ), the first city name (e.g.,  820   a   5  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ), and the second city name (e.g.,  820   a   61  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the computer system is associated with the first time zone (e.g.,  814   a ) (e.g., the current time zone is the first time zone), the computer system displays the third city name (e.g.,  820   a   3  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) at a fifth location in the clock face with text that is oriented so that bottoms of the letters in the third city name are closer to the current time indication (e.g.,  826  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) than tops of the letters in the third city name are to the current time indication. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the computer system is associated with the second time zone (e.g.,  814   b ) (e.g., the current time zone is the second time zone) that is different from the first time zone, the computer systems displays the third city (e.g.,  820   a   3  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 B ) at a sixth location in the clock face with text that is oriented so that the tops of the letters in the third city name are closer to the current time indication than the bottoms of the letters in the third city name are to the current time indication. Conditionally displaying, based on whether a computer system is associated with a first time zone or a second time zone, a third city name in a fifth location in a first orientation or a sixth location in a second orientation provides the user with relevant information about the context of the computer system without requiring the user to provide further inputs. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to determine whether the third city name represents the current time zone associated with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the one or more cities include a fourth city (e.g.,  820   a   2  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) and as a part of displaying the name of the one or more cities the computer system (e.g.,  800 ) concurrently displays the fourth city name (e.g.,  820   a   2  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ), the first city name (e.g.,  820   a   5  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ), the second city name (e.g.,  820   a   6  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ), and the third city name (e.g.,  820   a   3  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the computer system (e.g.,  800 ) is associated with the first time zone (e.g.,  814   a ) (e.g., the current time zone is the first time zone), the computer system displays the fourth city name (e.g.,  820   a   2  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) at a seventh location in the clock face with text that is oriented so that bottoms of the letters in the fourth city name are closer to the current time indication (e.g.,  826  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) than tops of the letters in the fourth city name are to the current time indication. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the computer system is associated with the second time zone (e.g.,  814   b ) (e.g., the current time zone is the second time zone) that is different from the first time zone, the computer system displays the fourth city name (e.g.,  820   a   2  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 B ) at an eighth location in the clock face with text that is oriented so that the tops of the letters in the fourth city name are closer to the current time indication than the bottoms of the letters in the fourth city name are to the current time indication. Conditionally displaying, based on whether a computer system is associated with a first time zone or a second time zone, a fourth city name in a seventh location in a first orientation or an eighth location in a second orientation provides the user with relevant information about the context of the computer system without requiring the user to provide further inputs. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to determine whether the fourth city name represents the current time zone associated with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the computer system (e.g.,  800 ) is associated with a third time zone (e.g.,  814   c ) (e.g., the current time zone is the third time zone) that is different from the first time zone and the second time zone, the computer system displays the first city name (e.g.,  820   a   5  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 C ) with text that is oriented so that the tops of the letters in the first city name are closer to the current time indication (e.g.,  826  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 C ) than the bottoms of the letters in the first city name are to the current time indication. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the computer system is associated with the third time zone (e.g.,  814   c ) (e.g., the current time zone is the third time zone), the computer system displays the second city name (e.g.,  820   a   6  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 C ) with text that is oriented so that the tops of the letters in the second city name are closer to the current time indication than the bottoms of the letters in the second city name are to the current time indication. Conditionally displaying the first city name in the same orientation as the second city name provides the user with relevant information about the context of the computer system without requiring the user to provide further inputs. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by displaying information about which city corresponds to which time zone) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the one or more cities include a third city (e.g.,  820   a   3  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) and as a part of displaying the name of the one or more cities the computer system (e.g.,  800 ) concurrently displays the third city name (e.g.,  820   a   3  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ), the first city name (e.g.,  820   a   5  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ), and the second city name (e.g.,  820   a   6  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the computer system is associated with the first time zone (e.g.,  814   a ) (e.g., the current time zone is the first time zone), the computer system displays third city name (e.g.,  820   a   3  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) at a fifth location in the clock face with text that is oriented so that bottoms of the letters in the third city name are closer to the current time indication (e.g.,  826  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) than tops of the letters in the third city name are to the current time indication. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the computer system is associated with the second time zone (e.g.,  814   b ) (e.g., the current time zone is the second time zone) that is different from the first time zone, the computer system displays the third city name (e.g.,  820   a   3  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 B ) at a sixth location in the clock face with text that is oriented so that the tops of the letters in the third city name are closer to the current time indication than the bottoms of the letters in the third city name are to the current time indication. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the computer system is associated with a third time zone (e.g.,  814   c ) (e.g., the current time zone is the third time zone), the computer system displays the third city name (e.g.,  820   a   3  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 C ) with text that is oriented so that the bottoms of the letters in the third city name are closer to the current time indication than the tops of the letters in the third city name are to the current time indication. Conditionally displaying the first city name in the same orientation as the second city name while a third city name is displayed in a different orientation provides the user with relevant information about the context of the computer system (e.g., the relative time zones of the first, second, and third cities) without requiring the user to provide further inputs. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by displaying information about which city corresponds to which time zone) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the orientation in which the names of one or more different cities are displayed is maintained while the current time zone associated with the computer system is maintained (e.g., the orientation of name  820   a   4  is maintained so that the bottoms of the letters are closer to the current time indication than the tops of the letters as illustrated in  FIGS.  8 B- 8 C ). In some embodiments, the computer system forgoes changing the orientation at which the names of one or more different cities are displayed as long as the computer system remains in the same time zone. Maintaining the orientation in which the names of one of more different cities are displayed while the current time zone associated with the computer system is maintained provides the user with visual feedback that the current time zone associated with the computer system has not changed. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the first location in the clock face at which the first city name (e.g.,  820   a   5  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) is displayed indicates a current time in the first city (e.g., the current time in Moscow) (e.g., the current time in the time zone associated with the first city) relative to a current time in the current time zone associated with the computer system (e.g.,  814   a ) (e.g., the current time in the time zone associated with the computer system). In some embodiments, the current time in the time zone associated with the first city (e.g.,  820   a   5  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) is different from the current time in the time zone associated with the computer system (e.g.,  826  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ). Displaying a first city name, wherein the first location in a clock face at which the first city name is displayed indicates a current time in the first city relative to a current time in the current time zone associated with the computer system, provides the user with visual feedback about the relative times between the current time in the first city and the current time in the current time zone associated with the computer system. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, a ninth location in the clock face (e.g.,  816   a ) at which a fifth city name (e.g.,  820   a   4  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) is displayed indicates a current time in the fifth city (e.g., the current time in the time zone associated with the city (e.g., Mexico)) relative to the current time in the first city (e.g.,  820   a   4  as illustrated in  8 A) and relative to the current time (e.g., as indicated by  826  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) in the current time zone (e.g.,  814   a ) associated with the computer system. Displaying a fifth city name, wherein the first location in a clock face at which the fifth city name is displayed indicates a current time in the fifth city relative to a current time in the current time zone associated with the computer system, provides the user with visual feedback about the relative times between the current time in the fifth city and the current time in the current time zone associated with the computer system. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the clock face (e.g.,  816   a ) includes an indicator of a sunrise time (e.g.,  822  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) (e.g., a visual element representing the sunrise time, a textual element) in the current time zone associated with the computer system. In some embodiments, the clock face includes an indicator of a sunset time (e.g.,  822  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) (e.g., a visual element representing the sunset time, a textual element) in the current time zone associated with the computer system. Concurrently displaying indicators of sunrise and sunset times provides the user with visual feedback about the sunrise time and the sunset times and a current time indication for the current time zone associated with the computer system provides visual feedback about various relevant times corresponding to a current time zone (e.g.,  814   a ) associated with the computer system, and enables the user to quickly and efficiently discern the sunrise and sunset times in addition to the current time. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the sunrise time and the sunset time change throughout a year. In some embodiments, the graphical indicator of the sunrise time (e.g.,  822  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) and the graphical indicator of a sunset time (e.g.,  822  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) are updated (e.g., automatically by the computer system) to indicate the sunrise/sunset time for a current day. In some embodiments, the graphical indicator of the sunrise time and the graphical indicator of a sunset time are updated based on data retrieved from a remote computer (e.g., a remote server, a software update server). Concurrently displaying indicators of sunrise and sunset times, wherein the sunrise and sunset times change throughout a year, and the current time indication for the current time zone associated with the computer system enables the user to quickly and efficiently discern the sunrise and sunset times in addition to the current time throughout a year. The sunrise time and the sunset time changing throughout the year allows the indicators to provide visual indications of up-to-date sunrise and sunset times as sunrise times and sunset times naturally shift throughout a year. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the clock face includes an analog dial (e.g.,  820   c  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) (e.g., a circular dial with hour markers evenly spaced around the perimeter of the circle, representing 24 hours (e.g., as opposed to 12 hours)). In some embodiments, the indicator of a sunrise time (e.g.,  822  in  FIG.  8 A ) and the indicator of a sunset time (e.g.,  822  in  FIG.  8 A ) are displayed within the analog dial. Concurrently displaying the indicator of sunrise and sunset time in an analog dial provides the user with visual feedback about the sunrise time and the sunset times while the current time indication is displayed enables the user to quickly and efficiently discern the sunrise and sunset and the current time. Displaying the indicator of sunrise time and the indicator of sunset time within the analog dial provides visual feedback that the indicators are related to features provided by and/or within the analog dial (e.g., time-telling features). Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the clock face includes a map (e.g.,  824   a  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) (e.g., a visual representation of a globe). In some embodiments, the indicator of a sunrise time includes a first terminator line (e.g.,  822  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) that is displayed on the map and the indicator of a sunset time includes a second terminator line that is displayed on the map. In some embodiments, a terminator line includes a visual animation depicting a change in a lighting effect applied to the map. In some embodiments, a shadow effect is selectively displayed over the portion of the map on one side of a terminator line. In some embodiments, the first terminator line and the second terminator line are a single terminator line (e.g., first terminator line and the second terminator line are (e.g., parts of) the same line). In some embodiments, the single terminator line curves across the map to indicate both the sunrise time and a sunset time. Displaying indicators of sunrise and sunset times via terminator lines enables the user to quickly and efficiently view the sunrise and sunset times in a graphical manner, and provides visual feedback about the relationship between the sunset time and/or sunrise time and the map included in the clock face (e.g., the width between the indicator lines can provide visual feedback about the length of a day). Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the current time zone (e.g.,  814   a  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) associated with the computer system (e.g.,  800 ) is selected based on an automatically determined location of the computer system (e.g., based on GPS, GLONASS, Wi-Fi/Bluetooth triangulation, cell tower metadata, etc.). In some embodiments, the computer system automatically selects the current time zone associated with the computer system based on an automatically determined location of the computer system. Selecting the current time zone associated with the computer system based on global positioning data enables the computer system to display information related to the time zone in which the computer system is located without requiring additional user inputs from the user to select a current time zone associated with the computer system. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the one or more different cities include a representative city (e.g.,  820   a   1  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) selected based on the automatically determined location of the computer system. In some embodiments, the computer system displays a visual indicator (e.g.,  815  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) (e.g., a marker (e.g., a triangular marker), a graphical element, an arrow, a text element (e.g., a text element displayed with bolded font)) corresponding to the representative city. In some embodiments, the representative city is a city is selected based on a determination that it is located in the current time zone (e.g.,  814   a ) associated with the computer system. In some embodiments, the visual indicator corresponding to the representative city indicates that the representative city represents the current time zone associated with the computer system. Displaying a visual indicator corresponding to a representative city selected based on the automatically determined location of the computer system provides visual feedback that the current time indication corresponds to the representative city (as opposed to a different city displayed around the clock face). Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the representative city (e.g.,  820   a   1  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) is different than a city in which the computer system is located (e.g., San Francisco as illustrated by  814   a  in  FIG.  8 A ). Displaying the user interface with a representative city that is different than a city in which the computer system is located provides visual feedback that the time being shown corresponds to a current time zone associated with the computer system of which the representative city is in, and indicates that the time shown is not specific to the city in which the computer system is accurate for cities other than the current city in which the computer system is located. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, rotating the positions on the clock face at which the names of one or more different cities are displayed corresponds to updating the current time zone associated with the computer system (e.g., as illustrated in  FIGS.  8 A- 8 C ) (e.g.,  800 ). In some embodiment, updating the position of the names of one or more different cities includes rotating the positions of names around the clock face (e.g., by an angle) around an axis of rotation. Shifting the current time zone when the dial containing the names of one or more cities is rotated provides visual feedback that the position at which the cities are displayed on the clock face relates to a current time zone associated with the computer system. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g.,  800 ) is in communication with a rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  804 ) (e.g., a rotatable input device; a rotatable input device). In some embodiments, the computer system detects, via the rotatable input mechanism, a rotation (e.g.,  860   a ) of the rotatable input mechanism about a first axis of rotation (e.g., as illustrated in  FIG.  8 D ). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the rotation of the rotatable input mechanism about the first axis of rotation, the computer system rotates the positions on the clock face at which the names of one or more different cities are displayed about a second axis of rotation different from (e.g., perpendicular to) the first axis of rotation, wherein rotating the positions on the clock face at which the names of one or more different cities are displayed includes: in accordance with a determination that the rotation of the rotatable input mechanism about the first axis of rotation is in a first direction (e.g., clockwise), the direction in which the one or more different cities are rotated about the second axis of rotation is a third direction (e.g., clockwise); and in accordance with a determination that the rotation of the rotatable input mechanism about the first axis of rotation is in a second direction (e.g., counterclockwise) different from the first direction, the direction in which the one or more different cities are rotated about the second axis of rotation is a fourth direction (e.g., counterclockwise) different from the third direction. Rotating the positions on a clock face at which names of one or more different cities are displayed in either different directions based on a determination about whether a detected rotational input is in a first direction or a second direction provides visual feedback that the direction of the rotational input can be used control the direction of the rotation reduces the number of inputs needed to perform an operation enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform an operation enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to rotate the cities in a desired direction quickly and efficiently) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, a background of the clock face is a world map (e.g.,  824   a  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) (e.g., an animation representing a globe). Displaying a clock face, wherein the background of the clock face is a world map provides visual feedback that features of the clock face relate to the world map. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g.,  800 ) receives, via the one or more input devices, a user input (e.g.,  850   a ) (e.g., a tap input, a swipe, a press input, and/or a mouse click) on the world map (e.g.,  824   a , as illustrated in  FIG.  8 E ). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the user input, the computer system centers a city that represents the current time zone associated with the computer system on the world map (e.g., as illustrated in  FIG.  8 F ). In some embodiments, centering the city that represents the current time zone associated with the computer system on the world map includes zooming in on the city that represents the current time zone associated with the computer system (e.g., illustrated in map  824   b  in  FIG.  8 F ). Centering a city that represents the current time zone associated with the computer system in response to a user input reduces the number of inputs needed to center the selected city (e.g., by helping the user to center a relevant city without, for example, multiple pinch and/or swipe inputs) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform an operation enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, as a part of centering the city that represents the current time zone associated with the computer system (e.g.,  800 ) on the world map (e.g.,  824   a ), the computer system transitions from displaying the city associated with the current time zone associated with the computer system off-center to displaying the city associated with the current time zone associated with the computer system in the center of the clock face (e.g.,  816   h ) at a point on the clock face about which a plurality of clock hands including a first clock hand (e.g., an hour, minute, or second hand) and a second clock hand (e.g.,  826 ) (e.g., another one of an hour, minute, or second hand) rotate (e.g.,  824   b , as illustrated in  FIG.  8 F ). Displaying the city associated with the current time zone associated with the computer system in the center of the world map, wherein the city that represents the current time zone associated with the computer system is displayed behind a plurality of clock hands, provides visual feedback that the time currently being indicated by the clock hands corresponds to the city displayed behind the clock hands. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the clock face (e.g.,  816   k ) includes a plurality of clock hands (e.g.,  826  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) including a first clock hand (e.g., an hour, minute, or second hand) and a second clock hand (e.g.,  826 ) (e.g., another one of an hour, minute, or second hand). In some embodiments, the computer system updates a position of the clock hands to indicate the current time in the current time zone associated with the computer system (e.g.,  800 ). In some embodiments, the computer system displays names of one or more different cities behind (e.g., overlaid by) the plurality of clock hands (e.g.,  826  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 M ). Displaying names of the one or more different cities behind the plurality of clock hands enables the plurality of clock hands to be displayed without the plurality of clock hands being obscured, thereby providing improved visual feedback by allowing the names of the cities to be read while maintaining unobstructed views of the clock hands to indicate a current time. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the clock face (e.g.,  816   a ) includes a second analog dial (e.g.,  820   b  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) (e.g., a circular dial with hour markers evenly spaced angularly around the perimeter of the circle, representing 24 hours (e.g., as opposed to 12 hours)), and wherein the analog dial is updated (e.g., automatically) based on the current time in the current time zone associated with the computer system (e.g.,  800 ). In some embodiments, the analog dial rotates (e.g., automatically) over time to reflect the passage of time, wherein the change in the angle of rotation of the analog dial corresponds to the change in time. Displaying a clock face that includes a second analog dial that is gradually updated based on the current time provides visual feedback about a current time, and enables a user to quickly and efficiently determine the current time when looking at the clock face. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, an indication (e.g.,  815 ) of the current time (e.g.,  815  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) in the current time zone associated with the computer system (e.g.,  800 ) is displayed at the bottom of the clock face. Displaying a city that represents the current time zone associated with the computer system in a fixed portion of the clock face (such as the bottom of a user interface) provides visual feedback that the city in that location corresponds to the current time zone associated with the computer system. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the clock face includes an inset time indication (e.g.,  826  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) (e.g., an analog clock face with an hour hand and, optionally, a minute hand and/or a second hand indicating time) at a first position on the clock face (e.g.,  826  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 G ) (e.g., in the center of the clock face). In some embodiments, the clock face includes a digital indication of time (e.g.,  858  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 L ), wherein the digital indication of time includes tick marks representing seconds around a digital time indication. In some embodiments, the clock face is circular. In some embodiments, the inset time indication includes a representation of the current time in the current time zone associated with the computer system in a 12-hour format (e.g., as opposed to 24-hours). Displaying an inset time indication that includes a representation of the current time in a 12-hour format provides visual feedback about a current time, and enables the clock face to quickly and easily convey to a viewer the current time in the current time zone associated with the computer system in a second manner in addition to the current time indication. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  802 ), the inset time indication (e.g.,  826  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 G ). In some embodiments, the inset time indication is presented according to a first format (e.g.,  826  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 G ) (e.g., the first indication of time includes an analog indication of time). In some embodiments, the computer system receives, via the one or more input devices, a sequence of one or more user inputs (e.g., as illustrated in  FIGS.  8 G- 8 L ) (e.g., touch inputs, rotational inputs, press inputs) corresponding to a request to edit the inset time indication. In some embodiments, in response to receiving the sequence of one or more user inputs corresponding to a request to edit the inset time indication, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, the inset time indication (e.g.,  858 , as illustrated in  FIG.  8 L ). In some embodiments, the inset time indication (e.g.,  858  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 L ) is presented according to a second format (e.g., the first indication of time includes a digital indication of time) different from the first format (e.g.,  858 ). Editing the inset time indication to be displayed according to a second format different from a first format provides improved visual feedback by allowing improve readability, and/or to match a user&#39;s preference. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the clock face includes a second analog dial (e.g.,  820   b ) including a plurality of hour markers representing a twenty-four hour time period (e.g., a circular dial with hour markers evenly spaced angularly around the perimeter of the circle, representing 24 hours (e.g., as opposed to 12 hours)). In some embodiments, the second dial (e.g.,  820   b  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ) is completely contained within a perimeter of the first dial (e.g.,  820   a  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ). In some embodiments, the second dial is oriented with the zero hour (e.g., midnight) at the bottom of the dial and the twelfth hour (e.g., noon) at the top of the dial. In some embodiments, the second dial is contained within a first area of the watch face representing a first clock face. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that a current date does not fall within a predetermined time range (e.g., a time range during which Daylight Savings Time is observed in at least one of the time zones represented on the clock face), the plurality of hour markers representing a twenty-four hour time period is a first plurality of hour markers (e.g., hour numerals ranging from 0 to 24). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the current date falls within a predetermined time range (e.g., a time range during which Daylight Savings Time is observed in at least one of the time zones represented on the clock face), the plurality of hour markers representing a twenty-four hour time period is a second plurality of hour markers different from the first plurality of hour markers. In some embodiments, the first plurality of hour markers contains hour markers ranging from 1 to 24 (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4 . . . 24) to represent the 24 hours in a day, whereas the second plurality of hour markers includes at least one marker different from the first plurality of hour markers to account for the observance of Daylight Savings Time in different time zones and/or cities or countries (e.g., 1, 2, 2, 4 . . . 24). In some embodiments, the second analog dial includes the first plurality of hour markers when Daylight Savings Time is not in effect, but includes the second plurality of hour markers when Daylight Savings Time is in effect. Conditionally displaying a plurality of hour markers representing a twenty-four hour time period that is either a first plurality of hour markers or a second plurality of hour markers based on whether a current date falls within a predetermined time range provides the user with the appropriate plurality of hour markers, when the relevant conditions are met, without requiring the user to provide further inputs. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the second plurality of hour markers includes at least one duplicate hour marker (e.g.,  820   b  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 M ) (e.g., at least one hour marker is included in the second plurality of hour markers more than once). In some embodiments, displaying the hour markers representing the twenty-four hour time period during Daylight Savings Time includes displaying at least one of the hour markers in more than one location on the clock face. Including at least one duplicate hour marker in the second plurality of hour markers provides visual feedback that the current time in at least two of the time zones represented by the second plurality of hour markers is the same, when the relevant conditions are met, without requiring the user to provide further inputs. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the first plurality of hour markers includes at least a first hour marker that is not included in the second plurality of hour markers (e.g., as illustrated in  820   b  as shown in  FIG.  8 B  as compared to  820   b  in  FIG.  8 M ). In some embodiments, displaying the hour markers representing the twenty-four hour time period during Daylight Savings Time includes omitting at least one hour marker (e.g., as illustrated by the lack of a “6” hour numeral in  820   b  of  FIG.  8 M ) corresponding to a particular time (e.g., hour) of the day. Including at least a first hour marker that is not included in the second plurality of hour markers, provides visual feedback that the relative differences between the time zones represented by the hour markers is different when the second plurality of hour markers is displayed relative to when the first plurality of hour markers is displayed, when the relevant conditions are met, without requiring the user to provide further inputs. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to method  900  (e.g.,  FIG.  9   ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described herein. For example, method  900  optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described herein with reference to method  700 , method  1100 , and method  1300 . For example, method  900  optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to method  700 . For example, a device can use as a watch user interface either a user interface that includes an indication of time based on geographic data as described with reference to  FIGS.  8 A- 8 M  or a watch user interface as described with reference to  FIGS.  6 A- 6 U . As another example, a watch user interface as described with reference to  FIGS.  8 A- 8 M  can include in hour numerals that are updated based on the current time as described with reference to  FIGS.  10 A- 10 W  and method  1100 . For another example, method  900  optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described below with reference to method  1300 . For example, the watch user interfaces of  FIGS.  8 A- 8 M  can be created or edited via the process for updating and selecting watch user interfaces as described with reference to  FIGS.  12 A- 12 W . For another example, method  900  optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described below with reference to method  1500 . For example, a layout editing user interface including a preview user interface corresponding to the watch user interfaces of  FIGS.  8 A- 8 M  can be displayed on a computer system in communication with computer system  800 . For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
       FIGS.  10 A- 10 W  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for managing clock faces based on state information of a computer system. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in  FIG.  11   . 
       FIGS.  10 A- 10 W  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for enabling and displaying user interfaces including hour numerals that are displayed with different width strokes. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the process in  FIG.  11   . 
       FIG.  10 A  illustrates computer  1000  displaying, via display  1002 , watch user interface  1020   a . Computer system  1000  includes rotatable and depressible input mechanism  1004 . In some embodiments, computer system  1000  optionally includes one or more features of device  100 , device  300 , or device  500 . In some embodiments, computer system  1000  is a tablet, phone, laptop, desktop, camera, etc. In some embodiments, the inputs described below can optionally be substituted for alternate inputs, such as a press input and/or a rotational input received via rotatable and depressible input mechanism  1004 . 
     In  FIG.  10 A , watch user interface  1020   a  includes a plurality of hour numerals that are displayed with different width strokes. At  FIG.  10 A , watch user interface  1020   a  includes hour numeral  1006   a , corresponding to the “1” hour numeral, which corresponds to an hour portion of a current time being “1” (e.g., 1:00 A.M., 1:00 P.M., etc.). Watch user interface  1020   a  further includes hour numeral  1006   b , which corresponds to the “2” hour numeral, hour numeral  1006   c , which corresponds to the “3” hour numeral, hour numeral  1006   d , which corresponds to the “4” hour numeral, hour numeral  1006   e , which corresponds to the “5” hour numeral, hour numeral  1006   f , which corresponds to the “6” hour numeral, hour numeral  1006   g , which corresponds to the “7” hour numeral, hour numeral  1006   h , which corresponds to the “8” hour numeral, hour numeral  1006   i , which corresponds to the “9” hour numeral, hour numeral  1006   j , which corresponds to the “10” hour numeral, hour numeral  1006   k , which corresponds to the “11” hour numeral, and hour numeral  1006   l , which corresponds to the “12” hour numeral. In some embodiments, watch user interface  1020  includes 24 numerals corresponding to the 24 hours of a day instead of 12 hour numerals (e.g., in a military time format). At watch user interface  1020   a , the hour numerals (e.g., hour numerals  1006   a - 1006   l ) are displayed with a different stroke width. In some embodiments, displaying a numeral with a given stroke width includes displaying an hour numeral, wherein the width of the strokes and/or lettering that make up lines of the hour numeral are drawn and/or displayed with a certain thickness. Watch user interface  1020   a  includes hour numerals  1020   a - 1020   l  displayed in a roughly square shape, in a numerical order that can be traversed in a clockwise or counterclockwise direction. In some embodiments, hour numerals  1020   a - 1020   l  can be displayed in a round shape (e.g., a circle, an ellipse, etc.). 
     Watch user interface  1020   a  displays the hour numerals (e.g., hour numerals  1006   a - 1006   l ) with width strokes based on the current time. In watch user interface  1020   a , the current time is 10:09, as indicated by the position of the analog clock hands included in time indication  1008 . In some embodiments, the width at which each hour numeral included in watch user interface  1020   a  is displayed is based on the hour portion of the current time. In watch user interface  1020   a , the hour numeral that corresponds to the hour portion of the current time is displayed with the largest width stroke. In watch user interface  1020   a , the hour numeral that is displayed adjacent to the hour numeral that corresponds to the hour portion of the current time in a counterclockwise direction is displayed with the second largest width stroke. This pattern continues around the dial in a counterclockwise direction up to the hour numeral that is displayed adjacent to the hour numeral that corresponds to the hour portion of the current time in a clockwise direction, which is displayed with the smallest width stroke. For example, at watch user interface  1020   a , at 10:09, hour numeral  1006   j  (“10”) is displayed with the largest width stroke, hour numeral  1006   i  (“9”) is displayed with the second largest width stroke, and hour numeral  1006   k  (“11”) is displayed with the smallest width stroke. In some embodiments, displaying an hour numeral with a given width stroke corresponds to displaying hour numerals with a certain pixel width. For example, in watch user interface  1020   a , the lines that make up the numbers of hour numeral  1006   j  (“10”) are 20 pixels wide, the lines that make up the numbers of hour numeral  1006   i  (“9”) are 18 pixels wide, and the lines that make up the numbers of hour numeral  1006   k  (“11”) are 2 pixels wide. Accordingly, the width stroke with which the other hour numerals (e.g., hour numerals  1006   a - 1006   h  and hour numeral  1006   l ) are displayed gradually decreases as one traverses around watch user interface  1020   a  in a counterclockwise direction, starting with the hour numeral that corresponds to the hour portion of the current time,  1006   j  (“10”), and ending with the hour numeral that numerically succeeds the hour numeral that corresponds to the hour portion of the current time,  1006   k  (“11”). 
     Watch user interface  1020   a  further includes time indication  1008 , which includes analog clock hands, wherein the position of the analog clock hands represents the current time (e.g., hour, minute, and/or second). At watch user interface  1020   a , time indication  1008  indicates that the current time is 10:09 (e.g., A.M. or P.M.). 
     Watch user interface  1020   a  further includes date indication  1010 , which includes a visual and/or textual indication of the current date (e.g., the current day of the week, the current day of the month, the current month, and/or the current year). Watch user interface  1020   a  further includes complication  1012   a , which includes information from an application available on (e.g., installed on) computer system  1000 . In some embodiments, complication  1012   a  is updated in accordance with the passage of time to display updated information (e.g., from the application associated with complication  1012   a ). In some embodiments, selecting complication  1012   a  causes computer system  1000  to launch the application that corresponds to complication  1012   a.    
     At  FIG.  10 B , computer system  1000  displays watch user interface  1020   b , which illustrates an updated version of watch user interface  1020   a  at a different time. Watch user interface  1020   b  includes time indication  1008 , wherein the position of the analog clock hands in watch user interface  1020   b  indicates that the current time in watch user interface  1020   b  is 11:09. 
     In watch user interface  1020   b , based on the updated time, computer system  1000  updates the width stroke with which hour numerals  1006   a - 1006   l  are displayed such that the hour numeral that corresponds to the hour portion of the current time,  1006   k  (“11”) is displayed with the largest width stroke. In watch user interface  1020   b , the hour numeral that is displayed adjacent to the hour numeral that corresponds to the current hour portion of the current time in a counterclockwise direction is displayed with the second largest width stroke. This pattern continues around the dial in a counterclockwise direction up to the hour numeral that is displayed adjacent to the hour numeral that corresponds to the hour portion of the current time in a clockwise direction, which is displayed with the smallest width stroke. For example, at watch user interface  1020   b , at 11:09, hour numeral  1006   k  (“11”) is displayed with the largest width stroke, hour numeral  1006   j  (“10”) is displayed with the second largest width stroke, and hour numeral  1006   l  (“12”) is displayed with the smallest width stroke. Accordingly, the width stroke with which the hour numerals are displayed gradually decreases as one traverses around watch user interface  1020   b  in a counterclockwise direction, starting with the hour numeral that corresponds to the hour portion of the current time,  1006   k  (“11”), and ending with the hour numeral that numerically succeeds the hour numeral that corresponds to the hour portion of the current time,  1006   l  (“12”). 
       FIG.  10 C  illustrates computer system  1000  receiving input  1050   a  (e.g., a tap input) on an hour numeral. In  FIG.  10 C , computer system is displaying watch user interface  1020   c , which significantly matches watch user interface  1020   b , and computer system  1000  receives input  1050   a  on hour numeral  1006   f  (“6”). 
     At  FIG.  10 D , in response to receiving input  1050   a , computer system  1000  displays  1020   d , which is similar to watch user interface  1020   c , but includes hour numerals being displayed with different width strokes in response to input  1050   a .  FIGS.  10 D- 10 F  illustrate computer system  1000  displaying watch user interfaces that include hour numerals  1006   a - 1006   l , wherein the width strokes of one or more hour numerals are updated in response to input  1050   a . In some embodiments, computer system  1000  displays hour numerals with a ripple animation in response to receiving an input received on an hour numeral (e.g.,  1006   f ). In some embodiments, displaying the ripple animation includes temporarily displaying the hour numeral on which the input was received with an increased width stroke and, subsequently, reducing the width stroke with which the selected hour numeral is displayed and displaying one or more hour numerals adjacent to the selected hour numeral with an increased width stroke. In some embodiments, the ripple animation continues through all of the hour numerals included in a given watch user interface. In some embodiments, the animation ends after an hour numeral displayed opposite from (e.g., across from) the selected hour numeral on display  1002  is temporarily displayed with an increased width stroke. For example, in some embodiments, an input received on hour numeral  1006   f  (“6”) would cause computer system  1000  to display a ripple animation in which hour numerals included in a watch user interface would be temporarily displayed with an increased width stroke in the following order: first hour numeral  1006   f  (“6”), then hour numerals  1006   g  (“7”) and  1006   e  (“5”), then  1006   h  (“8”) and  1006   d  (“4”), then  1006   i  (“9”) and  1006   c  (“3”), then  1006   j  (“10”) and  1006   b  (“2”), then  1006   k  (“11”) and  1006   a  (“1”), and lastly hour numeral  1006   l  (“12”). As described above,  FIG.  10 D  illustrates computer system  1000  displaying watch user interface  1020   d , wherein hour numeral  1006   f  (“6”) is temporarily displayed with an increased width stroke in response to input  1050   a.    
     At  FIG.  10 E , after displaying hour numeral  1006   f  (“6”) with an increased width stroke in response to input  1050   a , computer system  1000  displays watch user interface  1020   e , which includes hour numerals  1006   g  (“7”) and  1006   e  (“5”) being displayed with an increased width stroke. In watch user interface  1020   e , hour numeral  1006   f  (“6”) is displayed with the width stroke it was displayed with before computer system  1000  received input  1050   a  (e.g., in watch user interface  1020   b ). In some embodiments, computer system  100  displays an animation wherein the affected hour numerals grow and/or shrink gradually. For example, in some embodiments, the transition from displaying watch user interface  1020   d  to  1020   e  includes displaying an animation of hour numeral  1006   f  (“6”) shrinking while concurrently displaying an animation of hour numerals  1006   g  (“7”) and  1006   e  (“5”) growing. 
     At  FIG.  10 F , after displaying watch user interface  1020   e  and in response to receiving input  1050   a , computer system  1000  displays  1020   f , which is similar to watch user interface  1020   d , but includes hour numerals being displayed with different width strokes in response to input  1050   a . At  FIG.  10 F , computer system  1000  displays watch user interface  1020   f , which includes hour numerals  1006   h  (“8”) and  1006   d  (“4”) being displayed with an increased width stroke. In some embodiments, hour numerals  1006   f  (“6”),  1006   g  (“7”), and  1006   e  (“5”) are displayed with the width stroke that they were displayed with before computer system  1000  received input  1050   a . In watch user interface  1020   f , the width stroke that hour numeral  1006   f  (“6”) is displayed with is back to the width stroke it was displayed in at watch user interface  1020   c , hour numerals  1006   g  (“7”) and  1006   e  (“5”) are displayed with a slightly increased width stroke relative to the width strokes they were displayed with in watch user interface  1020   c , and hour numerals  1006   h  (“8”) and  1006   d  (“4”) being displayed with width strokes that have been increased by a larger magnitude. 
     In some embodiments, computer system  100  displays an animation illustrating the affected hour numerals growing and/or shrinking gradually. For example, in some embodiments, the transition from displaying watch user interface  1020   e  to  1020   f  includes displaying an animation of hour numerals  1006   g  (“7”) and  1006   e  (“5”) shrinking while concurrently displaying an animation of hour numerals  1006   h  (“8”) and  1006   d  (“4”) growing. 
       FIGS.  10 G- 10 J  illustrate computer system  1000  displaying watch user interfaces including hour numerals  1006   a - 1006   l , wherein the width strokes that hour numerals  1006   a - 1006   l  are displayed with are updated based on a rotational input, such that the width strokes that hour numerals  1006   a - 1006   l  are displayed with reflect a snaking animation. At  FIG.  10 G , computer system  1000  displays watch user interface  1020   g , which includes hour numerals  1006   a - 1006   l . Watch user interface  1020   g  includes time indication  1008 , which indicates that the current time at watch user interface  1020   g  is 12:09. Based on the current time, computer system  1000  displays watch user interface  1020   g , wherein hour numeral  1006   l  (“12”) is displayed with the largest width stroke, hour numeral  1006   a  (“1”) is displayed with the smallest width stroke, hour numeral  1006   k  (“11”) is displayed with the second largest width stroke, and so on as described above with respect to  FIGS.  12 A- 12 B . At  FIG.  10 G , computer system  1000  receives rotational input  1060   a  via rotatable and depressible input mechanism  1004 . 
     At  FIG.  10 H , in response to receiving rotational input  1060   a , computer system  1000  displays watch user interface  1020   h , which updates the width stroke at which hour numerals  1006   a - 1006   l  are displayed in accordance with a snaking animation. Displaying watch user interface  1020   h  with the snaking animation includes displaying hour numerals  1006   a - 1006   l  with updated width strokes, such that the width strokes at which each hour numeral is displayed is shifted around the watch user interface in a first direction (e.g., clockwise or counterclockwise) around a first rotational axis in response to the rotatable and depressible input mechanism  1004  being rotated around a second rotational axis different from the first rotational axis. For example, watch user interface  1020   h  includes hour numerals  1006   a - 1006   l  wherein, despite the current time being 12:09, as indicated by time indication  1008 , hour numeral  1006   a  (“1”) is displayed with the largest width stroke, hour numeral  1006   l  (“12”) is displayed with the second largest width stroke, and so on as one traverses around the hour numerals in a counterclockwise direction up until hour numeral  1006   b  (“2”), which is displayed with the smallest width stroke. 
     At  FIG.  10 I , after displaying watch user interface  1020   h , computer system  1000  displays watch user interface  1020   i . At watch user interface  1020   i , some or all of hour numerals  1006   a - 1006   l  are displayed with stroke widths that have shifted one hour numeral over relative to watch user interface  1020   h . For example, watch user interface  1020   i  includes hour numerals  1006   a - 1006   l  wherein, despite the current time being 12:09, as indicated by time indication  1008 , hour numeral  1006   b  (“2”) is displayed with the largest width stroke, hour numeral  1006   a  (“1”) is displayed with the second largest width stroke, and so on as one traverses around the hour numerals in a counterclockwise direction up until hour numeral  1006   c  (“3”), which is displayed with the smallest width stroke. 
     At  FIG.  10 J , after displaying watch user interface  1020   i , computer system  1000  displays watch user interface  1020   j . At watch user interface  1020   j , hour numerals  1006   a - 1006   l  are displayed with stroke widths that have all shifted one hour numeral over relative to watch user interface  1020   i . For example, watch user interface  1020   j  includes hour numerals  1006   a - 1006   l  wherein, despite the current time being 12:09, as indicated by time indication  1008 , hour numeral  1006   c  (“3”) is displayed with the largest width stroke, hour numeral  1006   b  (“2”) is displayed with the second largest width stroke, and so on as one traverses around the hour numerals in a counterclockwise direction up until hour numeral  1006   d  (“4”), which is displayed with the smallest width stroke. 
     In some embodiments, the duration of the snaking animation is based at least partially on the magnitude of rotational input  1060   a  (e.g., the number of degrees that rotatable and depressible input mechanism  1004  is rotated). In some embodiments, the snaking animation continues with the pattern described above until each hour numeral (e.g., hour numerals  1006   a - 1006   l ) has been displayed with the largest width stroke. 
       FIG.  10 K  illustrates computer system  1000  displaying watch user interface  1020   k  while computer system  1000  is in a lower power state. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that computer system  1000  has not received an input for a threshold duration of time, computer system  1000  enters a lower power state. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that computer system  1000  received a gesture including at least a threshold portion of display  1002  being covered (e.g., by a user&#39;s palm), computer system  1000  enters the lower power state. In some embodiments, in response to receiving an input (e.g., a tap input, a rotational input, a press input, etc.) while computer system  1000  is in the lower power state, computer system exits the lower power state and returns to a higher power state. In some embodiments, entering the low power state includes displaying a watch user interface with a lower brightness. In some embodiments, entering the lower power state includes limiting and/or changing the animations and/or visual effects displayed in a watch user interface. In some embodiments, entering the lower power state includes displaying a watch user interface without displaying elements of a watch user interface that would be displayed in the higher power state (e.g., updating time indicator  1008  to be displayed without a seconds analog clock hand). In some embodiments, entering the lower power state includes foregoing updating elements included in a watch user interface, such as foregoing updating complication  1012   a  while computer system  1000  is in the lower power state, or updating complication  1012   a  less frequently while computer system  1000  is in the lower power state. 
     At  FIG.  10 K , computer system  1000  displays watch user interface  1020   k , which is an updated version of watch user interface  1020   g  wherein computer system  1000  has entered the lower power state. In accordance with entering the lower power state, computer system  1000  displays  1020   k , which includes displaying hour numerals  1006   a - 1006   l  in updated positions within display  1002 . In watch user interface  1020   k , the distance between hour numerals  1006   a - 1006   l  and the edge of display  1002  is greater than the distance between hour numerals  1006   a - 1006   l  in watch user interface  1020   g . In some embodiments, updating watch user interface  1020   g  to be replaced with watch user interface  1020   k  includes displaying an animation of hour numerals  1006   a - 1006   l  contracting toward the center of display  1002 . In some embodiments, transitioning from the higher power state to the lower power state includes lowering the brightness of display  1002 . 
     At watch user interface  1020   k , hour numerals  1006   a - 1006   l  are displayed as outlines instead of as solid lines. In some embodiments, displaying hour numerals as outlines instead of solid lines allows a background color of a watch user interface to show through portions of the hour numerals. In some examples, transitioning from displaying watch user interface  1020   g  to displaying watch user interface  1020   k  includes displaying an animation of hour numerals  1006   a - 1006   l  being updated to be displayed as outlines. In some embodiments, computer system  1000  updates a watch user interface including hour numerals  1006   a - 1006   l  based on computer system  1000  entering a lower power state without displaying hour numerals  1006   a - 1006   l  as outlines. 
       FIG.  10 L  illustrates an embodiment wherein, when computer system is in a lower power state, computer system  1000  displays watch user interface  1020   l , which includes displaying hour numerals  1006   a - 1006   l  with the same width stroke. In some embodiments, computer system  1000  transitions from displaying watch user interface  1020   g  to displaying watch user interface  1020   l  in accordance with computer system  1000  entering a lower power state. In some embodiments, transitioning from displaying watch user interface  1020   g  to displaying watch user interface  1020   l  includes displaying an animation of hour numerals  1006   a - 1006   l  being updated to be displayed with the same width stroke. At watch user interface  1020   l , the width stroke that hour numerals  1006   a - 1006   l  are displayed with is the same as the smallest width stroke that one of hour numerals  1006   a - 1006   l  is displayed with when computer system  1000  is in a higher power state. In some embodiments, transitioning from watch user interface  1020   g  to displaying  1020   l  includes updating hour numerals  1006   a - 1006   l  to be displayed with the same width stroke that hour numeral  1006   a  (“1”) is displayed with in watch user interface  1020   g.    
     At watch user interface  1020   l , hour numerals  1006   a - 1006   l  are displayed as outlines instead of with solid lines. In some examples, transitioning from displaying watch user interface  1020   g  to displaying watch user interface  1020   l  includes displaying an animation of hour numerals  1006   a - 1006   l  being updated to be displayed as outlines. In some embodiments, computer system  1000  displays watch user interface  1020   l  wherein hour numerals  1006   a - 1006   l  are not displayed as outlines. 
       FIG.  10 M  illustrates computer system  1000  receiving input  1050   b  (e.g., a long press input) on watch user interface  1020   m . In  FIG.  10 M , computer system  1000  is displaying watch user interface  1020   m , which significantly matches watch user interface  1020   a.    
     At  FIG.  10 N , in response to receiving input  1050   b , computer system  1000  displays selection user interface  1014   a . Selection user interface  1014   a  is a user interface for selecting a watch user interface to be displayed by computer system  1000 . Selection user interface  1014   a  includes representation  1016   b   1 , which is a representation of watch user interface  1020   m , and includes various features of watch user interface  1020   m . In some embodiments, representation  1016   b   1  is a static representation of watch user interface  1020   m , and includes an indication of a time other than the current time, and/or a complication containing information other than real-time, updated data. 
     Selection user interface  1014   a  further includes partial views of representation  1016   a  and representation  1016   c , which correspond to watch user interfaces other than watch user interface  1020   m . Selection user interface  1014   a  further includes share user-interactive graphical user interface object  1018  which, when selected, causes computer system  1000  to display user interfaces related to transmitting and/or sharing information related to watch user interface  1020   m  with another device (e.g., another computer system). Selection user interface  1014   a  further includes edit user-interactive graphical user interface object  1022  which, when selected, causes computer system  1000  to display an editing user interface for editing aspects of watch user interface  1020   m . Selection user interface  1014   a  further includes face indicator  1024 , which includes a visual and/or textual indication of the name of the watch user interface currently centered in selection user interface  1014   a . At  FIG.  10 N , face indicator  1024  indicates that currently indicated watch user interface  1020   m , which is represented in selection user interface  1014   a  by representation  1016   b   1 , is titled “Faces.” At  FIG.  10 N , computer system  1000  detects input  1050   c  (e.g., a tap input) on edit user-interactive graphical user interface object  1022 . 
     At  FIG.  10 O , in response to detecting input  1050   c , computer system  1000  displays editing user interface  1026   a . Editing user interface  1026   a  includes aspect indicator  1028   a , which includes a visual and/or textual representation of the aspect of watch user interface  1020   m  currently selected for editing. At  FIG.  10 O , aspect indicator  1028   a  indicates that the aspect of watch user interface  1020   m  that is currently selected for editing is “Style.” 
     Editing user interface  1026   a  further includes selection indicator  1034   a , which includes a visual and/or textual representation of the currently selected option for the editable aspect of watch user interface  1020   m . At  FIG.  10 O , selection indicator  1034   a  indicates that the currently selected “Style” option for watch user interface  1020   m  is “Rounded.” 
     Editing user interface  1026   a  further includes positional indicator  1032   a . Positional indicator  1032   a  includes a graphical indication of the number of selectable options for the editable aspect of watch user interface  1020   m  that is currently being edited, as well as the position of the currently selected option among the list of selectable options. For example, positional indicator  1032   a  indicates that the currently selected option for the “Style” aspect of watch user interface  1020   m , “Rounded,” is at the top of a list of at least two possible options for the “Style” aspect of watch user interface  1020   m.    
     Editing user interface  1026   a  further includes representation  1016   c   1 , which indicates that the watch user interface currently being edited is the watch user interface corresponding to representation  1016   c   1 , which is watch user interface  1020   m . Representation  1016   c   1  corresponds to watch user interface  1020   m , and includes features of watch user interface  1020   m , including a representation of complication  1012   a . At  FIG.  10 O , computer system  1000  detects an input  1050   d  (e.g., a swipe input) on editing user interface  1026   a.    
     At  FIG.  10 P , in response to receiving swipe input  1050   d , computer system  1000  displays editing user interface  1026   b . Editing user interface  1026   b  includes aspect indicator  1028   b , which includes a visual and/or textual representation of the aspect of watch user interface  1020   m  currently selected for editing. At  FIG.  10 P , aspect indicator  1028   b  indicates that the aspect of watch user interface  1020   m  that is currently selected for editing is “Dial Color.” 
     Editing user interface  1026   b  further includes selection indicator  1034   b , which includes a visual and/or textual representation of the currently selected option for the editable aspect of watch user interface  1020   m . At  FIG.  10 P , selection indicator  1034   b  indicates that the currently selected “Dial Color” option for watch user interface  1020   m  is “On.” 
     Editing user interface  1026   b  further includes positional indicator  1032   b . Positional indicator  1032   b  includes a graphical indication of the number of selectable options for the editable aspect of watch user interface  1020   m  that is currently being edited, as well as the position of the currently selected option among the list of selectable options. For example, positional indicator  1032   b  indicates that the currently selected option for the “Dial Color” aspect of watch user interface  1020   m , “On,” is at the bottom of a list of at least two possible options for the “Dial Color” aspect of watch user interface  1020   m.    
     Editing user interface  1026   b  further includes representation  1016   c   2 , which indicates that the watch user interface currently being edited is the watch user interface corresponding to representation  1016   c   2 , which is watch user interface  1020   m . Representation  1016   c   2  corresponds to watch user interface  1020   m , and includes features of watch user interface  1020   m , including a representation of complication  1012   a . At  FIG.  10 P , computer system  1000  detects an input  1050   e  (e.g., a swipe input) on editing user interface  1026   b.    
     At  FIG.  10 Q , in response to receiving swipe input  1050   e , computer system  1000  displays editing user interface  1026   c   1 . Editing user interface  1026   c   1  includes aspect indicator  1028   c , which includes a visual and/or textual representation of the aspect of watch user interface  1020   m  currently selected for editing. At  FIG.  10 Q , aspect indicator  1028   c  indicates that the aspect of watch user interface  1020   m  that is currently selected for editing is “Color.” 
     Editing user interface  1026   c  further includes selection indicator  1034   c   1 , which includes a visual and/or textual representation of the currently selected option for the editable aspect of watch user interface  1020   m . At  FIG.  10 Q  selection indicator  1034   c   1  indicates that the currently selected “Color” option for watch user interface  1020   m  is “Black.” 
     Editing user interface  1026   c  further includes color options indicator  1036 , which includes various selectable color options. Color options indicator  1036  includes selected color  1036   a , which includes a visual indication around the currently selected color to provide a visual and/or graphical indication of the selected color as well as its position within color options indicator  1036 . 
     Editing user interface  1026   c   1  further includes representation  1016   c   3 , which indicates that the watch user interface currently being edited is the watch user interface corresponding to representation  1016   c   3 , which is watch user interface  1020   m . Representation  1016   c   3  corresponds to watch user interface  1020   m , and includes features of watch user interface  1020   m , including a representation of complication  1012   a . At  FIG.  10 Q , computer system  1000  detects rotational input  1060   c  via rotatable and depressible input mechanism  1004 . 
     At  FIG.  10 R , in response to receiving rotational input  1060   c , computer system  1000  displays editing user interface  1026   c   2 . Editing user interface  1026   c   2  includes aspect indicator  1028   c , which includes a visual and/or textual representation of the aspect of watch user interface  1020   m  currently selected for editing. At  FIG.  10 R , aspect indicator  1028   c  indicates that the aspect of watch user interface  1020   m  that is currently selected for editing is “Color.” 
     Editing user interface  1026   c   2  further includes selection indicator  1034   c   2 , which includes a visual and/or textual representation of the currently selected option for the editable aspect of watch user interface  1020   m . At  FIG.  10 R  selection indicator  1034   c   2  indicates that the currently selected “Color” option for watch user interface  1020   m  is “Green.” 
     Editing user interface  1026   c   2  further includes color options indicator  1036 , which includes various selectable color options. Color options indicator  1036  includes selected color  1036   b , which includes a visual indication around the currently selected color to provide a visual and/or graphical indication of the selected color as well as its position within color options indicator  1036 . In some embodiments, transitioning from displaying editing user interface  1026   c   1  to displaying editing user interface  1026   c   2  includes displaying an animation showing the colors included in color options indicator  1036  moving such that the newly selected color (e.g., “Green” instead of “Black”) is displayed within visual indication included in selected color  1036   b.    
     Editing user interface  1026   c   2  further includes representation  1016   c   4 , which indicates that the watch user interface currently being edited is the watch user interface corresponding to representation  1016   c   4 , which is watch user interface  1020   m . In editing user interface  1026   c   2 , representation  1016   c   4  has been updated so that the background of representation  1016   c   4 , corresponding to the background of watch user interface  1020   m , has been updated to be displayed in green. Thus,  FIG.  10 R  illustrates that the color selected for the background of watch user interface  1020   m  has been edited. Representation  1016   c   4  corresponds to watch user interface  1020   m , and includes features of watch user interface  1020   m , including a representation of complication  1012   a . At  FIG.  10 R , computer system  1000  detects input  1050   f  (e.g., a swipe input) on editing user interface  1026   c   2 . 
     At  FIG.  10 S , in response to receiving input  1050   f , computer system  1000  displays editing user interface  1026   d   1 . Editing user interface  1026   d   1  includes aspect indicator  1028   d , which includes a visual and/or textual representation of the aspect of watch user interface  1020   m  currently selected for editing. At  FIG.  10 S , aspect indicator  1028   d  indicates that the aspect of watch user interface  1020   m  that is currently selected for editing is “Complications.” 
     Editing user interface  1026   d   1  further includes representation  1016   c   5 , which indicates that the watch user interface currently being edited is the watch user interface corresponding to representation  1016   c   5 , which is watch user interface  1020   m . At  FIG.  10 S , computer system  1000  detects an input  1050   g  (e.g., a tap input) on a portion of representation  1016   c   5  that corresponds to complication  1012   a  of watch user interface  1020   m.    
     At  FIG.  10 T , in response to detecting tap input  1060   g , computer system  1000  displays editing user interface  1026   d   2 , which includes multiple selectable complication options to be displayed with watch user interface  1020   m . In some embodiments, the selectable complications are sorted into categories based on associated features/and or applications related to the selectable complication options. Editing user interface  1026   d   2  includes category  1038   a , which includes a visual and/or textual indication that the complication beneath category  1038   a  is related to “Weather.” Editing user interface  1026   d   2  further includes category  1038   b , which includes a visual and/or textual indication that the complication beneath category  1038   b  is related to “Noise.” In some embodiments, a category includes multiple complications, in which case the multiple complications related to a given category are displayed below the text and/or a visual indication related to the category. In some embodiments, editing user interface  1026   d   2  is initially displayed with the selected complication from the previous user interface (e.g., editing user interface  1026   d   1 ) centered and/or with selection focus. In some embodiments, computer system  1000  navigates from one complication option to another complication option (e.g., moves selection focus) by scrolling via a swipe input on editing user interface  1026   d   2  and/or via a rotational input via rotatable and depressible input mechanism  1004 . Editing user interface  1026   d   2  further includes cancel user-interactive graphical user interface object  1042  which, when selected, causes computer system  1000  to stop displaying editing user interface  1026   d   2  and display editing user interface  1026   d   1 . Editing user interface  1026   d   2  further includes complication  1012   a  and complication  1012   b , wherein selecting a complication corresponds to selecting the corresponding complication for display within watch user interface  1020   m . At  FIG.  10 T , computer system  1000  receives input  1050   h  (e.g., a tap input) on complication  1012   b.    
     At  FIG.  10 U , in response to receiving input  1050   h , computer system  1000  displays editing user interface  1026   d   3 , which includes representation  1016   c   6 . Representation  1016   c   6  is a modified version of representation  1016   c   5  that includes complication  1012   b  instead of complication  1012   a . Thus, editing user interface  1026   d   3  indicates that watch user interface  1020   m  has been edited in response to input  1050   h  and that, in response to receiving input  1050   h , computer system  1200  edited representation  1016   c   6  to include complication  1012   b . At  FIG.  10 U , computer system  1000  receives press input  1070  on rotatable and depressible input mechanism  1004 . 
     At  FIG.  10 V , in response to receiving press input  1070 , computer system  1000  displays selection used interface  1014   b . Selection user interface  1014   b  significantly matches selection user interface  1014   a , but selection user interface includes representation  1016   b   2 , which is an updated version of  1016   b   1  that includes the updates to watch user interface  1020   m  that were illustrated in  FIGS.  10 O- 10 U  (e.g., the updated background color and the new complication,  1012   b ). At  FIG.  10 V , computer system  1000  detects input  1050   i  (e.g., a tap input) on representation  1016   b   2 . 
     At  FIG.  10 W , in response to receiving input  1050   i , computer system  1000  displays watch user interface  1080 . Watch user interface  1080  is an edited version of watch user interface  1020   m , wherein complication  1012   a , which corresponds to an air quality index complication, has been replaced with complication  1012   b , which corresponds to a noise complication. Watch user interface  1080  is also displayed with a different background color than watch user interface  1020   m  (e.g., green instead of black, discussed above with reference to  FIGS.  10 Q- 10 R ). In some embodiments, other aspects of the watch user interfaces described above can be edited in a similar manner to the process described above. 
       FIG.  11    is a flow diagram illustrating a method for managing clock faces based on state information of a computer system (e.g.,  1000 ) in accordance with some embodiments. Method ( 1100 ) is performed at a computer system (e.g., a smartwatch, a wearable electronic device, a smartphone, a desktop computer, a laptop, a tablet) that is in communication with a display generation component (e.g.,  1002 ) (e.g., a display controller, a touch-sensitive display system). In some embodiments, the computer system is in communication with one or more input devices (e.g., a rotatable input mechanism, a touch-sensitive surface). Some operations in method  1100  are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted. 
     As described below, method  1100  provides an intuitive way for managing clock faces based on state information of a computer system (e.g.,  1000 ). The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for managing clock faces based on state information of a computer system, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to manage clock faces based on state information of a computer system faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     While the computer system is in a first state, the computer system displays ( 1102 ), via the display generation component, a first user interface (e.g.,  1020   a ) (e.g., a clock face, a watch user interface, a wake screen, a watch face, a lock screen) that includes an analog dial (e.g., a 12-hour dial, a 24-hour dial). Displaying the analog dial while the computer system is in the first state includes concurrently displaying a time indicator (e.g.,  1008  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 A ) ( 1104 ) (e.g., an hour hand or an hour hand and a minute hand) that indicates a current time (e.g., a current time of day; the time in the current time zone) on the analog dial and hour indicators (e.g.,  1006   a - 1006   l  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 A ) ( 1106 ) (e.g., a plurality of numerals corresponding to hours of the day) displayed around the analog dial, where the hour indicators include an indicator of a first hour displayed at a first size (e.g.,  1006   j  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 A ) (e.g., a width stroke, and/or font size that correspond to the first size) and an indicator of a second hour displayed at a second size (e.g.,  1006   i  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 A ) (e.g., a width stroke, and/or font size that correspond to the second size) different from the first size. In some embodiments, the time indicator is continuously or periodically updated with the passage of time to reflect the current time of day. In some embodiments, the time indicator is coordinated with and/or intended to reflect the coordinated universal time with an offset based on a currently selected time zone. In some embodiments, displaying the hour numerals along an outer edge of the user interface includes displaying the hour indicators along the edge of a touch-sensitive display. 
     After displaying the analog dial with the first hour indicator (e.g.,  1006   j  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 A ) displayed at the first size and the second hour indicator displayed at the second size (e.g.,  1006   i  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 A ), the computer system detects ( 1108 ) (e.g., determining) a request to display the analog dial while the computer system is in a second state that is different from the first state (e.g., in response to detecting a change in state of the computer system from the first state to the second state) (e.g., a change in the current time (e.g., a change in the hour of the current time, a change in the minute of the current time, a change in the second of the current time); a change in a state of the computer system due to a detected user input and the computer system displaying/providing a response to the user input and/or performing an operation due to the user input). 
     In response to detecting a change in state (e.g., from the first state to the second state) of the computer system (e.g.,  1000 ), the computer system displays ( 1110 ) the first user interface updated (e.g., as illustrated in  FIG.  10 B ) to reflect the second state, including displaying the analog dial. Displaying the analog dial while the computer system is in the second state includes concurrently displaying a time indicator (e.g.,  1008  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 B ) ( 1112 ) (e.g., an hour hand or an hour hand and a minute hand) that indicates the current time on the analog dial and hour indicators (e.g.,  1006   a - 1006   l  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 B ) ( 1114 ) (e.g., a plurality of numerals corresponding to hours of the day) displayed around the analog dial, where the hour indicators include the indicator of the first hour (e.g.,  1006   j  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 B ) displayed at a third size (e.g., a width stroke, and/or font size that correspond to the third size) that is different from the first size and the indicator of the second hour (e.g.,  1006   i  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 B ) displayed at a fourth size (e.g., a width stroke, and/or font size that correspond to the fourth size) different from the second size. In some embodiments, the third size is different from the second size and the fourth size. In some embodiments, the third size is the same as the second size or the fourth size. In some embodiments, the fourth size is the same as the first size. In some embodiments, the fourth size is different from the first size and the third size. Displaying a first user interface including an indicator of a first hour displayed at a first size and an indicator of a second hour displayed at a second size while the computer system is in a first state (e.g., as illustrated in  FIG.  10 A ), and displaying the first user interface including an indicator of the first hour displayed at a third size and the indicator of the second hour displayed at a fourth size (e.g., as illustrated in  FIG.  10 B ) while the computer system is in a second state provides the user with visual feedback about the current time based on the sizes at which the hour indicators are displayed and improves the visibility of the current hour for a small user interface (e.g., where the current hour is displayed at a larger size than an different hour). Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the first user interface, the computer system (e.g.,  1000 ) updates the indicator of the first hour (e.g.,  1006   j  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 A ) from being displayed at the first size (e.g., the width stroke, and/or font size that correspond to the first size) to being displayed at the third size (e.g., as illustrated in  FIG.  10 B )(e.g., the width stroke, and/or font size that correspond to the third size). In some embodiments, while displaying the first user interface, the computer system updates the indicator of the second hour (e.g.,  1006   i  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 A ) from being displayed at the second size (e.g., the width stroke, and/or font size that correspond to the second size) to being displayed at the fourth size (e.g., as illustrated in  FIG.  10 B )(e.g., the width stroke, and/or font size that correspond to the fourth size). In some embodiments, transitioning from displaying the indicator of the first hour at the first size to displaying the indicator of the first hour at the third size and transitioning from displaying the indicator of the second hour at the second size to displaying the indicator of the second hour at the fourth size occurs in response to a user input (e.g., a rotational user input) (e.g., as illustrated in  FIGS.  10 G- 10 H ). In some embodiments, transitioning from displaying the indicator of the first hour at the first size to displaying the indicator of the first hour at the third size and transitioning from displaying the indicator of the second hour at the second size to displaying the indicator of the second hour at the fourth size occurs in accordance with a determination that the computer system is in an active state (e.g., a higher power state) (e.g., as illustrated in  FIGS.  10 A- 10 B ). Updating the sizes at which the hour indicators are displayed while the hour indicators are displayed provides visual feedback that the time has changed (e.g., from a first hour to a second hour). Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the request to display the analog dial while the device is in the second state includes a user input (e.g., as illustrated in  FIGS.  10 A- 10 B ) (e.g., a touch input, a tap (e.g.,  1050   a ), a wrist raise gesture). Displaying the user input in response to a user input provides visual feedback that the user input was received, and that the computer system is awake and/or active for further user inputs. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the change in state of the computer system (e.g.,  1000 ) includes a change in the current time (e.g., as illustrated in  FIGS.  10 A- 10 B )(e.g., a change in the hour of the current time, a change in the minute of the current time, a change in the second of the current time). Conditionally changing the size of the hour indicators displayed on the first user interface based on a change in the current time provides the user with visual feedback that the current time has changed, without requiring the user to provide further inputs. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system detects a second user input (e.g., as illustrated in  FIG.  10 C ) (e.g.,  1050   a ) (e.g., a touch input on a touch-sensitive display, a tap, a wrist raise gesture). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the second user input, the computer system updates the indicator of the first hour (e.g.,  1006   f  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 D ) to be displayed at a fifth size different from the first size. In some embodiments, tapping on a particular hour indicator temporarily causes the hour indicator to be displayed at an increased size. In some embodiments, displaying the indicator of the first hour at the fifth size includes animating the indicator of the first hour to grow to the fifth size. In some embodiments, the change to the size of the indicator of the first hour is temporary. In some embodiments, displaying the indicator of the first hour at the fifth size corresponds to displaying an animation of the indicator of the first hour growing to the fifth size and then shrinking to the first size (e.g., as illustrated in  FIGS.  10 C- 10 F ). Updating the indicator of the first hour to be displayed at a fifth size different from the first size in response to detecting a second user input provides visual feedback that the user input was received. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system sequentially animates the hour indicators (e.g.,  1006   a - 1006   l  as illustrated in  FIGS.  10 G- 10 J ) displayed around the dial, wherein animating an hour indicator includes: displaying the hour indicator (e.g.,  1006   j ) at an initial size; updating the hour indicator to be displayed at an enlarged size different from the initial size; and after updating the hour indicator to be displayed at the enlarged size different from the initial size, reducing a size of the hour indicator (e.g., updating the hour indicator to be displayed at the initial size). In some embodiments, sequentially animating the hour indicators displayed around the dial includes animating hour indicators around the edge of the dial in numerical order. In some embodiments, sequentially animating the hour indicators displayed around the dial includes displaying overlapping the animations for at least two hour indicators (e.g., the animations are staggered), such that the one hour indicator is growing while another hour indicator is shrinking. In some embodiments, sequentially animating the hour indicators displayed around the dial concludes when each of the hour indicators displayed around the dial has been animated. Sequentially animating the hour indicators displayed around the dial, wherein animating an hour indicator includes displaying the hour indicator at an initial size, updating the hour indicator to be displayed at an enlarged size different from the initial size and, after updating the hour indicator to be displayed at the enlarged size different from the initial size, updating the hour indicator to be displayed at the initial size, provides visual feedback that the hour indicators are responsive, non-static graphical elements that are updates in response to changes in context and/or inputs. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the time indicator (e.g.,  1008  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 A ) includes a plurality of clock hands. In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g.,  1000 ) updates a position of the clock hands relative to the analog dial over time (e.g., as illustrated in  FIGS.  10 A- 10 B ) (e.g., automatically) to indicate the current time (e.g., the current time; the time of the current time zone). Displaying a plurality of clock hands, wherein the position of the clock hands is updated to indicate the current time provides visual feedback about the current time being indicated by the first user interface. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g.,  1000 ) displays the hour indicators at a plurality of different sizes. In some embodiments, the computer system display an hour indicator (e.g.,  1006   j  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 A ) that corresponds to the current time at the largest size of the plurality of different sizes. In some embodiments, the size at which the hour indicators are displayed gradually decreases around the analog dial (e.g., clockwise or counterclockwise, in numerical order or in reverse numerical order). In some embodiments, the hour indicator that corresponds to the hour after the current time (e.g.,  1006   k  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 A ) is displayed at the smallest size. In some embodiments, the hour indicator that corresponds to the hour before the current time is displayed at the second largest size (e.g.,  1006   i  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 A ). Displaying hour indicators at a plurality of different sizes, wherein the hour indicator that corresponds to the current time is displayed at the largest size, provides visual feedback about the relevance of the current hour indicator, which is displayed at the largest size, relative to the other hour indicators based on their relatively smaller sizes. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g.,  1000 ) is in communication with a rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  1004 ) (e.g., a rotatable input device; a rotatable input device). In some embodiments, the computer system detects, via the rotatable input mechanism, a rotational input (e.g.,  1060   a ) (e.g., a rotation of the rotatable and depressible input mechanism about an axis of rotation) (e.g., clockwise rotational input, counter-clockwise rotational input) (in some embodiments, a non-rotational input (e.g., a tap gesture, a swipe gesture, and/or a mouse click)). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the rotational input, the computer system temporarily increases a size at which at least one hour indicator (e.g.,  1006   a  as illustrated in  FIGS.  10 G- 10 H ) is displayed. In some embodiments, increasing a size at which an hour indicator is displayed corresponds to animating the hour indicator to grow to a larger size. In some embodiments, the change to the size of the hour indicator is temporary. In some embodiments, displaying hour indicator at the increased size includes displaying an animation of the hour indicator at the enlarged size and then shrinking it to be displayed at its previous size. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the rotational input, the computer system temporarily decreases a size at which at least one hour indicator is displayed (e.g.,  1006   e  as illustrated in  FIGS.  10 G- 10 H ). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the rotational input, the computer system temporarily decreases a size at which a plurality of hour indicators are displayed. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the rotational input, the computer system temporarily increases a size at which a plurality of hour indicators are displayed. Temporarily increasing a size at which the hour indicators are displayed in response to detecting a rotational input provides visual feedback that the rotational input was received. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting the rotational input (e.g.,  1060   a ), the computer system (e.g.,  1000 ) temporarily increases a size at which a plurality of hour indicators (e.g.,  1006   a - 1006   l , as illustrated in  FIGS.  10 G- 10 J ) are displayed. In some embodiments, temporarily increasing the size at which the plurality of hour indicators are displayed includes sequentially animating the hour indicators displayed around the dial. In some embodiments, animating an hour indicator includes, for a plurality of different hour indicators: displaying the hour indicator (e.g.,  1006   a  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 G ) at a respective initial size; updating the hour indicator to be displayed at a respective enlarged size different from the respective initial size (e.g.,  1006   a  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 H ); and after updating the hour indicator to be displayed at the respective enlarged size different from the respective initial size, updating the hour indicator to be displayed at the respective initial size (e.g.,  1006   a  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 G ). In some embodiments, temporarily increasing the size at which the plurality of hour indicators are displayed includes animating the hour indicators displayed around the analog dial once per hour indicator (e.g., as illustrated in  FIGS.  10 G- 10 J ) (e.g., clockwise or counterclockwise, in numerical order or in reverse numerical order) (e.g., beginning with the hour indicator that corresponds to the current time). In some embodiments, if the current time is 12:00 P.M., temporarily increasing the size at which the plurality of hour indicators are displayed includes: i) displaying a 1 numeral at an initial size (e.g.,  1006   a  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 G ), then displaying the 1 numeral at an enlarged size (e.g.,  1006   a  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 H ), then displaying the 1 numeral at the initial size (e.g.,  1006   a  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 G ), and ii) displaying a 2 numeral at an initial size (e.g.,  1006   b  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 G ), then displaying a 2 numeral at an enlarged size (e.g.,  1006   b  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 I ), then displaying the 2 numeral at the initial size (e.g.,  1006   b  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 G ), and iii) displaying a 3 numeral at an initial size (e.g.,  1006   c  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 G ), then displaying a 3 numeral at an enlarged size (e.g.,  1006   c  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 J ), then displaying the 3 numeral at the initial size (e.g.,  1006   c  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 G ), etc., continuing around the dial (e.g., in numerical order) until xii) the 12 numeral is returned to (e.g., displayed at) its initial size (e.g.,  1006   l  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 G ). In some embodiments, while a present hour numeral is displayed as shrinking (e.g., from an enlarged size back to an initial size), the next numeral (e.g., the numeral that succeeds the present numeral) is concurrently displayed as growing (e.g., from an initial size to an enlarged size). Sequentially increasing the size at which the hour indicators are displayed by sequentially animating the hour indicators around the dial in response to detecting a rotational input provides visual feedback that the rotational input was received. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, as a part of temporarily increasing the size at which the hour indicators are displayed, the computer system (e.g.,  1000 ) sequentially increases the size at which the hour indicators are displayed, starting with an initial hour indicator (e.g.,  1006   a  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 G ) of the hour indicators and sequentially increasing sizes of hour indicators in a respective order around the analog dial. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the rotational input is in a first direction (e.g., clockwise), the respective order is clockwise order around the analog dial (e.g., clockwise). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the rotational input is in a second direction (e.g., counterclockwise) different from the first direction, the respective order is counterclockwise order around the analog dial (e.g., counterclockwise). In some embodiments, the initial hour indicator is an hour indicator that corresponds to the current time (e.g., as indicated by time indicator  1008  in  FIG.  10 G ) (e.g., the current hour). Temporarily increasing the size at which the hour indicators are displayed by traversing around the analog dial in particular direction in accordance with a determination that the rotational input was in a given direction provides visual feedback that the rotational input was received, and that the rotational input was in a particular direction. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while the computer system is in a higher power state (e.g., an active state, an on state, a normal (e.g., non-low power) mode), the computer system (e.g.,  1000 ) displays the hour indicators (e.g.,  1006   a - 1006   l , as illustrated in  FIG.  10 A ) with different width strokes. In some embodiments, each hour indicator is displayed with a different width stroke. In some embodiments, the hour indicator that corresponds to the current hour is displayed the thickest width stroke, and the hour indicator that corresponds to the upcoming hour (e.g., the next hour) is displayed with the thinnest width stroke. Displaying the hour indicators with different width strokes provides visual feedback about the relative significance of the different hour indicators. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the time indicator (e.g.,  1008  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 A ) includes a plurality of clock hands. In some embodiments, the clock hands are displayed with a first width stroke. In some embodiments, the hour indicator that corresponds to the current time is displayed with the first width stroke. Displaying the clock hands with the same width stroke as the hour indicator that corresponds to the current time provides visual feedback that the current time indicated by the plurality of clock hands corresponds to the hour indicator that corresponds to the current time. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g.,  1000 ) is transitioned to a low power state (e.g., as illustrated in  FIGS.  10 K- 10 L ) (e.g., an off state, a sleeping state, a low power mode, a battery saver mode, an eco-mode). In some embodiments, while the computer system is in the low power state, the computer system displays the hour indicators (e.g.,  1006   a - 1006   l  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 K ) with a reduced width stroke. In some embodiments, the reduced width stroke is the same width as the thinnest width stroke within the range of width strokes. Displaying the hour indicators with a reduced width stroke while the computer system is in a low power state provides visual feedback that the computer system is in the low power state. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g.,  1000 ) transitions to a low power state (e.g., an off state, a sleeping state, a low power mode, a battery saver mode, an eco-mode). In some embodiments, while the computer system is in the low power state (e.g., as illustrated in  FIGS.  10 K- 10 L ), the computer system displays all of the hour indicators with the same width stroke. In some embodiments, while the computer system is in the low power state, all of the hour indicators (e.g.,  1006   a - 1006   l  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 L ) are displayed with the width stroke that the upcoming hour (e.g., the next hour) is displayed with while the computer system is in a higher power state (e.g., the thinnest width stroke). Displaying the hour indicators with the same width stroke while the computer system is in the low power state provides visual feedback that the computer system is in the low power state, enabling a user to quickly and efficiently distinguish at a glance whether the computer system is in the low power state or a higher power state. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the time indicator (e.g.,  1008  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 A ) includes a plurality of clock hands. In some embodiments, while the computer system (e.g.,  1000 ) is in a higher power state (e.g., an active state, an on state, a normal (e.g., non-low power) mode), the computer system displays the clock hands with a second width stroke (e.g.,  1008  as illustrated in  FIG.  8 A ). In some embodiments, the computer system transitions to a low power state (e.g., an off state, a sleeping state, a low power mode, a battery saver mode, an eco-mode). In some embodiments, while the computer system is in the low power state, the computer system displays the clock hands with a third width stroke (e.g.,  1008  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 K ). In some embodiments, the clock hands are displayed as outlines (e.g.,  1008  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 L ). In some embodiments, the third width stroke is thinner than the second width stroke. Displaying the clock hands as outlines while the computer system is in the low power state provides visual feedback that the computer system is in the low power state, enabling a user to quickly and efficiently distinguish at a glance whether the computer system is in the low power state or a higher power state. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, as a part of displaying the hour indicators around the analog dial the computer system displays the hour indicators as outlines with the third width stroke (e.g.,  1006   a - 1006   l  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 L ). In some embodiments, the outlines that correspond to the clock hands have the same thickness as the outlines that correspond to the hour indicators. Displaying the clock hands and the hour indicators as outlines while the computer system is in the low power state enabling a user to quickly and efficiently distinguish at a glance whether the computer system is in the low power state or a higher power state. Further, displaying the hour indicators and the clock hands as outlines provides visual feedback that that the clock hands and the hour indicators, which are both displayed as outlines, collectively indicate the time. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g.,  1000 ) is in communication with one or more input devices (e.g., a display controller, a touch-sensitive display system). In some embodiments, the user interface includes at least a first complication (e.g.,  1012   a  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 A ). In some embodiments, a complication refers to any clock face feature other than those used to indicate the hours and minutes of a time (e.g., clock hands or hour/minute indications). In some embodiments, complications provide data obtained from an application. In some embodiments, a complication includes an affordance that when selected launches a corresponding application. In some embodiments, a complication is displayed at a fixed, predefined location on the display. In some embodiments, complications occupy respective locations at particular regions of a watch face (e.g., lower-right, lower-left, upper-right, and/or upper-left). In some embodiments, the computer system displays the first complication and the hour indicators in a first color. In some embodiments, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, an editing user interface (e.g.,  1026   b  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 O ) for editing the user interface. In some embodiments, while displaying the editing user interface, the computer system receives, via the one or more input devices, a first sequence of one or more user inputs (e.g., touch inputs, rotational inputs, press inputs). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the first sequence of one or more user inputs, the computer system changes a color for the user interface. In some embodiments, after changing the color for the user interface, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, the first complication and the hour indicators in a second color different from the first color. In some embodiments, the editing user interface includes options for editing the first complication. In some embodiments, the editing user interface induces options for replacing the first complication with a second complication different from the first complication. In some embodiments, replacing the first complication (e.g.,  1012   a  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 A ) with the second complication (e.g.,  1012  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 W ) includes displaying the second complication at the location at which the first complication was previously displayed. In some embodiments, the editing user interface includes options for displaying the hour indicators in different styles. In some embodiments, the editing user interface includes options for displaying the hour indicators with different font features (e.g., rounded end caps, flat end caps). Editing the color in which a complication and the hour numerals are displayed in response to receiving a first sequence of one or more user inputs while displaying an editing user interface reduces the number of inputs required to edit the color in which the complication and the hour numerals are displayed. Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform an operation enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g.,  1000 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  1002 ), an editing user interface (e.g.,  1014   a ) for editing the user interface. In some embodiments, while displaying the editing user interface (e.g.,  1026   c   1  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 Q ), the computer system receives, via the one or more input devices, a second sequence of one or more user inputs (e.g.,  1060   c  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 Q ) (e.g., touch inputs, rotational inputs, press inputs). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the second sequence of one or more inputs and in accordance with a determination that the second sequence of one or more user inputs corresponds to a request to display a background with a color fill, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, the user interface (e.g.,  1026   c   2  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 R ) with a background portion of the user interface filled with a color. In some embodiments, in response to receiving the second sequence of one or more inputs and in accordance with a determination that the second sequence of one or more user inputs corresponds to a request to display the background without a color fill, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, the user interface without the background portion of the user interface filled with the color. In some embodiments, displaying the user interface without the background portion of the user interface filled with the color includes displaying the background as a default background color (e.g., black). Editing the color fill selection in accordance with a determination about whether a second sequence of one or more user inputs corresponded to a request to display the background with a color fill reduces the number of inputs needed to edit the color fill selection. Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform an operation enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the second sequence of one or more user inputs corresponds to a request to display the background with a color fill, the computer system (e.g.,  1000 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  1002 ), the user interface (e.g.,  1080  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 W ) with the hour indicators (e.g.,  1006   a - 1006   l  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 W ) displayed at a first distance from an outer edge of a display region of the display generation component. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the second sequence of one or more user inputs corresponds to a request to display the background without a color fill (e.g.,  1020  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 A ), the computer system displays, via the display generation component, the user interface with the hour indicators (e.g.,  1006   a - 1006   l  as illustrated in  FIG.  10 A ) displayed at a second distance from an outer edge of a display region of the display generation component. In some embodiments, the second distance is different from the first distance. In some embodiments, the first distance is greater than the second distance. Conditionally displaying, based on whether a sequence of one or more user inputs corresponds to a request to display the background with a color fill, a user interface a different distance from an edge of the display provides the user with an improved visual display experience by allowing the color fill color to be displayed at an edge of the display, whereas the hour numerals are displayed in the same location (at the edge of the display) when color fill is not selected, without requiring the user to provide further inputs corresponding to what distance the user interface should be displayed from the edge of the display. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to method  1100  (e.g.,  FIG.  11   ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described herein. For example, method  900  optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described herein with reference to method  700 , method  900 , and method  1300 . For example, method  1100  optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to method  700 . For example, a device can use as a watch user interface either a user interface including hour numerals that are displayed with different width strokes with reference to  FIGS.  10 A- 10 W  or a watch user interface as described with reference to  FIGS.  6 A- 6 U  that is based on a media item that includes depth data. As another example, a watch user interface as described with reference to  FIGS.  10 A- 10 W  can include a plurality of city names that are oriented based on the current location of the computer system, as described above with reference to  FIGS.  8 A- 8 M . For another example, method  1100  optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described below with reference to method  1300 . For example, the watch user interfaces of  FIGS.  10 A- 10 W  can be created or edited via the process for updating and selecting watch user interfaces as described with reference to  FIGS.  12 A- 12 W . For another example, method  1100  optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described below with reference to method  1500 . For example, the watch user interfaces described with reference to  FIGS.  10 A- 10 W  could be configured and/or edited via computer system  1400  before being added to computer system  1000 . For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
       FIGS.  12 A- 12 W  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for selecting and displaying user interfaces. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the process in  FIG.  13   . 
       FIG.  12 A  illustrates computer system  1200  displaying, via display  1202 , watch user interface  1206 . Computer system  1200  includes rotatable and depressible input mechanism  1204 . In some embodiments, computer system  1200  optionally includes one or more features of device  100 , device  300 , or device  500 . In some embodiments, computer system  1200  is a tablet, phone, laptop, desktop, camera, etc. In some embodiments, the inputs described below can optionally be substituted for alternate inputs, such as a press input and/or a rotational input received via rotatable and depressible input mechanism  1204 . 
     In some embodiments, computer system  1200  has access to a plurality of watch user interfaces that can be selected and/or displayed by computer system  1200  via display  1202 . In  FIG.  12 A , computer system  1200  displays watch user interface  1206 . Watch user interface  1206  includes graphical element  1206   a , which indicates information about activity levels, and time indication  1208 , which includes a set of clock hands that indicate a current time (e.g., a current hour and minute). 
     At  FIG.  12 A , computer system  1200  detects input  1250   a  (e.g., a long press) on watch user interface  1206 . At  FIG.  12 B , in response to detecting input  1250   a , computer system  1200  displays selection user interface  1210   a . Selection user interface  1210   a  is a user interface for selecting a watch user interface to be displayed by computer system  1200 . Selection user interface  1210   a  includes representation  1214   a , which is a representation of watch user interface  1206  and includes various features of watch user interface  1206 . In some embodiments, representation  1214   a  is a static representation of watch user interface  1206 , and includes an indication of a time other than the current time, and/or complications containing information other than real-time, updated data. 
     Selection user interface  1210   a  further includes a partial view of representation  1214   a , which corresponds to a watch user interface other than watch user interface  1206 , and a partial view of representation  1214   c , which corresponds to a watch user interface for generating and/or obtaining new watch user interfaces for display via computer system  1200 . 
     Selection user interface  1210   a  further includes selection focus indicator  1212 . Selection focus indicator includes a graphical indicator of an element displayed within a current user interface that is currently focused for selection. In some embodiments, a press gesture received via rotatable and depressible input mechanism  1204  results in the selection of the element of a currently displayed user interface that has selection focus. In some embodiments, selection focus indicator  1212  provides a visual indication of which element of the currently displayed user interface has selection focus to provide improved visual feedback about which element of a currently displayed user interface will be selected in response to a press input received via rotatable and depressible input mechanism  1204  at a given point in time. 
     Selection user interface  1210   a  further includes share user-interactive graphical user interface object  1216  which, when selected, causes computer system  1200  to display user interfaces related to transmitting and/or sharing information related to watch user interface  1206  with another device (e.g., another computer system). Selection user interface  1210   a  further includes edit user-interactive graphical user interface object  1218  which, when selected, causes computer system  1200  to display an editing user interface for editing aspects of watch user interface  1206 . Selection user interface  1210   a  further includes face indicator  1220   a , which includes a visual and/or textual indication of the name of the watch user interface currently centered in selection user interface  1210   a . At  FIG.  12 B , face indicator  1220   a  indicates that currently indicated watch user interface  1206 , which is represented in selection user interface  1210   a  by representation  1214   b , is titled “Activity Analog.” 
     At  FIG.  12 B , computer system  1200  detects swipe input  1250   b   1  on watch user interface  1210   a  in a first direction, and swipe input  1250   b   2  on watch user interface  1210   a  in a second direction different from the first direction. At  FIG.  12 B , computer system  1200  further detects rotational input  1260   a   1  via rotatable input mechanism  1204  in a first direction (e.g., clockwise around an axis of rotation) and, rotational input  1260   a   2  via rotatable input mechanism  1204  in a second direction different from the first direction (e.g., counterclockwise around the axis of rotation). 
     At  FIG.  12 C , in response to receiving rotational input  1260   a   2  or in response to receiving swipe input  1250   b   2 , computer system  1200  displays selection user interface  1210   b . Selection user interface  1210   b  includes representation  1214   a , which is a representation of watch user interface  1226  and includes various features of watch user interface  1226 . In some embodiments, representation  1214   a  is a static representation of watch user interface  1226 , and includes an indication of a time other than the current time, and/or complications containing information other than real-time data. For example, representation  1214   a  includes complication  1224   a  and complication  1224   b  but, in some embodiments, the data displayed by complication  1224   a  and complication  1224  in representation  1210  is not current and/or accurate. Selection user interface  1210   b  further includes a partial view of representation  1214   d , which corresponds to a watch user interface other than watch user interface  1226 , and a partial view of representation  1214   b , which corresponds to watch user interface  1206 . 
     Selection user interface  1210   b  further includes share user-interactive graphical user interface object  1216  which, when selected, causes computer system  1200  to display user interfaces related to transmitting and/or sharing information related to watch user interface  1226  with another device (e.g., another computer system). Selection user interface  1210   b  further includes edit user-interactive graphical user interface object  1218  which, when selected, causes computer system  1200  to display an editing user interface for editing aspects of watch user interface  1226 . Selection user interface  1210   b  further includes face indicator  1220   b , which includes a visual and/or textual indication of the name of the watch user interface currently centered in selection user interface  1210   b . At  FIG.  12 C , face indicator  1220   b  indicates that currently indicated watch user interface  1226 , which is represented in selection user interface  1210   b  by representation  1214   a , is titled “Infograph Modular.” 
     At  FIG.  12 C , computer system  1200  detects tap input  1250   c  on representation  1214   a . At  FIG.  12 C , computer system  1200  further detects press input  1270   a  on rotatable and depressible input mechanism  1204 . 
     At  FIG.  12 D , in response to receiving tap input  1250   c  or in response to receiving press input  1270   a , computer system  1200  displays watch user interface  1226 . Watch user interface  1226  includes current time  1222 , which indicates the current time (e.g., a current hour and/or minute). Watch user interface  1226  further includes a number of complications, including complication  1224   a  and complication  1224   b . In some embodiments, complication  1224   a  and complication  1224   b  include information from applications available on (e.g., installed on) computer system  1200 . In some embodiments, complication  1224   a  and complication  1224   b  are updated in accordance with the passage of time to display updated information. In some embodiments, selecting complication  1224   a  (e.g., via a tap) causes computer system  1200  to launch an application corresponding to complication  1224   a . In some embodiments, selecting complication  1224   b  (e.g., via a tap) causes computer system  1200  to launch an application corresponding to complication  1224   b.    
     At  FIG.  12 E , in response to receiving rotational input  1260   a   1  or in response to receiving swipe input  1250   b   1 , computer system  1200  displays selection user interface  1210   c . Selection user interface  1210   c  is a watch user interface for generating and/or obtaining new watch user interfaces for display via computer system  1200 . Selection user interface  1210   c  includes face indicator  1220   c , which includes a visual and/or textual indication that selection user interface  1210   c  is titled “Add Face.” Selection user interface  1210   c  further includes add user-interactive graphical user interface object  1228  which, when selected, causes computer system  1200  to display a user interface for generating and/or obtaining new watch user interface(s) for display via computer system  1200 . Add user-interactive graphical user interface object  1228  includes a plus (“+”) sign that corresponds to adding a watch user interface onto computer system  1200 . 
     At  FIG.  12 E , computer system  1200  detects tap input  1250   d  on add user-interactive graphical user interface object  1228 . At  FIG.  12 E , computer system  1200  further detects press input  1270   b  on rotatable and depressible input mechanism  1204 . 
     At  FIG.  12 F , in response to receiving tap input  1250   d  or in response to receiving press input  1270   b , computer system  1200  displays generation user interface  1232   a . Generation user interface  1232   a  includes options for adding various watch user interfaces for display via computer system  1200 . Available watch user interfaces are sorted into platters, which are displayed in generation user interface  1232   a . Generation user interface  1232   a  includes platter  1230   a   1 , which includes name  1234   a   1  indicating that platter  1230   a   1  is titled “New Faces,” and image  1236   a   1 , which includes graphical representations of watch user interfaces corresponding to platter  1230   a   1 . 
     Generation user interface  1232   a  further includes platter  1230   a   2 , which includes name  1234   a   2  indicating that platter  1230   a   2  is titled “California,” and image  1236   a   2 , which includes a graphical representation of a watch user interface corresponding to platter  1230   a   2 . Platter  1230   a   2  further includes description  1238   a   1 , which includes a textual description of a watch user interface corresponding to platter  1230   a   2 , and add user-interactive graphical user interface object  1240   a   1  which, when selected, causes computer system  1200  to add the watch user interface corresponding to platter  1230   a   2  (e.g., download the watch user interface from a remote server) to be displayed via computer system  1200 . In  FIG.  12 F , platter  1230   a   1  is displayed with a first background color and platter  1230   a   2  is displayed with a background color. In some embodiments, the background color of a platter indicates whether the platter corresponds to a single available watch user interface or a collection of available watch user interfaces (e.g., a plurality of watch user interfaces). For example, in  FIG.  12 F , platter  1230   a   1  is displayed with a background color indicating that it corresponds to a collection of available watch user interfaces, and platter  1230   a   2  is displayed with a background color indicating that it corresponds to a single available watch user interface. 
     Generation user interface  1232   a  further includes platter  1230   a   3 , which includes name  1234   a   3  indicating that platter  1230   a   3  is titled “Activity Analog,” and image  1236   a   3 , which includes a graphical representation of a watch user interface corresponding to platter  1230   a   3 . Platter  1230   a   3  further includes description  1238   a   2 , which includes a textual description of a watch user interface corresponding to platter  1230   a   3 . Generation user interface  1232   a  further includes add user-interactive graphical user interface object  1240   a   2  which, when selected, causes computer system  1200  to add the watch user interface corresponding to platter  1230   a   3  (e.g., download the watch user interface from a remote server) to be displayed via computer system  1200 . 
     Generation user interface  1232   a  further includes cancel user-interactive graphical user interface object  1232   a  which, when selected, causes computer system to display selection user interface  1210   c . Generation user interface  1232   a  further includes search bar  1234  which, when selected, causes computer system  1200  to display a user interface including options for searching among a number of available watch user interfaces (e.g., by inputting letters corresponding to a name or title of a watch user interface using voice and/or touch inputs). 
     At  FIG.  12 F , computer system  1200  detects tap input  1250   e  on platter  1230   a   1 . At  FIG.  12 F , computer system  1200  further detects press input  1270   c  on rotatable and depressible input mechanism  1204  while platter  1230   a   1  has selection focus. In some embodiments, generation user interface  1232   a  includes selection focus indicator  1212  displayed around platter  1230   a   1  to indicate that platter  1230   a   1  currently has selection focus. 
     At  FIG.  12 G , in response to receiving tap input  1250   e  or in response to receiving press input  1270   c , computer system  1200  displays generation user interface  1232   b . Generation user interface  1232   b  includes options for adding various watch user interfaces for display via computer system  1200 . Available watch user interfaces are sorted into platters, which are displayed within generation user interface  1232   b . Generation user interface  1232   b  includes platter  1230   b   1 , which includes name  1234   b   1  indicating that platter  1230   b   1  is titled “Explorer,” and image  1236   b   1 , which includes a graphical representation of a watch user interface corresponding to platter  1230   b   1 . Platter  1230   b   1  further includes description  1238   b   1 , which includes a textual description of a watch user interface corresponding to platter  1230   b   1 , and add user-interactive graphical user interface object  1240   b   1  which, when selected, causes computer system  1200  to add the watch user interface corresponding to platter  1230   b   1  (e.g., download the watch user interface from a remote server) to be displayed via computer system  1200 . 
     Generation user interface  1232   b  further includes platter  1230   b   2 , which includes name  1234   b   2  indicating that platter  1230   b   2  is titled “Artist Face,” and image  1236   b   2 , which includes a graphical representation of a watch user interface corresponding to platter  1230   b   2 . Platter  1230   b   2  further includes description  1238   b   2 , which includes a textual description of a watch user interface corresponding to platter  1230   b   2 , and add user-interactive graphical user interface object  1240   b   2  which, when selected, causes computer system  1200  to add the watch user interface corresponding to platter  1230   b   2  (e.g., download the watch user interface from a remote server) to be displayed via computer system  1200 . 
     Generation user interface  1232   b  further includes platter  1230   b   3 , which includes name  1234   b   3  indicating that platter  1230   b   3  is titled “Activity Analog,” and image  1236   b   3 , which includes a graphical representation of a watch user interface corresponding to platter  1230   b   3 . Platter  1230   b   3  further includes description  1238   b   3 , which includes a textual description of a watch user interface corresponding to platter  1230   b   3 , and add user-interactive graphical user interface object  1240   b   3  which, when selected, causes computer system  1200  to add the watch user interface corresponding to platter  1230   b   3  (e.g., download the watch user interface from a remote server) to be displayed via computer system  1200 . Generation user interface  1232   b  further includes back user-interactive graphical user interface  1237   a  which, when selected, causes computer system  1200  to display generation user interface  1232   a . In some embodiments, generation user interface  1232   b  includes selection focus indicator  1212  displayed around platter  1230   b   1  to indicate that platter  1230   b   1  currently has selection focus. 
     At  FIG.  12 G , computer system  1200  detects tap input  1250   f  on platter  1230   b   1 . At  FIG.  12 G , computer system  1200  further detects press input  1270   d  on rotatable and depressible input mechanism  1204  while platter  1230   b   1  has selection focus. 
     At  FIG.  12 H , in response to receiving tap input  1250   f  or in response to receiving press input  1270   d , computer system  1200  displays generation user interface  1232   c . Generation user interface  1232   c  includes information related to adding the “Explorer” watch face to computer system  1200 . Generation user interface  1232   c  includes back user-interactive graphical user interface  1237   b  which, when selected, causes computer system  1200  to display generation user interface  1232   b . Generation user interface  1232   c  further includes image  1236   b   1 , which includes a graphical representation of a watch user interface that can be added to computer system  1200 . Generation user interface further includes add face user-interactive graphical user interface object  1242   a  which, when selected, causes computer system  1200  to add the “Explorer” watch user interface corresponding to image  1236   b   1  (e.g., download the watch user interface from a remote server) to be displayed via computer system  1200 . Generation user interface  1232   c  further includes description  1238   b   1 , which includes a textual description of the “Explorer” watch user interface currently selected for addition to computer system  1200 . Generation user interface  1232  further includes more user-interactive graphical user interface object  1244  which, when selected, causes computer system  1200  to display additional textual description of the “Explorer” watch user interface currently selected for addition to computer system  1200 . At  FIG.  12 H , computer system  1200  detects tap input  1250   g  on more user-interactive graphical user interface object  1244 . 
     At  FIG.  12 I , in response to receiving tap input  1250   g , computer system  1200  maintains display of generation user interface  1232   c  and displays description  1238   c , which includes additional textual description of the “Explorer” watch user interface currently selected for addition to computer system  1200 . 
     At  FIG.  12 I , computer system  1200  detects tap input  1250   h  on add face user-interactive graphical user interface object  1242   a . At  FIG.  12 I , computer system  1200  further detects press input press input  1270   e  on rotatable and depressible input mechanism  1204 . 
     At  FIG.  12 J , in response to receiving tap input  1250   h  or in response to receiving press input  1270   e , computer system  1200  displays selection user interface  1210   d . At selection user interface  1210   d , the “Explorer” watch face has been added to computer system  1200 , and is represented by representation  1214   e . Representation  1214   e  is displayed at significantly the center of selection user interface  1210   d , and is displayed with selection indicator  1212  around it to indicate that representation  1214   e  currently has selection focus. Representation  1214   e  is displayed between a partial view of representation  1214   b  (on the left) and a partial view of representation  1214   c  (on the right). 
     Selection user interface  1210   d  further includes share user-interactive graphical user interface object  1216  which, when selected, causes computer system  1200  to display user interfaces related to transmitting and/or sharing information related to watch user interface  1246   a  with another device (e.g., another computer system). Selection user interface  1210   d  further includes edit user-interactive graphical user interface object  1218  which, when selected, causes computer system  1200  to display an editing user interface for editing aspects of watch user interface  1246   a . Selection user interface  1210   d  further includes face indicator  1220   d , which includes a visual and/or textual indication of the name of the watch user interface currently centered in selection user interface  1210   d . At  FIG.  12 J , face indicator  1220   d  indicates that currently indicated watch user interface  1246   a , which is represented in selection user interface  1210   b  by representation  1214   e , is titled “Explorer.” 
     At  FIG.  12 J , computer system  1200  detects tap input  1250   i  on representation  1214   e . At  FIG.  12 J , computer system  1200  further detects press input press input  1270   f  on rotatable and depressible input mechanism  1204 . 
     At  FIG.  12 K , in response to receiving tap input  1250   i  or in response to receiving press input  1270   f , computer system  1200  displays watch user interface  1246   a . Watch user interface  1246   a  includes dial  1246   a   1 , which includes a circle of dots representing hours of a day, time indication  1246   a   2 , which includes analog hour hands representing the current time (e.g., hour, minute, and/or second), complication  1246   a   3 , which includes a complication representing an application available on computer system  1200 , and displays information from the corresponding application, and complication  1246   a   4 , which includes a complication representing an application available on computer system  1200 , and displays information from the corresponding application. At  FIG.  12 K , computer system  1200  detects input  1250   j  (e.g., a long press) on watch user interface  1246   a.    
     At  FIG.  12 L , in response to detecting input  1250   j , computer system  1200  displays selection user interface  1210   e . Selection user interface  1210   e  significantly matches selection user interface  1210   d . At  FIG.  12 L , computer system  1200  receives tap input  1250   k   1  on share user-interactive graphical user interface object  1216  and detects tap input  1250   k   2  on edit user-interactive graphical user interface object  1218 . 
     At  FIG.  12 M , in response to detecting tap input  1250   k   1 , computer system  1200  displays sharing user interface  1248   a . Sharing user interface  1248   a  includes indication  1252 , which includes a textual indication that sharing user interface  1248   a  is for generating a new message, add contact user-interactive graphical user interface object  1254   a  which, when selected, causes computer system  1200  to display a user interface for adding a recipient to receive a message. Sharing user interface  1248   a  further includes watch face user-interactive graphical user interface object  1254   b  which, when selected, causes computer system to display a user interface containing information about the watch user interface currently selected for sharing. Sharing user interface  1248   a  further includes create message user-interactive graphical user interface object  1254   c  which, when selected, causes computer system  1200  to display a user interface for creating (e.g., drafting, typing) a message to transmit. Sharing user interface  1248   a  further includes send user-interactive graphical user interface object  1254   d  which, when selected, causes computer system  1200  to transmit (e.g., send) information related to watch user interface  1246   a  to a selected recipient (or selected recipients). At  FIG.  12 M , computer system  1200  detects tap input  1250   l  on add contact user-interactive graphical user interface object  1254   a.    
     At  FIG.  12 N , in response to receiving tap input  1250   l , computer system  1200  displays sharing user interface  1248   b . Sharing user interface  1248   b  includes cancel user-interactive graphical user interface object  1258  which, when selected, causes computer system  1200  to display selection user interface  1210   e . In some embodiments, selecting cancel user-interactive graphical user interface object  1258  causes computer system  1200  to display sharing user interface  1248   a . Sharing user interface  1248   b  further includes voice user-interactive graphical user interface object  1256   a  which, when selected, causes computer system  1200  to display options for adding a recipient using a voice method (e.g., using a microphone). Sharing user interface  1248   b  further includes add contact user-interactive graphical user interface object  1258   b  which, when selected, causes computer system  1200  to display options for adding an additional recipient via list of contacts accessible via computer system  1200 . Sharing user interface  1248   b  further includes dial contact user-interactive graphical user interface object  1258   c  which, when selected, causes computer system  1200  to display options for adding a recipient using touch inputs (e.g., by typing in a phone number of a recipient on a numerical touch keypad). Sharing user interface  1248   b  further includes options related to suggested contacts that can be added via contact user-interactive graphical user interface object  1262   a , contact user-interactive graphical user interface object  1262   b , or contact user-interactive graphical user interface object  1262   c . Each of contact user-interactive graphical user interface objects  1262   a ,  1262   b , and  1262   c  includes an image and/or textual representation of a potential recipient for the message (e.g., a name and/or image corresponding to a potential recipient). In response to a selection of a contact user-interactive graphical user interface object (e.g.,  1262   a ,  1262   b , or  1262   c ), computer system  1200  selects a recipient corresponding to the selected contact user-interactive graphical user interface object to transmit the message to. At  FIG.  12 N , computer system  1200  receives tap input  1250   m  on contact user-interactive graphical user interface object  1262   c.    
     At  FIG.  12 O , in response to receiving tap input  1250   m , computer system  1200  displays sharing user interface  1248   c , which is significantly the same as sharing user interface  1248   a  except that add user-interactive graphical user interface object  1254   a  has been replaced with recipient  1264   a , corresponding to the selection of “Ann Smith” as a recipient of the message. 
     At  FIG.  12 P , in response to detecting tap input  1250   k   2 , computer system  1200  displays editing user interface  1266   a . Editing user interface  1266   a  includes aspect indicator  1268   a , which includes a visual and/or textual representation of the aspect of watch user interface  1246   a  currently selected for editing. At  FIG.  12 P , aspect indicator  1268   a  indicates that the aspect of watch user interface  1246   a  that is currently selected for editing is “Style.” Editing user interface  1266   a  further includes a partial view of aspect indicator  1268   b , which corresponds to a different editable aspect of watch user interface  1246   a  (e.g., “Stripes”). 
     Editing user interface  1266   a  further includes selection indicator  1274   a , which includes a visual and/or textual representation of the currently selected option for the editable aspect of watch user interface  1246   a . At  FIG.  12 P , selection indicator  1274   a  indicates that the currently selected “Style” option for watch user interface  1246   a  is “Fullscreen.” 
     Editing user interface  1266   a  further includes positional indicator  1272   a . Positional indicator  1272   a  includes a graphical indication of the number of selectable options for the editable aspect of watch user interface  1246   a  that is currently being edited, as well as the position of the currently selected option among the list of selectable options. For example, positional indicator  1272   a  indicates that the currently selected option for the “Style” aspect of watch user interface  1246   a , “Fullscreen,” is toward the top of a list of at least two possible options for the “Style” aspect of watch user interface  1246   a.    
     Editing user interface  1266   a  further includes representation  1214   e , which indicates that the watch user interface currently being edited is the watch user interface corresponding to representation  1214   e , which is watch user interface  1246   a . At  FIG.  12 P , computer system  1200  detects swipe input  1250   n.    
     At  FIG.  12 Q , in response to a sequence of one or more user inputs including swipe input  1250   n  (e.g., two or more swipe inputs including swipe input  1250   n ), computer system  1200  displays editing user interface  1266   b . Editing user interface  1266   b  includes aspect indicator  1268   c , which includes a visual and/or textual representation of the aspect of watch user interface  1246   a  currently selected for editing. At  FIG.  12 Q , aspect indicator  1268   c  indicates that the aspect of watch user interface  1246   a  that is currently selected for editing is “Complications.” 
     Editing user interface  1266   b  further includes representation  1214   e , which indicates that the watch user interface currently being edited is the watch user interface corresponding to representation  1214   e , which is watch user interface  1246   a . At  FIG.  12 Q , computer system  1200  detects tap input  1250   o  on a portion of representation  1214   e  that corresponds to complication  1246   a   3  of watch user interface  1246   a.    
     At  FIG.  12 R , in response to detecting tap input  1250   o , computer system  1200  displays editing user interface  1266   c , which includes multiple selectable complication options to be displayed with watch user interface  1246   a . In some embodiments, the selectable complications are sorted into categories based on associated features/and or applications related to the selectable complication options. Editing user interface  1266   c  includes category  1278   a , which includes a visual and/or textual indication that the complication beneath category  1278   a  is related to “Weather.” Editing user interface  1266   c  further includes category  1278   b , which includes a visual and/or textual indication that the complication beneath category  1278   b  is related to “Music.” In some embodiments, a category includes multiple complications, in which case the multiple complications related to a given category are displayed below the text and/or a visual indication related to the category. In some embodiments, editing user interface  1266   c  is initially displayed with the selected complication from the previous user interface (e.g., editing user interface  1266   b ) centered and/or with selection focus. In some embodiments, computer system navigates from one complication option to another complication option (e.g., moves selection focus) by scrolling via a swipe input on editing user interface  1266   c  and/or via a rotational input via rotatable and depressible input mechanism  604 . Editing user interface  1266   c  further includes cancel user-interactive graphical user interface object  1276  which, when selected, causes computer system  1200  to stop displaying editing user interface  1266   c  and display editing user interface  1266   b.    
     Editing user interface  1266   c  further includes positional indicator  1272   b . Positional indicator  1272   b  includes a graphical indication of the number of selectable options for the complication displayed with watch user interface  1246   a , as well as the position of the complication within the list of selectable complication options that currently has selection focus. 
     At  FIG.  12 R , positional indicator  1272   b  indicates the relative position of complication  1282   a  within the list of selectable complication options to be displayed with watch user interface  1246   a . Editing user interface  1266   c  further includes selection focus indicator  1284  around complication  1282   a , which indicates that complication  1282   a  currently has selection focus in editing user interface  1266   c.    
     At  FIG.  12 R , computer system  1200  detects rotational input  1260   b  via rotatable and depressible input mechanism while complication has  1282   a  has selection focus. At  FIG.  12 S , in response to detecting rotational input  1260   b , computer system  1200  displays editing user interface  1266   d , in which the selection focus has moved from complication  1282   a  to complication  1282   b . Accordingly, selection focus indicator  1284  is now displayed around complication  1282   b.    
     At  FIG.  12 S , computer system  1200  detects press input  1270   g  via rotatable and depressible input mechanism  1204 . At  FIG.  12 T , in response to press input  1270   g , computer system  1200  displays editing user interface  1266   e , which includes a modified version of representation  1214   e  including complication  1282   b  instead of complication  1282   a . Thus, editing user interface  1266   e  indicates that representation  1214   e  has been edited in response to press input  1270   g  and that, in response to receiving press input  1270   g , computer system  1200  edited representation  1214   e  to include the complication option that had selection focus when press input  1270   g  was received (e.g., complication  1282   b ). 
     At  FIG.  12 T , computer system  1200  detects press input  1270   h  on rotatable and depressible input mechanism  1204 . At  FIG.  12 U , in response to receiving press input  1270   h , computer system  1200  displays watch user interface  1246   b . Watch user interface  1246   b  is an edited version of watch user interface  1246   a , wherein complication  1246   a   3 , which corresponds to an air quality complication, has been replaced with complication  1246   b   3 , which is a music complication. Watch user interface  1246   b  includes dial  1246   b   1 , which includes a circle of dots representing hours of a day, time indication  1246   b   1 , which includes analog hour hands representing the current time (e.g., hour, minute, and/or second), complication  1246   b   3 , which includes a complication representing an application available on computer system  1200 , and which displays information from a music application, and complication  1246   b   4 , which includes a complication representing an application available on computer system  1200 , and which displays information from a corresponding application. 
     At  FIG.  12 V , computer system  1200  displays notification user interface  1286 . Notification user interface includes watch face notification  1288 , which includes visual and/or textual information related to the availability of a new watch user interface. At  FIG.  12 V , watch face notification  1288  includes text indicating that a new watch user interface is available. At  FIG.  12 V , computer system  1200  detects tap input  1250   w  on notification  1288  and press input  1270   i  on rotatable and depressible input mechanism  1204 . 
     At  FIG.  12 W , in response to receiving tap input  1250   w  or press input  1270   i , computer system  1200  displays add user interface  1290 . Add user interface  1290  includes back user-interactive graphical user interface  1292  which, when selected, causes computer system  1200  to display notification user interface  1286 . Add user interface  1290  further includes image  1294 , which corresponds to a watch user interface that is currently being shown as available to add to (e.g., download onto) computer system  1200 . Add user interface  1290  further includes add face user-interactive graphical user interface object  1296  which, when selected, causes computer system  1200  to add a watch user interface corresponding to image  1294  (e.g., download the watch user interface from a remote server) to be displayed via computer system  1200 . Add user interface  1290  further includes description  1298 , which includes a textual description of the watch user interface corresponding to image  1294 . In some embodiments, in response to a press input on rotatable and depressible input mechanism  1204  while add user interface  1290  is displayed, computer system  1200  downloads the watch user interface corresponding to image  1294  from a remote server for display via computer system  1200 . 
       FIG.  13    is a flow diagram illustrating a method related to user interfaces for the management of time in accordance with some embodiments. Method ( 1300 ) is performed at a computer system (e.g.,  1200 ) (e.g., a smartwatch, a wearable electronic device, a smartphone, a desktop computer, a laptop, a tablet) that is in communication with a display generation component (e.g.,  1202 ) (e.g., a display controller, a touch-sensitive display system) and one or more input devices including a rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  1204 ). In some embodiments, the computer system is in communication with one or more input devices (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface). Some operations in method  1300  are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted. 
     As described below, method  1300  provides an intuitive way for managing user interfaces related to time. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for managing user interfaces related to time, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to manage user interfaces related to time faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     The computer system displays ( 1302 ), via the display generation component, a selection user interface (e.g.,  1210   a ) (e.g., a watch face selection user interface, a watch face generation user interface) (e.g., a representation of a watch face, a representation of a collection of watch faces). 
     While displaying the selection user interface (e.g.,  1210   a ), the computer system (e.g.,  1200 ) detects ( 1304 ) a rotation (e.g.,  1260   a   1 ) of the rotatable input mechanism about an axis of rotation (e.g., clockwise rotational input, counter-clockwise rotational input) (or, in some embodiments, detecting a non-rotational input (e.g., a tap gesture, a swipe gesture, and/or a mouse click)). 
     In response to detecting the rotation of the rotatable input mechanism (or, in some embodiments, in response to detecting a non-rotational input (e.g., a tap gesture, a swipe gesture, and/or a mouse click)), the computer system displays ( 1306 ) a graphical indication of selection focus (e.g.,  1212  as illustrated in  FIG.  12 B ) changing as selection focus is moved between a plurality of selectable objects (e.g., a representation of a watch face, a representation of a collection of watch faces). In some embodiments, the second set of content does not include the first graphical element. 
     After changing selection focus through the plurality of selectable objects, the computer system (e.g.,  1200 ) detects ( 1308 ) a press input (e.g.,  1270   a ) on the rotatable input mechanism (e.g., in a direction that includes a component that is parallel to the axis of rotation) (e.g., the press input is primarily or substantially in a direction that is parallel to the axis of rotation) (in some embodiments, a non-press input (e.g., a swipe gesture, a tap gesture, and/or a mouse click)). 
     In response to detecting the press input (e.g.,  1270   a ), the computer system (e.g.,  1200 ) selects ( 1310 ) one of the plurality of selectable objects (e.g.,  1214   c ), including: in accordance with a determination that a first selectable object of the plurality of selectable objects had selection focus when the press input was detected, the computer system selects ( 1312 ) the first selectable object (e.g., without selecting a second selectable object of the plurality of selectable objects); and in accordance with a determination that a second selectable object (e.g.,  1214   b ), different from the first selectable object, of the plurality of selectable objects had selection focus when the press input was detected, the computer systems selects ( 1314 ) the second selectable object (e.g., without selecting the first selectable object of the plurality of selectable objects). Selecting one of a plurality of selectable objects based on which selectable object had selection focus when a press input was detected enables a user to select a desired selectable object easily and in an intuitive manner. In particular, changing the selection focus in response to a rotation of the rotatable input mechanism about an axis of rotation and selecting a selectable object in response to a press input on the rotatable input mechanism allows for both the navigation among selectable objects and the selection of a selectable object without requiring interactions with and/or inputs from multiple input devices. Providing improved control options enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, selection focus is indicated by a location of selectable objects (e.g.,  1224   b  as illustrated in  FIG.  12 C ) in the selection user interface (e.g.,  1210   b ). In some embodiments, selection focus corresponds to a selectable object that is in the substantially centered in the selection user interface. In some embodiments, the graphical indication of selection focus corresponds to the location of a selectable object included in the selection user interface. Indicating selection focus with the location of selectable objects in the selection user interface provides improved visual feedback about which selectable object has selection focus, as the selectable object that has selection focus will be indicated as having selection focus by its location in the selection user interface. Providing improved visual feedback enhances the operability of the device enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to know which of the selectable objects being displayed has selection focus to reduce the number of user inputs and prevent the user from mistakenly selecting an incorrect selectable object) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g.,  1200 ) displays, via the display generation component, a visual indication (e.g.,  1212  as illustrated in  FIG.  12 B ) (e.g., cursor, outlining, shading, color, transparent overlay, etc.) corresponding to the selectable object that has selection focus. In some embodiments, the visual indication corresponding to the selectable object is displayed translated to a currently selectable object as selection focus is moved between a plurality of selectable objects. Indicating selection focus by displaying a visual indication corresponding to the selectable object that has selection focus provides improved visual feedback about which selectable object has selection focus. Providing improved visual feedback enhances the operability of the device enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to know which of the selectable objects being displayed has selection focus to reduce the number of user inputs and prevent the user from mistakenly selecting an incorrect selectable object) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the selection user interface, the computer system (e.g.,  1200 ) detects a swipe input (e.g.,  1250   b   1 ) (or, in some embodiments, detecting a non-swipe gesture (e.g., a tap gesture, a press input, and/or a mouse click)). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the swipe input (or, in some embodiments, in response to detecting a non-swipe gesture (e.g., a tap gesture, a press input, and/or a mouse click)), the computer system changes selection focus from a third selectable object (e.g.,  1214   b  as illustrated in  FIG.  12 C ) to a fourth selectable object (e.g.,  1214   c  as illustrated in  FIG.  12 E ) (e.g., a representation of a watch face, a representation of a collection of watch faces). Changing selection focus from one selectable object to another in response to a swipe input enables a user to change the selectable object that has selection focus in an easy, intuitive manner. Providing additional control options enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g.,  1200 ) detects a tap input (e.g.,  1250   c ) (e.g., a touch input) (or in some embodiments, detecting a non-tap gesture (e.g., a swipe gesture, a press-and-hold gesture, and/or a mouse click)). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the tap input (or, in some embodiments, in response to detecting a non-tap gesture (e.g., a swipe gesture, a press-and-hold gesture, and/or a mouse click)), the computer system selects one of the plurality of selectable objects (e.g.,  1214   c  as illustrated in  FIG.  12 C ) and in accordance with a determination that the tap input was on a respective portion of a third selectable object, the computer system performs a first operation that includes selecting the third selectable object (e.g., without selecting a different selectable object). Selecting a selectable object in response to a tap input enables a user to select a selectable object in an easy, intuitive manner. Providing additional control options enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting the tap input (e.g.,  1250   c ), the computer system (e.g.,  1200 ) selects one of the plurality of selectable objects and in accordance with a determination that the tap input was on a fourth selectable object (e.g.,  1214   c  as illustrated in  FIG.  12 E ) different from the respective portion of the third selectable object (e.g.,  1214   b ), the computer system performs a second operation that is different from the first operation (e.g., selecting the fourth selectable object or displaying additional information about the third selectable object) (e.g., without selecting the third selectable object of the plurality of selectable objects). Selecting a selectable object in response to a tap input and in accordance with a determination that the tap input was on the selectable object being selected enables a user to select a selectable object in an easy, intuitive manner. Providing additional control options enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system displays a first watch face (e.g.,  1206 ) (e.g., a user interface that includes an indication of a current time; a clock user interface for a smartwatch). In some embodiments, while displaying the first watch face, the computer system detects a first user input (e.g.,  1250   a ) (e.g., a long press touch input, a tap gesture, a press input, and/or a mouse click) corresponding to a user request to select a watch face. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first user input, the computer system displays the selection user interface (e.g.,  1210   a ). In some embodiments, the selection user interface is a watch face selection user interface. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first user input, the computer system visually distinguishes the first watch face (e.g.,  1214   b  as illustrated in  FIG.  12 B ) to indicate the watch face selection user interface. In some embodiments, while displaying the watch face selection user interface, the computer system detects a second user input (e.g.,  1250   a   1 ) (e.g., a rotational input via a rotational input mechanism, a swipe input, a press input, and/or a mouse click), and in response to detecting the second user input, the computer system visually distinguishes a second watch face (e.g.,  1214   a  as illustrated in  FIG.  12 C ) different from the first watch face; and (e.g., moving the second watch face to a predetermined location in the user interface such as substantially in a center of the user interface, on a right side of the user interface or a left side of the user interface). In some embodiments, while displaying the watch face selection user interface and while displaying the second watch face, the computer system detects a second press input (e.g.,  1270   a ) on the rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  1204 ) (e.g., in a direction that includes a component that is parallel to the axis of rotation) (e.g., the press input is primarily or substantially in a direction that is parallel to the axis of rotation) (or in some embodiments, detecting a non-press input (e.g., a tap gesture, a swipe gesture, and/or a mouse click)). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the second press input (or in some embodiments, in response to detecting a non-press input (e.g., a tap gesture, a swipe gesture, and/or a mouse click)), the computer system selects the second watch face as a currently selected watch face for the computer system (e.g., for display by the computer system). In some embodiments, selecting the second watch face for display by the computer system includes setting the second watch face as the default watch face for display by the computer system (e.g., on wake). Selecting the second watch face (e.g.,  1214   c  as illustrated in  FIG.  12 C ) in response to the second press input received while the second watch face is being displayed provides improved feedback by allowing a user to select the second watch face while the second watch face is being displayed, thereby providing improved visual feedback, enhancing the operability of the device, and making the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to understand which watch face is currently available for selection) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system displays a third watch face (e.g.,  1246   a ) (e.g., a watch face; a user interface that includes an indication of a current time; a clock user interface for a smartwatch). In some embodiments, while displaying the third watch face, the computer system (e.g.,  1200 ) receives, via the one or more input devices, a first sequence of one or more user inputs (e.g., long press touch input, tap inputs, rotational inputs, press inputs) that corresponds to a request to edit the third watch face (as illustrated in  FIGS.  12 K- 12 L ). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the first sequence of one or more user inputs, the computer system enters a watch face edit mode of the computer system (e.g., as illustrated in  FIG.  12 P ). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the first sequence of one or more user inputs, the computer visually distinguishes an element (e.g.,  1268   a ) of the third watch face for editing. In some embodiments, the visually distinguished element is a first selectable option for the visually distinguished element of the third watch face. In some embodiments, while the computer system is in the watch face edit mode, the computer system receives, via the one or more input devices, a second sequence of one or more user inputs (e.g., touch inputs, rotational inputs, press inputs), and in response to receiving the second sequence of one or more user inputs, the computer system displays a second selectable option for the visually distinguished element of the third watch face. In some embodiments, while the computer system is in the watch face edit mode and while displaying the second selectable option for the visually distinguished element of the third watch face, the computer system detects a third press input (e.g.,  1270   h ) on the rotatable input mechanism (e.g., in a direction that includes a component that is parallel to the axis of rotation) (e.g., the press input is primarily or substantially in a direction that is parallel to the axis of rotation) (or, in some embodiments, detecting a non-press input (e.g., a tap gesture, a swipe gesture, and/or a mouse click)). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the third press input (or, in some embodiments, in response to detecting a non-press input (e.g., a tap gesture, a swipe gesture, and/or a mouse click)), the computer system selects the second selectable option for the visually distinguished element of the third watch face. In some embodiments, selecting the second selectable option for the visually distinguished element of the third watch face includes selecting the second option for the visually distinguished element to be displayed in the third watch face. Editing an element of watch face by detecting a third press input while displaying a second selectable option for a visually distinguished element of the third watch face enables a user to quickly and easily select a edit an element of a watch face based on input received while a selectable option for the element being edited is being displayed, thereby providing improved visual feedback, enhancing the operability of the device, and making the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to see which element of the watch face they are editing while inputting the third press input) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system displays, a fourth watch face (e.g.,  1246   a ) (e.g., a watch face; a user interface that includes an indication of a current time; a clock user interface for a smartwatch). In some embodiments, while displaying the fourth watch face, the computer system (e.g.,  1200 ) receives, via the one or more input devices, a third sequence of one or more user inputs (e.g., touch inputs, rotational inputs, press inputs) that corresponds to a request to edit the fourth watch face (e.g., as illustrated in  FIGS.  12 K- 12 L ). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the third sequence of one or more user inputs, the computer system enters a watch face edit mode of the computer system (e.g., as illustrated in  FIG.  12 P ). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the third sequence of one or more inputs, the computer system visually distinguishes a complication (e.g.,  1282   a ) of the fourth watch face for editing. In some embodiments, while the computer system is in the watch face edit mode, the computer system displays a first complication option for the complication. In some embodiments, while the computer system is in the watch face edit mode, the computer system receives, via the one or more input devices, a fourth sequence of one or more user inputs (e.g., touch inputs, rotational inputs, press inputs), and in response to receiving the fourth sequence of one or more user inputs, the computer system displays a second complication option (e.g.,  1282   b ). In some embodiments, while the computer system is in the watch face edit mode and while displaying the second complication option, the computer system detects a fourth press input on the rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  1270   g ) (e.g., in a direction that includes a component that is parallel to the axis of rotation) (e.g., the press input is primarily or substantially in a direction that is parallel to the axis of rotation) (or, in some embodiments, detecting a non-press input (e.g., a tap gesture, a swipe gesture, and/or a mouse click)). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the fourth press input (or, in some embodiments, in response to detecting a non-press input (e.g., a tap gesture, a swipe gesture, and/or a mouse click)), selects the second complication option. In some embodiments, selecting the second complication option includes selecting the second option for the visually distinguished element to be displayed in the fourth watch face. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the second complication option has been selected, the computer system displays a representation of the fourth watch face that includes a representation of the second complication option to be displayed. Editing an complication by detecting a fourth press input while displaying a second complication option enables a user to quickly and easily select a complication based on input received while the second complication option is being displayed, thereby providing improved visual feedback, enhancing the operability of the device, and making the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to see which complication option they are editing while inputting the fourth press input) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, after selecting the second complication option (e.g., as illustrated in  FIG.  12 S ), the computer system (e.g.,  1200 ) detects a fifth press input (e.g.,  1270   h ) on the rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  1204 ) (e.g., in a direction that includes a component that is parallel to the axis of rotation) (e.g., the press input is primarily or substantially in a direction that is parallel to the axis of rotation) (or, in some embodiments, detecting a non-press input (e.g., a tap gesture, a swipe gesture, and/or a mouse click)). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the fifth press input (or, in some embodiments, in response to detecting a non-press input (e.g., a tap gesture, a swipe gesture, and/or a mouse click)), the computer system selects the fourth watch face for display by the computer system (e.g., as illustrated in  12 U). In some embodiments, selecting the fourth watch face for display by the computer system includes setting the fourth watch face, including the selected second complication option, as the default watch face for display by the computer system (e.g., on wake). Selecting the fourth watch face for display in response to a fifth press input received after selecting the second complication option enables a user to quickly and easily select the watch face including the edited complication, thereby providing improved visual feedback, enhancing the operability of the device, and making the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to select the edited watch face including the second complication as a current watch face) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g.,  1200 ) displays a fifth watch face (e.g.,  1246   a ) (e.g., a watch face; a user interface that includes an indication of a current time; a clock user interface for a smartwatch). In some embodiments, while displaying the fifth watch face, the computer system receives, via the one or more input devices, a fifth sequence of one or more user inputs (e.g., touch inputs, rotational inputs, press inputs) that corresponds to a request to send the fifth watch face to a recipient (e.g., as illustrated in  FIGS.  12 K- 12 L ). In some embodiments, sending the watch face to a user includes transmitting the watch face to a recipient device (e.g., a device associated with the recipient). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the fifth sequence of one or more user inputs, the computer system displays a recipient selection user interface; (e.g., a user interface that includes the names of one or more potential recipients of the watch face). In some embodiments, while the recipient selection user interface (e.g.,  1248   b ) is displayed, the computer system displays a name of a recipient. In some embodiments, the name of the recipient has selection focus. In some embodiments, while the recipient selection user interface is displayed, the computer system detects a sixth press input on the rotatable input mechanism (e.g., in a direction that includes a component that is parallel to the axis of rotation) (e.g., the press input is primarily or substantially in a direction that is parallel to the axis of rotation) (or, in some embodiments, detecting a non-press input (e.g., a tap gesture, a swipe gesture, and/or a mouse click)). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the sixth press input (or, in some embodiments, in response to detecting a non-press input (e.g., a tap gesture, a swipe gesture, and/or a mouse click)), the computer system transmits information associated with the fifth watch face to the recipient. In some embodiments, transmitting information associated with the watch face to the recipient includes transmitting a representation of the watch face that specifies an arrangement of user interface elements including a first user interface element corresponding to a first application and one or more other user interface elements corresponding to software that is different from the first application. In some embodiments, transmitting information associated with the watch face to the recipient includes transmitting data identifying a plurality of independently configurable graphical elements constituting the watch face. Detecting a sixth press input while the recipient selection user interface is displayed and, in response to detecting the sixth press input, transmitting information associated with the fifth watch face to the recipient enables a user to quickly and easily select a recipient to receive the selected watch face, thereby enhancing the operability of the device and making the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to easily transition from viewing the watch face to selecting a recipient for the watch face) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g.,  1200 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  1202 ), a watch face gallery user interface (e.g.,  1232   a ) for viewing selectable watch faces that are included in a watch face gallery for the computer system (e.g., a user interface for obtaining watch faces, a user interface that includes watch faces that can be downloaded onto the computer system, a user interface that includes watch face collections). In some embodiments, the watch face gallery user interface for viewing selectable watch faces (e.g.,  1232   a  as illustrated in  FIG.  12 F ) includes a plurality of selectable graphical elements that correspond to watch faces that can be downloaded onto the computer system. In some embodiments, the watch face gallery user interface for viewing selectable watch faces displays watch faces that are not available (e.g., have not been downloaded) on the computer system. In some embodiments, the watch face gallery user interface for viewing selectable watch faces includes a search bar (e.g., in a top portion of the watch face gallery user interface for viewing selectable watch faces) for searching the watch faces that can be downloaded onto the computer system for a particular watch face. Displaying a watch face gallery user interface for viewing selectable watch faces enables a user to quickly and easily view available watch faces within the watch face gallery, thereby enhancing the operability of the device and making the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to quickly view available watch faces and add them to the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g.,  1200 ) displays the selection user interface (e.g.,  1210   c ). In some embodiments, the selection user interface is a watch face selection user interface. In some embodiments, while displaying the watch face selection user interface, the computer system displays a watch face generation affordance (e.g.,  1214   c  as illustrated in  FIG.  12 E ) (e.g., an affordance for obtaining a watch face on the computer system, an add affordance). In some embodiments, the computer system receives, via the one or more input devices, a third user input (e.g.,  1250   d ) (e.g., a tap input, a rotational input via a rotational input mechanism, a swipe input) that corresponds to the watch face generation affordance (e.g., a press input, a tap input). In some embodiments, the user input that corresponds to the watch face generation affordance includes a press input on the rotatable input mechanism (e.g., in a direction that includes a component that is parallel to the axis of rotation) (e.g., the press input is primarily or substantially in a direction that is parallel to the axis of rotation) that is received while the watch face generation affordance has selection focus. In some embodiments, in response to receiving the third user input, displaying the watch face gallery user interface for viewing selectable watch faces. Displaying a watch face generation affordance while displaying the watch face selection user interface enables a user to quickly and easily transition from selecting among watch faces already available on the device (e.g., already downloaded) to viewing options that are available to download, thereby enhancing the operability of the device and making the user-device interface more efficient by reducing the number of inputs required to transition from selecting a downloaded watch face to downloading a new one. Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform an operation enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the watch face gallery user interface for viewing selectable watch faces (e.g.,  1234   a   1  as illustrated in  FIG.  12 F ) includes a representation of a sixth watch face (e.g.,  1236   a   2 ). In some embodiments, the watch face gallery user interface for viewing selectable watch faces includes a third selectable option (e.g.,  1244 ) for displaying additional information (e.g., a description) related to the sixth watch face. In some embodiments, the watch face gallery user interface for viewing selectable watch faces includes a fourth selectable option e.g.,  1240   a   1  (e.g., an affordance for downloading and/or installing the watch face) for adding the sixth watch face to the watch face gallery for the computer system. Concurrently displaying a representation of a sixth watch face, a third selectable option for displaying additional information related to the sixth watch face, and a fourth selectable option for adding the sixth watch face to the watch face gallery for the computer system enables a user to quickly and easily select among various options related to an available watch face with a reduced number of inputs. Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform an operation enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the watch face gallery user interface (e.g.,  1232   b ) for viewing selectable watch faces, the computer system (e.g.,  1200 ) displays a graphical element (e.g., a platter with text) that corresponds to a seventh watch face (e.g.,  1236   b   1  as illustrated in  FIG.  12 G ). In some embodiments, the computer system receives, via the one or more input devices, a fourth user input (e.g.,  1250   f ) (e.g., a tap input, a rotational input via a rotational input mechanism, a swipe input). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the fourth user input and in accordance with a determination that the fourth user input corresponds to a tap on the graphical element that corresponds to the seventh watch face, the computer system displays additional information (e.g., a description) about the seventh watch face. In some embodiments, in response to receiving the fourth user input and in accordance with a determination that the fourth user input corresponds to a seventh press input on the rotatable input mechanism (e.g., in a direction that includes a component that is parallel to the axis of rotation) (e.g., the press input is primarily or substantially in a direction that is parallel to the axis of rotation), the computer system adds (e.g., downloading) the seventh watch face to the watch face gallery of the computer system. Selectively displaying additional information about the seventh watch face or adding the seventh watch face to the watch face gallery for the computer system in accordance with a determination that a fourth user input is either a tap on the graphical element that corresponds to the seventh watch face or a press input provides visual feedback about the options available to a user, enables a user to quickly and easily choose to either view more information about the seventh watch face or download the watch face, thereby reducing the number of inputs needed to perform an operation. Providing improved visual feedback to the user and reducing the number of inputs needed to perform an operation enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the watch face gallery user interface (e.g.,  1232   b ) for viewing selectable watch faces includes an affordance (e.g.,  1238   a ) for returning to a previously displayed user interface (e.g.,  1232   a ) (e.g., a back button). In some embodiments, the computer system receives an input that corresponds to selection (e.g., a tap gesture, a swipe, a press input, and/or a mouse click) of the affordance for returning to the previously displayed user interface. In some embodiments, in response to receiving the input that corresponds to selection of the affordance for returning to the previously displayed user interface, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, the previously displayed user interface (e.g.,  1232   a  as illustrated in  FIG.  12 F ). Displaying an affordance for returning to a previously displayed user interface in the watch face gallery user interface for viewing selectable watch faces enables a user quickly and easily return to a previously displayed user interface from the watch face gallery without requiring multiple user inputs. Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform an operation enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the watch face gallery user interface (e.g.,  1232   c ) for viewing selectable watch faces, the computer system concurrently displays a second graphical element (e.g.,  1236   b   1 ) (e.g., a platter with text) that corresponds to an eighth watch face and an affordance (e.g.,  1242   a ) for adding the eighth watch face to the watch face gallery for the computer system (e.g.,  1200 ) (e.g., an affordance for downloading and/or installing the watch face). In some embodiments, the computer system receives, via the one or more input devices, a fifth user input (e.g.,  1250   h ) (e.g., a tap input, a rotational input via a rotational input mechanism, a swipe input). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the fifth user input and in accordance with a determination that the fifth user input is a tap input on the affordance for adding the eighth watch face (e.g., a tap input on the affordance) to the watch face gallery for the computer system, the computer system adds (e.g., downloads) the eighth watch face to the watch face gallery for the computer system. In some embodiments, in response to receiving the fifth user input and in accordance with a determination that the fifth user input corresponds to an eighth press input (e.g.,  1270   e ) on the rotatable input mechanism (e.g., in a direction that includes a component that is parallel to the axis of rotation) (e.g., the press input is primarily or substantially in a direction that is parallel to the axis of rotation), the computer system adds (e.g., downloading) the eighth watch face to the watch face gallery for the computer system. Concurrently displaying a second graphical element that corresponds to the eighth watch face and an affordance for adding the eighth watch face to the watch face gallery for the computer system enables a user quickly and easily view the graphical element that corresponds to the eighth watch face (e.g., a platter with text describing the watch face, a representation of the watch face) with the option to add the eighth watch face to the watch face gallery for the computer system via the affordance for adding the eighth watch face without further inputs, thereby reducing the number of inputs required to add the watch face on the computer system. Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform an operation enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the watch face gallery user interface for viewing selectable watch faces (e.g.,  1232   a , as illustrated in  FIG.  12 F ), the computer system (e.g.,  1200 ) detects a sixth user input (e.g., a rotation of the rotatable input mechanism about an axis of rotation, a swipe input, a tap input, and/or a mouse click). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the sixth user input, the computer system displays a third graphical indication of selection focus changing as selection focus is moved between a second plurality of selectable objects (e.g., a representation of a watch face, a representation of a collection of watch faces). Displaying a third graphical indication of selection focus changing as selection focus is moved throughout a second plurality of selectable objects provides visual feedback about which selectable object has selection focus. Providing improved visual feedback enhances the operability of the device enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to know which of the selectable objects being displayed has selection focus to reduce the number of user inputs and prevent the user from mistakenly selecting an incorrect selectable object) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the watch face gallery user interface (e.g.,  1232   a  as illustrated in  FIG.  12 F ) for viewing selectable watch faces includes a third graphical element (e.g.,  1230   a   2 ) (e.g., a platter with text) that corresponds to a single watch face and a fourth graphical element (e.g.,  1230   a   1 ) that corresponds to a plurality of watch faces. Displaying a watch face gallery user interface for viewing selectable watch faces that includes a third graphical element that corresponds to a single watch face and a fourth watch graphical element that corresponds to a plurality of watch faces enables a user to quickly and easily view both individual watch faces and collections of watch faces within the watch face gallery, thereby enhancing the operability of the device, providing improved visual feedback, and making the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to quickly view available watch faces and add them to the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the graphical element that corresponds to a single watch face (e.g.,  1230   a   2  as illustrated in  FIG.  12 F ) includes a background (e.g., a portion of the graphical element on which text and/or additional graphical features are overlaid) of a first color, and the graphical element that corresponds to a plurality of watch faces (e.g.,  1232   a   1  as illustrated in  FIG.  12 F ) includes a background of a second color different from the first color. Displaying the graphical element that corresponds to a single watch face with a background of a first color and the graphical element that corresponds to a plurality of watch face with a background of a second color provides improved visual feedback about whether a graphical element corresponds to one or multiple watch faces. Providing improved visual feedback enhances the operability of the device enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to know which of the graphical elements correspond to a plurality of watch faces) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system receives, via the one or more input devices, a selection (e.g.,  1250   e ) (e.g., a user input that corresponds to a selection) (e.g., a tap input, a swipe input, a press input, and/or a mouse click) of the graphical element that corresponds to multiple watch faces (e.g.,  1230   a   1  as illustrated in  FIG.  12 F ). In some embodiments, the selection of the graphical element that corresponds to multiple watch faces is a tap input (e.g.,  1250   e ) on the graphical element that corresponds to multiple watch faces or a press input (e.g.,  1270   c ). In some embodiments, the selection of the graphical element that corresponds to multiple watch faces is a press input on the rotatable input mechanism (e.g., in a direction that includes a component that is parallel to the axis of rotation) while the graphical element that corresponds to multiple watch faces (e.g.,  1230   a   1 ) has selection focus. In some embodiments, in response to receiving the selection of the graphical element that corresponds to multiple watch faces, the computer system displays a plurality (e.g., a list or grid or stack) of watch faces (e.g.,  1230   b   1 ,  1230   b   2 , and  1230   b   3  as illustrated in  FIG.  12 G ) that can be separately selected to add to a watch face gallery for the computer system (e.g., as illustrated in  FIG.  12 G ). Displaying a plurality of selectable watch faces in response to receiving a selection of the graphical element that corresponds to multiple watch faces enables a user to quickly and easily view selectable watch faces without having to parse through multiple entries in a watch face gallery user interface for viewing selectable watch faces, thereby reducing the number of inputs required to view multiple related watch faces. Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform an operation enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g.,  1200 ) receives, via the one or more input devices, a selection of a watch user interface (e.g., a watch face; a user interface for a watch that includes an indication of a time and/or date). In some embodiments, the selection of the watch user interface is a tap input (e.g.,  1250   f ) or a press input (e.g.,  1270   d ) on a representation of the watch user interface. In some embodiments, the selection of the watch user interface is a press input on the rotatable input mechanism (e.g., in a direction that includes a component that is parallel to the axis of rotation) while the representation of the watch user interface (e.g.,  1230   b   1 ) has selection focus. In some embodiments, in response to receiving the selection of the watch user interface (e.g.,  1270   d ,  1270   e ,  1250   h ), the computer system displays, via the display generation component, a watch face editing user interface (e.g.,  1266   a ). In some embodiments, the watch face editing user interface includes a representation of a layout of the watch user interface including a time region for displaying a current time (e.g., a current time of day; the time in the current time zone, a time coordinated with and/or intended to reflect the coordinated universal time with an offset based on a currently selected time zone) and one or more complication regions for displaying complications on the watch user interface. In some embodiments, a complication refers to any clock face feature other than those used to indicate the hours and minutes of a time (e.g., clock hands and/or hour/minute indications). In some embodiments, complications provide data obtained from an application. In some embodiments, a complication includes an affordance that when selected launches a corresponding application. In some embodiments, a complication is displayed at a fixed, predefined location on the display. In some embodiments, complications occupy respective locations at particular regions of a watch face (e.g., lower-right, lower-left, upper-right, and/or upper-left). In some embodiments, while displaying the watch face editing user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a sequence of one or more inputs (e.g., a tap input, a press input on the rotatable input mechanism (e.g., in a direction that includes a component that is parallel to the axis of rotation)) including a seventh user input directed to a complication region of the one or more complication regions (e.g., as illustrated in  FIGS.  12 Q- 12 T ) (e.g., a corner region (e.g., top-left, top-right, bottom-left, bottom-right); a bezel region). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the sequence of one or more inputs including the seventh user input directed to the complication region of the one or more complication regions, the computer system changes which complication is assigned to the complication region of the watch user interface. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the seventh user input directed to the complication region of the one or more complication regions, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, a complication selection user interface (e.g.,  1266   c ), wherein displaying the complication selection user interface includes concurrently displaying an indication of (e.g., the name of; a graphical indication of, an icon corresponding to; a category of) a first application (e.g., an application that is installed on, can be launched on, and/or is accessible from the computer system), a first complication preview (e.g.,  1282   a  as illustrated in  FIG.  12 R ) (e.g., a graphical preview of how the first complication would be displayed in the watch user interface) corresponding to a first complication that is configured to display, on the watch user interface, a first set of information obtained from the first application (e.g., information based on a feature, operation, and/or characteristic of the first application), wherein the first complication preview includes a graphical representation of the first complication displaying the first set of information (e.g., an exemplary representation of the first complication with an example of the first set of information), and a second complication preview (e.g.,  1282   b  as illustrated in  FIG.  12 R ) (e.g., a graphical preview of how the second complication would be displayed in the watch user interface) corresponding to a second complication that is configured to display, on the watch user interface, a second set of information different from the first set of information, obtained from the first application (e.g., information based on a feature, operation, and/or characteristic of the first application), wherein the second complication preview includes a graphical representation of the second complication displaying the second set of information (e.g., an exemplary representation of the second complication with an example of the second set of information). In some embodiments, while displaying the complication selection user interface, the computer system detects, via one or more input devices (e.g., via rotational input device; via a touch-sensitive surface), a user input directed to selecting a respective complication preview; and in response to detecting the user input directed to selecting the respective complication preview, displays, via the display generation component, a representation of the watch user interface with a representation of a selected complication corresponding to the respective complication preview displayed at the first complication region of the watch user interface, wherein, in accordance with a determination that the respective complication preview is the first complication preview, the first complication is displayed in the first complication region of the watch user interface; and, in accordance with a determination that the respective complication preview is the second complication preview, the second complication is displayed in the first complication region of the watch user interface. Entering an edit mode for editing features of a selected watch face in response to receiving a selection of the watch face enables a user to quickly edit the watch face without further user inputs, allowing a user to quickly and efficiently edit a selected face to match their preferences after selecting it without having to specifically select an option to edit it, thereby reducing the number of inputs required to transition from selecting the watch face and editing it to match a user&#39;s preferences. Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform an operation enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g.,  1200 ) displays a notification (e.g.,  1288 ) corresponding to an availability of a watch face (e.g., a notification that is displayed in accordance with a determination that a new watch face is available to be downloaded). In some embodiments, the computer system receives, via the one or more input devices, an eighth user input (e.g.,  1250   x ) (e.g., a tap input, a press input on the rotatable input mechanism (e.g., in a direction that includes a component that is parallel to the axis of rotation)) corresponding to the notification corresponding to the availability of a ninth watch face. In some embodiments, in response to receiving the eighth user input, the computer system displays a user interface (e.g.,  1290 ) (e.g., a user interface for downloaded the watch face associated with the notification) for adding a watch face associated with the notification corresponding to the availability of the ninth watch face to the watch face gallery for the computer system. Displaying a user interface for adding a watch face associated with a notification to a watch face gallery for the computer system in response to an input on the notification enables a user to quickly and easily view and/or add a watch face after receiving a notification about the availability of the ninth watch face, thereby reducing the number of inputs required to transition from displaying the notification to viewing information about the watch face and/or downloading the watch face. Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform an operation enhances the operability of the system and makes the computer system more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while the computer system (e.g.,  1200 ) is displaying, via the display generation component (e.g.,  1202 ), a tenth watch face, and while the computer system is in an unlocked state the computer system receives a communication from a remote computer (e.g., a remote server, a software update server that provides a cryptographic key for unlocking a watch face that was stored on the computer system but was locked prior to receiving the cryptographic key). In response to receiving the communication from a remote server, the computer system displays the notification (e.g.,  1288 ) corresponding to the availability of the ninth watch face. Displaying the notification related to the availability of the ninth watch face in response to receiving a communication from a remote computer while the device is displaying the tenth watch face, and while the computer is in an unlocked state provides the user with relevant information about the availability of the ninth watch face, based on the availability of the ninth watch face, without requiring the user to provide further inputs when configuring devices at different locations. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to method  1300  (e.g.,  FIG.  13   ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described herein. For example, method  1300  optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described herein with reference to method  700 , method  900 , and method  1100 . For example, method  700  optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to method  1300 . For example, a watch user interface as described with reference to  FIGS.  12 A- 12 W  can include and be used to select and/or edit watch user interfaces as described with reference to  FIGS.  6 A- 6 U . For another example, method  900  optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to method  1300 . For example, a watch user interface as described with reference to  FIGS.  12 A- 12 W  can include and be used to select and/or edit watch user interfaces as described with reference to  FIGS.  8 A- 8 M . For another example, method  1100  optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to method  1300 . For example, a device can use as a watch user interface either a time user interface as described with reference to  FIGS.  12 A- 12 W  or a watch user interface as described with reference to  FIGS.  10 A- 10 W . For another example, method  1300  optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described below with reference to method  1500 . For example, a user could add a watch user interface to computer system  1200  via inputs received using a rotatable and depressible input mechanism as described above with reference to  FIGS.  12 A- 12 W  before editing the added watch user interface via a computer system in communication with computer system  1200  as described below with reference to  FIGS.  14 A- 14 R .  FIGS.  14 A- 14 R  illustrate user interfaces containing user-interactive graphical user interface objects for performing various functions, which are described below as affordances. For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
       FIGS.  14 A- 14 R  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for editing and displaying user interfaces based on a media item that includes depth data. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the process in  FIG.  15   . 
     In  FIG.  14 A , computer system  1400  displays add portrait user interface  1404   a  via display  1402 . Add portrait user interface  1404   a  is a user interface for adding a portrait user interface (e.g., a user interface (e.g., a watch user interface) based on a media item that includes depth data) to a computer system (e.g., computer system  1400  and/or computer system  600 ). 
     Add portrait user interface  1404   a  includes options for configuring a set of one or more media items that include depth data, and which are selected to be used with the portrait user interface (e.g., based on a determination that the selected media items satisfy criteria (e.g., that include depth data)). Watch user interface  1404   a  includes content header  1422 , which indicates that the options displayed below content header  1422  relate to configuring content of the portrait user interface (e.g., by selecting photos to be used with the portrait user interface). Below content header  1422 , add portrait user interface  1404   a  includes choose photos affordance  1424  which, when selected, causes computer system  1400  to display options for selecting the media items including depth data to be used for the portrait user interface as illustrated in  FIG.  14 B , which is described below. Add portrait user interface  1404   a  further includes photo limit indicator  1426 , which provides a visual and/or textual indication of a limit on the number of media items that can be selected for use with the portrait user interface (e.g., a maximum number of photos). In  FIG.  14 A , computer system  1400  receives input  1450   a  on choose photos affordance  1424  and, in response, displays a user interface for selecting media items. In some embodiments, selecting choose photos affordance  424  causes computer system to display photo picker user interface  1424   a , as illustrated in  FIG.  14 B . In some embodiments, selecting choose photos affordance  424  causes computer system to display photo picker user interface  1424   b , as illustrated in  FIG.  14 C . 
     Add portrait user interface  1404   a  further includes user interface title  1414 , which includes a textual indication of the name of the portrait user interface that is available to be added to a computer system. Add portrait user interface  1404   a  further includes add affordance  1416  which, when selected, causes the portrait user interface to be added to (e.g., downloaded onto) a computer system (e.g.,  600  and/or  1400 ). Add portrait user interface  1404   a  further includes preview image  1412   a , which includes a representation of the portrait user interface (e.g., the currently selected layout and/or media item selected for use with the portrait user interface) that can be added to a computer system (e.g.,  600  and/or  1400 ) by selecting add affordance  1416 . Add portrait user interface further includes description  1418 , which includes a textual description of the portrait user interface. Add portrait user interface  1404   a  further includes more affordance  1420  which, when selected, expands description  1418  to include additional text describing the portrait user interface. Add portrait user interface  1404   a  further includes back affordance  1408  which, when selected, causes computer system  1400  to display a previously displayed user interface (e.g., the user interface that was displayed by computer system  1400  immediately before add portrait user interface  1404   a  was displayed). Add portrait user interface  1404   a  further includes time indication  1406   a , which includes a representation of the current time. Add portrait user interface  1404  further includes share affordance  1410  which, when selected, causes computer system  1400  to display options for transmitting information related to the portrait user interface with a recipient (e.g., a recipient electronic device). 
     Add portrait user interface  1404   a  further includes my watch affordance  1428  which, when selected, causes computer system  1400  to display a user interface including representations of one or more watch user interfaces that are currently available on (e.g., that have been selected (and optionally configured) by a user to be included in a library of watch faces, or that have been downloaded) a computer system (e.g., a computer system that is in communication with (e.g., paired with) computer system  1400  (e.g., computer system  600 )). Add portrait user interface  1404   a  further includes face gallery affordance  1430  which, when selected, causes computer system  1400  to display a user interface including representations of one or more watch user interfaces that can be selected to be downloaded and/or installed on a computer system (e.g., a computer system that is in communication with (e.g., paired with) computer system  1400  (e.g., computer system  600 )). Add portrait user interface  1404   a  further includes app store affordance  1432  which, when selected, causes computer system  1400  to display an application store user interface for downloading and/or installing applications (e.g., complications) onto a computer system (e.g., a computer system that is in communication with (e.g., paired with) computer system  1400  (e.g., computer system  600 )). 
     In  FIG.  14 B , in response to receiving tap input  1450   a  on choose photos affordance  1424 , computer system displays photo picker user interface  1434   a . Photo picker user interface  1434   a  is a user interface for choosing one or more photos that will be selected for use with the portrait user interface. Photo picker user interface  1434   a  includes a plurality of selectable media items that can be selected for use with the portrait user interface via a user input (e.g., a tap input). In some embodiments, the plurality of selectable media items (e.g., photos, videos, GIFs, and/or animations) includes media items based on a determination that the included media items satisfy certain criteria. For example, in some embodiments, the plurality of media items includes photos that include depth data without including media items that do not include depth data. In some embodiments, the plurality of media items includes media items with a particular shape and/or threshold degree of separation between a foreground element (e.g., a human and/or a pet) and a background element. In some embodiments, the plurality of media items includes media items that include a recognized subject (e.g., a human, a pet) without including media items that do not include a recognized subject. Photo picker user interface  1434   a  further includes album selection affordance  1440   a  which includes an indication of the currently selected album (e.g., “All Portrait”) and which, when selected, causes computer system  1400  to display representations of albums (e.g., photo albums) from which media items can be selected for use with the portrait user interface. 
     Photo picker user interface  1434   a  further includes cancel affordance  1438  which, when selected, causes computer system  1400  to stop displaying photo picker user interface  1434   a  and display a previous user interface (e.g., add portrait user interface  1404   a ). Photo picker user interface  1434   a  further includes add affordance  1442  which, when selected, causes computer system  1400  to configure the portrait user interface for use with the media items (e.g., photos) that had been selected at the time that add affordance  1442  was selected. In some embodiments, add affordance  1442  is not selectable when one or more media items are not selected for use with the user interface based on media items that include depth data. In  FIG.  14 B , computer system  1400  receives input  1450   b  on album selection affordance  1440   a  and, in response, displays photo picker user interface  1434   b  as illustrated in  FIG.  14 C . 
     In  FIG.  14 C , computer system  1400  displays photo picker user interface  1434   b . Photo picker user interface  1434   b  is a user interface for selecting an album (e.g., a photo album) from which to choose media items for use with the portrait user interface. In some embodiments, photo picker user interface  1434   b  includes options corresponding to the photo albums available on (e.g., locally stored on and/or accessible via cloud storage by) computer system  1400 . In some embodiments, photo picker user interface  1434   b  forgoes displaying affordances for selecting photo albums available on computer system  1400  that do not contain media items that include depth data (e.g., empty photo albums and/or photo albums including only media items that do not include depth data). 
     Photo picker user interface  1434   b  includes several affordances for selecting albums from which media items can be selected for use with the portrait user interface. Photo picker user interface  1434   b  includes album affordance  1448   a , which corresponds to a recommended album including media items that are recommended for use with the portrait user interface based on a determination that the media items included in the recommended album satisfy criteria (e.g., the included media items contain one or more prominent faces, the included media items include a foreground element and a background element with a threshold distance between the foreground element and the background element contained in the media items). Photo picker user interface  1434   b  further includes album affordance  1448   b , which corresponds to an album of recent media items (e.g., media items that were recently created, media items that recently became available to computer system  1400  and/or photos taken within a threshold period of time (e.g., 7 days or 30 days)). Photo picker user interface  1434   b  further includes album affordance  1448   c , which corresponds to photos that have been automatically identified by the device as having the same face and tagged by the user with a name (e.g., a person named “Adam”). In some embodiments, the computer system generates albums and/or album affordances containing media items that include a first person based on a determination that computer system  1400  has access to one or more media items containing the first person and/or based on a determination that computer system  1400  recognizes the face of the first person in multiple media items available to computer system  1400 . Similarly, photo picker user interface  1434   b  includes  1448   d , which corresponds to an album of media items that include a second person different from the first person (e.g., a person named “Athena”). In some embodiments, one or more media items included in the album that corresponds to album affordance  1448   c  is also included in the album that corresponds to album affordance  1448   d  (e.g., a picture of both Adam and Athena). Photo picker user interface  1434   b  further includes album affordance  1448   e , which corresponds to an album of portrait media items (e.g., the media items that were taken in a portrait mode and/or the media items that include depth data) that are available to computer system  1400 . In  FIG.  14 C , computer system  1400  receives input  1450   c  on album affordance  1448   b  and, in response, displays a user interface for selecting media items from the corresponding album (e.g., a “Recents” photo album). 
     In  FIG.  14 D , computer system  1400  displays photo picker user interface  1438   c , which is a user interface for selecting media items to be used with the portrait user interface from the album (e.g., the photo album) selected in  FIG.  14 C  (e.g., the “Recents” photo album). Photo picker user interface  1438   c  includes a plurality of media items that include depth data, including a first media item represented by preview image  1454   a , a second media item represented by preview image  1454   b , and a third media item represented by preview image  1454   c . Photo picker user interface  1438   c  further includes album selection affordance  1440   b  which includes an indication of the currently selected album (e.g., “Recents”) and which, when selected, causes computer system  1400  to display options for selecting photo albums from which media items can be selected for use with the portrait user interface (e.g., return to photo picker user interface  1438   b ). 
     In  FIG.  14 D , computer system  1400  receives inputs (e.g., tap inputs) corresponding to selection of three media items to be used with the user interface based on media items that include depth data. In particular, computer system  1400  receives input  1450   d  on preview image  1454   a , input  1450   e  on preview image  1454   b , and input  1450   f  on preview image  1454   c.    
     At  FIG.  14 E , computer system  1400  displays photo picker user interface  1434   d , which is an updated version of photo picker user interface  1434   d  after computer system  1400  has received inputs  1450   d ,  1450   e , and  1450   f  corresponding to selections of preview image  1454   a , preview image  1454   b , and preview image  1454   c , respectively. In photo picker user interface  1434   d , the selected preview images  1454   a ,  1454   b , and  1454   c  are each displayed with a visual indication (e.g., visual indication  1458   a , visual indication  1458   b , and visual indication  1458   c , respectively) (e.g., a checkmark) that they are currently selected for use with the portrait user interface. At photo picker user interface  1434   d , add affordance  1442  is also displayed without being grayed out, which indicates that it is selectable. In some embodiments, add affordance  1442  is (e.g., becomes) selectable at least partially based on a determination that one or more media items have been selected for use with the portrait user interface. Photo picker user interface  1434   d  includes selection counter  1456 , which indicates the number of media items that are currently selected for use with the portrait user interface. In  FIG.  14 E , computer system  1400  receives input  1450   g  on add affordance  1442  and, in response, adds the selected photos (e.g., preview image  1454   a , preview image  1454   b , and preview image  1454   c ) for use with the portrait user interface. 
     In  FIG.  14 F , in response to receiving input  1450  on add affordance  1442 , computer system  1400  displays layout editing user interface  1462   a , which illustrates a preview of what the portrait user interface will look like once it is added to a computer system. Layout editing user interface  1462   a  includes preview user interface  1466   a , which includes a representation of the portrait user interface with one of the media items that was selected for use with the portrait user interface in  FIGS.  14 D- 14 E , as described above. In  FIG.  14 F , preview user interface  1466   a  includes a media item that corresponds to preview image  1454   a , as described above. 
     As illustrated in preview user interface  1466   a , the portrait user interface includes a media item that includes background element  1466   a   1 , foreground element  1466   a   2 , and system text  1466   a   3 . System text  1466   a   3  includes a representation of a representative time (e.g., 10:09) different from the current time  1406   a  (e.g., 2:15). In layout editing user interface  1462   a , foreground element  1466   a   2  is displayed in a lateral position such that the top of the foreground element is displayed laterally below system text  1466   a   3 . Preview user interface  1466   a  further includes layout indicator  1468   a , which includes an indication of the layer arrangement of system text  1466   a   3  relative to foreground element  1466   a   2  (e.g., “Behind”), as well as to the position of system text  1466   a   3  within preview user interface  1466   a  (e.g., the lateral position of system text  1466   a   3 ) (e.g., “Top”). In layout editing user interface  1462   a , layout indicator  1468   a  indicates that system text  1466   a   3  is currently configured to be displayed in a “Top Behind” layout, which corresponds to displaying system text  1466   a   3  in an upper portion of preview user interface  1466   a , and in a layer arrangement that is behind foreground element  1466   a   2  (e.g., layered behind the foreground element and/or overlaid by the foreground element). 
     At layout editing user interface  1462   a , the layout of the watch user interface based on a media that includes depth data can be edited via user inputs received at computer system  1400 . For example, the position of the media item can be panned or zoomed, and the layer arrangement of system text  1466   a   3  relative to foreground element  1466   a   2  can be updated. In particular, layout editing user interface  1462   a  includes affordance for changing the layer arrangement of system text  1466   a   3  relative to foreground element  1466   a   2 . Layout editing user interface  1462   a  includes top behind affordance  1470   a  which, when selected, causes system text  1466   a   3  to be displayed in an upper portion of preview user interface  1466   a  and in a layer arrangement that is behind foreground element  1466   a   2 . Layout editing user interface  1462   a  further includes top front affordance  1470   b  which, when selected, causes system text  1466   a   3  to be displayed in an upper portion of the preview user interface  1466   a  and in a layer arrangement that is in front of (e.g., layered on top of and/or at least partially overlaying) foreground element  1466   a   2 . Layout editing user interface  1462   a  includes bottom behind affordance  1470   c  which, when selected, causes system text  1466   a   3  to be displayed in a lower portion of preview user interface  1466   a  and in a layer arrangement that is in front of (e.g., layered on top of and/or at least partially overlaying) foreground element  1466   a   2 . Layout editing user interface  1462   a  further includes bottom front affordance  1470   d  which, when selected, causes the system text (e.g., system text  1466   a   3 ) to be displayed in a lower portion of the preview user interface  1466   a  and in a layer arrangement that is in behind foreground element  1466   a   2 . 
     Layout editing user interface  1462   a  further includes cancel affordance  1472  which, when selected, causes computer system  1400  to cancel the process for configuring and/or editing the portrait user interface (e.g., and return to displaying add portrait user interface  1404   a ). Layout editing user interface  1462   a  further includes trash affordance  1474  which, when selected, causes computer system  1400  to discard one or more of the edits that a user has made to the layout of the portrait user interface. Layout editing user interface  1462   a  further includes done affordance  1476  which, when selected, causes computer system to complete and/or move forward with the portrait user interface with any edits as illustrated in preview user interface  1466   a . In some embodiments, done affordance  1474  is not selectable if the currently selected layout for the portrait user interface meets certain criteria (e.g., if the currently selected layout would cause the system text to be obscured by at least a threshold amount). In some embodiments, done affordance  1474  is grayed out when it is non-selectable to indicate that is cannot be selected. 
     In  FIG.  14 G , computer system  1400  receives input  1450   h   1  on preview user interface  1466   b .  FIGS.  14 G- 14 H  illustrate a process by which a user can pan the portion of the media item that will be displayed in the portrait user interface by directly manipulating portion of the media item that is displayed within preview user interface  1466   b  via a touch input (e.g., via a touch and drag input). Layout user editing user interface  1462   b  includes preview user interface  1466   b , which is based on a media item that includes background element  1466   b   1 , foreground element  1466   b   2 , and system text  1466   b   3 . In response to detecting input  1450   h   1 , at  FIG.  14 G , computer system  1400  displays guide line  1478 , which indicates a position below which foreground element  1466   b   2  should be positioned to avoid obscuring system text  1466   b   3  by at least a threshold amount. Thus, guide line  1478  assists a user in positioning the media item so that it does not block too much of system text  1466   b   3  (which would make the system text less readable). Layout editing user interface  1462   b  further includes instruction  1480   a , which includes an indicator to the user about where to position an aspect of the portrait user interface (e.g., an element of the media item). In particular, instruction  1480   a  indicates that the user should position foreground element  1466   b   2  below the line (e.g., guide line  1478 ) to provide further clarity to the user about where to drag the media item within the portrait user interface to configure the portrait user interface without blocking too much of system text  1466   b   3 . In some embodiments, computer system  600  provides haptic feedback when foreground element  1446   b   2  reaches guide line  1478 , when foreground element  1446   b   2  moves over (e.g., above) guide line  1478 , and/or when foreground element  1446   b   2  moves from being over guide line  1478  to below guide line  1478 . 
     Notably, input  1450   h   1  represents an initial location at which a touch input is displayed on preview user interface  1466   b . In response to dragging the input to a second location (e.g., as illustrated by input  1450   h   2  in  FIG.  14 H  below), computer system updates the position of the media item within preview user interface  1466   b  by an amount based on the difference between the initial input location on display  1402  and the end location on display  1402  of the input (e.g., the distance between input  1450   h   1  and input  1450   h   2 ). In some embodiments, the position of the media item is directly manipulated, such that moving the input by a particular distance on the display (e.g., 0.05 inches, 0.1 inches, and/or 0.5 inches) on display  1402  causes the media item to move within preview user interface  1466   c  by a corresponding amount. In some embodiments, the media item is directly manipulated up until the point when a boundary of the media item (a corner, an edge) is aligned with a boundary of preview user interface  1466   c , at which point the media item is not moved further in response to additional movement of the user input beyond the boundary of the media item. 
     In some embodiments, instruction  1480   a  is displayed and/or updated after the user input has been received (e.g., when the touch input corresponding to input  1450   h   1  has been lifted off of display  1402 ). In some embodiments, displaying instruction  1480   a  after the input has been received as opposed to displaying and/or updating the instruction while the input is being received reduces improves battery life by reducing the processing power required to display and/or update instruction  1480   a.    
     In  FIG.  14 H , user input  1450   h   1  has moved to (e.g., been dragged across display  1402  to) the location indicated by input  1450   h   2  (e.g., a drag input from the first location to the second location). In response to receiving the drag input, preview user interface  1466   c  includes the media item displayed with an updated location. Layout user editing user interface  1462   c  includes preview user interface  1466   c , which is based on a media item that includes background element  1466   c   1 , foreground element  1466   c   2 , and system text  1466   c   3 . In preview user interface  1466   c , foreground element  1466   c   2  has crossed guide line  1478 , and is obscuring system text  1466   c   3  beyond a threshold amount, thereby reducing the readability of system text  1466   c   3 . In addition, in contrast to layout user interface  1462   b , which included instruction  1480   a , layout user interface  1462   c  has been updated to include instruction  1480   b , which includes in indication that system text  1466   c   3  (which includes representative time 10:09) is being obscured (e.g., blocked by foreground element  1466   c   2 ). 
     At  FIG.  14 I , after receiving input  1450   h   2 , computer system  1400  displays layout editing user interface  1462   d , which includes foreground element  1466   d   2  being displayed at an updated location that obscures system text  1466   d   3 . Layout user editing user interface  1462   d  includes preview user interface  1466   d , which is based on a media item that includes background element  1466   d   1 , foreground element  1466   d   2 , and system text  1466   d   3 . Notably, done affordance  1476  is displayed as grayed out, indicating that it is not selectable. In some embodiments, done affordance  1476  is grayed out in accordance with a determination that at least a threshold amount of system text  1466   d   3  is being obscured by foreground element  1466   d   2 . At  FIG.  14 I , computer system  1400  receives input  1450   i  (e.g., a tap input) on top front affordance  1470   b.    
     At  FIG.  14 J , in response to receiving input  1450   i  on top front affordance  1470   b  as illustrated in  FIG.  14 I , computer system  1400  updates system text  1466   e   3  to be displayed in an upper portion of preview user interface  1466   e  and in a layer arrangement that is in front of (e.g., layered on top of and/or at least partially overlaying) foreground element  1466   e   2 . Layout user editing user interface  1462   e  includes preview user interface  1466   e , which is based on a media item that includes background element  1466   e   1 , foreground element  1466   e   2 , and system text  1466   e   3 . In  FIG.  14 J , computer system  1400  displays layout editing user interface  1462   e  where, in contrast to  FIG.  14 I , system text  1466   e   3  is displayed on top of (e.g., layered over) the foreground element  1466   e   2  instead of behind foreground element  1466   e   2 . Layout editing user interface  1462   e  further includes layout indicator  1468   b , which indicates the updated layout selection for the portrait user interface (e.g., “Top Front”). Further, layout editing user interface  1462   e  includes  1480   c , which provides a visual indication that a face in the media item is being obscured based on a determination that the face of the boy illustrated by foreground element  1466   e   2  is being obscured by system text  1466   e   3 . In  FIG.  14 J , computer system  1400  receives input  1450   j  on bottom front affordance  1470   c.    
     In  FIG.  14 K , in response to receiving input  1450   j  on bottom front affordance  1470   c , computer system displays layout editing user interface  1462   f , which includes preview user interface  1466   f  displayed with an updated layout. Layout user editing user interface  1462   f  includes preview user interface  1466   f , which is based on a media item that includes background element  1466   f   1 , foreground element  1466   f   2 , and system text  1466   f   3 . In preview user interface  1466   f , in response to bottom front affordance  1470   c  being selected, system text  1466   f   3  has been updated to be displayed in a lower portion of preview user interface  1466   f , and in a layer arrangement that is in front of the foreground element (e.g.,  1466   f   2 ). 
     Layout editing user interface  1462   f  includes layout indicator  1468   c , which indicates the updated layout (e.g., as opposed to layout indicator  1468   b  included in  FIG.  14 J ) (“Bottom Front”). Further, layout editing user interface  1462   f  does not include an instruction (e.g., instruction  1480   c , as illustrated in  FIG.  14 J ). In some embodiments, displaying the layout editing user interface without an instruction (e.g.,  1480   b  or  1480   c ) indicates that the currently selected layout for portrait user interface meets certain criteria (e.g., the current layout does not cause system text to be obscure beyond a threshold amount). 
     In  FIG.  14 L , computer system  1400  displays layout editing user interface  1462   g , which significantly corresponds to layout editing user interface  1462   f . Layout user interface  1462   g  includes preview user interface  1466 , which corresponds to the updated layout for displaying the portrait user interface, including a media item that includes background element  1466   g   1  and foreground element  1466   g   2 . Layout user editing user interface  1462   g  includes preview user interface  1466   g , which is based on a media item that includes background element  1466   g   1 , foreground element  1466   g   2 , and system text  1466   g   3 . Preview user interface  1466   g  further includes system text  1466   g   3 , which is displayed in a lower portion of preview user interface  1466   g  and in front of foreground element  1466   g   2  (e.g., in a “Bottom Front” arrangement, corresponding to layout indicator  1468   c ). At  FIG.  14 L , computer system  1400  receives input  1460  (e.g., a pinch input) on preview user interface  1466   g.    
     At  FIG.  14 M , in response to receiving input  1460 , the media item included in preview user interface  1466   h  is zoomed in (e.g., displayed at a second zoom level different from the zoom level that the media item is displayed with in  FIG.  14 L ). Layout user editing user interface  1462   h  includes preview user interface  1466   h , which is based on a media item that includes background element  1466   h   1 , foreground element  1466   h   2 , and system text  1466   h   3 . In some embodiments, the difference in the zoom level between the zoom level the media item is displayed with in preview user interface  1466   g  and the zoom level that the media item is displayed with in preview user interface  1466   h  is at least partially based on the length and/or magnitude of input  1460 . Notably, zooming in the media item includes zooming the elements of the media item (e.g., foreground element  1466   h   2  and background element  1466   h   1 ) without zooming in on additional features included in the preview user interface  1466   h , such as system text  1466   h   3 . In other words, the zoom level of system text  1466   h   3  is maintained while the zoom level of the media item included in the portrait user interface is edited. At  FIG.  14 M , computer system  1400  detects input  1450   k  (e.g., a tap input) on done affordance  1476 . 
     At  FIG.  14 N , in response to receiving input  1450   k  on done affordance  1476  in  FIG.  14 M , computer system  1400  displays add portrait user interface  1404   b . Add portrait user interface  1404   b  is an updated version of add portrait user interface  1404   a , where preview image  1412   b  has been updated to include a selected media item and layout for the portrait user interface selected in  FIGS.  14 B- 14 M , as discussed above. Preview image  1412   b  represents a portrait user interface that includes a background element, foreground element, and system text, wherein the system text indicates a representative time different from the current time  1406   a . In particular, preview image  1412   b  corresponds to the media item and/or layout selected for the portrait user interface represented by preview user interface  1466   h , which was displayed when done affordance  1476  was selected. 
     In  FIG.  14 N , computer system is in communication with (e.g., paired with or signed into the same user account as) computer system  600 . In  FIG.  14 N , computer system  600  displays, via display  602 , watch user interface  1494   a , which is a watch interface that is not based on a media item that includes depth data. In  FIG.  14 N , computer system  1400  detects input  1450   l  on add affordance  1416 , which corresponds to a request to add the portrait user interface to computer system  600 . 
     In  FIG.  14 O , in response to receiving input  1450   l  on add affordance  1416 , computer system  1400  transmits information corresponding to the portrait user interface to computer system  600 . In some embodiments, computer system  1400  transmits, to computer system  600 , a request to display the portrait user interface, and in response to receiving the input, computer system  600  displays, via display  602 , watch user interface  1494   b , wherein displaying watch user interface  1494   b  includes concurrently displaying: a media item that includes background element  1494   b   1 , foreground element  1494   b   2  that is segmented from the background element based on depth information, and system text  1494   b   3 . Notably, the media item included in watch user interface  1494   b  and the layout of watch user interface  1494   b  correspond to the media item and layout selected at computer system  1400  (e.g., as described above with reference to  FIGS.  14 B- 14 M ). Portrait user interface  1494   b  includes system text  1494   b   3  that indicates the current time (e.g., 2:15) as opposed to the representative time indicated by system text  1412   b   3 . 
     In  FIG.  14 P , after displaying watch user interface  1494   b , computer system  600  displays watch user interface  1494   c , which is an updated version of watch user interface  1494   b  that is based on a different media item than watch user interface  1494   b . Watch user interface  1494   c  is based on a different media item than watch user interface  1494   c , and is based on a different media item that was previously selected for use with the portrait user interface at computer system  1400  (e.g., as illustrated in  FIGS.  14 D- 14 E , above). In some embodiments, the media item that is included in the portrait user interface is updated (e.g., changed) in response to an input received at computer system  600  (e.g., a tap input). In some embodiments, the media item that is included in the portrait user interface (e.g.,  1494   c ) is updated in response to the passage of time (e.g., from 2:15 as indicated by system text  1494   b   3  to 3:12 as indicated by system text  1494   c   3 ). 
     Like watch user interface  1494   b , watch user interface  1494   c  includes a media item that includes background element  1494   c   1 , foreground element  1494   c   2 , and system text  1494   c   3 . These elements are different from those displayed in watch user interface  1494   b . Background element  1494   c   1  and foreground element  1494   c   2  are selected from a different media item than was used in watch user interface  1494   b , and system text  1494   c   3  is updated to reflect an updated current time (e.g., 3:12), but the overall layout of watch user interface  1494   b  and  1494   c  are the same. For example, system text  1494   c   3  is displayed in a “Bottom Front” layout (in a lower portion of watch user interface  1494   c ) and in a layer arrangement in front of foreground element  1494   c   2  just as was the case in watch user interface  1494   b . Thus, in transitioning from displaying watch user interface  1494   b  to displaying watch user interface  1494   c , computer system  600  maintains display of the same portrait user interface layout, applies the layout to an updated media time, and updates the watch user interface based on a change in conditions of computer system  600  (e.g., a change in the current time). Meanwhile, computer system  1400  maintains display of the same user interface as described above with reference to  FIG.  14 O , only updating the current time (e.g., 3:12 as illustrated by current time  1406   b ). Thus, the changes to the portrait user interface illustrated at computer system  600  occur independently of computer system  1400 . 
       FIG.  14 Q  illustrates computer system  1400  displaying layout editing user interface  1482   a , which illustrates an initial layout editing screen for editing the layout of a portrait user interface based on a media item with more than one subject (e.g., two or more foreground objects and/or two or more faces). Layout editing user interface  1482   a  includes preview user interface  1484   a , which is based on a media item that includes depth data with background element  1484   a   1 , first foreground element  1484   a   2 , second foreground element  1482   a   3 , and system text  1482   a   4 . In some embodiments, computer system  1400  initially displays layout editing user interface  1482   a  with both foreground element  1482   a   2  and foreground element  1482   a   3  framed within preview user interface  1484   a . In some embodiments, computer system initially displays layout editing user interface  1482   a  with a media item containing multiple foreground objects with a pan and/or zoom configuration selected such that the one or more foreground objects included in the media item will be framed in preview user interface  1484   a . As discussed above with reference to  FIGS.  14 F- 14 M , a user can edit the layer arrangement of system text  1484   a   4  relative to foreground objects  1482   a   2  and  1482   a   3 , pan across the media item to edit the portion of the media item displayed within preview user interface  1484   a , or change the zoom level that the media item is displayed with via user inputs. In  FIG.  14 Q , computer system  1400  receives drag input  1485  on preview user interface  1484   a.    
     In  FIG.  14 R , in response to receiving drag input  1485  in  FIG.  14 Q , computer system  1400  displays layout editing user interface  1482   b , which is an updated version of layout editing user interface  1482   a  wherein the position of the media item contained within preview user interface  1484   b  has been edited in response to drag input  1485 . Thus, in  FIG.  14 R , the position of the media item is edited such that foreground element  1484   b   2  is framed in preview user interface  1484   b , but foreground element  1484   b   3  is outside of the portion of the media item that is included in preview user interface  1484   b . Meanwhile, the layer arrangement of the elements of the media item (background element  1484   b   1 , foreground element  1484   b   2 , foreground element  1484   b   3 , and system text  1484   b   4 ) remains the same. 
       FIG.  15    is a flow diagram illustrating a method for editing user interfaces based on depth data of a previously captured media item using a computer system in accordance with some embodiments. Method  1500  is performed at a computer system (e.g.,  100 ,  300 ,  500 , a smartphone, a smartwatch, a wearable electronic device, a desktop computer, a laptop, and/or a tablet) that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices (e.g., a display controller and/or a touch-sensitive display system). Some operations in method  1500  are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted. 
     As described below, method  1500  provides an intuitive way for editing user interfaces based on depth data of a previously captured media item. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for editing user interfaces based on depth data of a previously captured media item, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to configure user interfaces based on depth data of a previously captured media item faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     In some embodiments, method  1500  is used to edit a user interface that carries out (e.g., is configured to carry out) and/or that embodies method  700  (e.g.,  FIG.  7   ) and/or is a watch user interface as described in  FIGS.  6 A- 6 U . 
     In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g.,  1400 ) detects ( 1502 ), via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to a request to display an editing user interface (e.g., a tap gesture, a long press gesture, or the like). In response to detecting the input, the computer system displays ( 1504 ), via the display generation component, an editing user interface (e.g.,  1462   a ) (e.g., a cropping user interface, a user interface for configuring a watch face). In some embodiments, displaying the editing user interface includes concurrently displaying a media item (e.g., a photo, a video, a GIF, and/or an animation) and system text (e.g.,  1466   a   3 ) (e.g., a first time and/or a current date). In some embodiments, the computer system displays ( 1506 ) a media item (e.g., a photo, a video, a GIF, and/or an animation) that includes a background element (e.g.,  1466   a   1 ) and a foreground element (e.g.,  1466   a   2 ) that is segmented from the background element based on depth information. In some embodiments, the media item includes depth data (e.g., data that can be used to segment a foreground element from one or more background elements such as data indicating that the foreground element was less than a threshold distance away from one or more cameras when the media was captured and a background element was more than the threshold distance away from the one or more cameras when the media was captured or a data set related to the distance between two objects in the media, a data set including the relative distances between a camera sensor and at least a first and second object that were in the field of view of the camera sensor at the time the media was captured and/or a plurality of layers). In some embodiments, the background element and the foreground element are selected (in some embodiments, automatically) based on the depth data (e.g., in accordance with a determination that the background element is positioned behind the foreground element). In some embodiments, the depth data is determined based on sensor information (e.g., image sensor information and/or depth sensor information) collected when the media item was captured. 
     The computer system displays ( 1508 ) system text (e.g.,  1466   a   3 ) wherein, the system text is displayed with a first layer arrangement (e.g., position) relative to the foreground element (e.g.,  1466   a   2 ) based on the depth information (e.g., in front of (e.g., at least partially visually overlaying) the foreground element, behind (e.g., at least partially visually overlaid by) the foreground element), and the foreground element of the media item is displayed at a first position relative to the system text (e.g., the media item is cropped to display a first portion of the media item without displaying a second portion of the media item). In some embodiments, the system text has content that is static (e.g., a fixed time that is not based on a current time). In some embodiments, the system text has content that is dynamically selected based on a context of the computer system. 
     The computer system (e.g.,  1400 ) detects ( 1510 ) a user input (e.g.,  1450   i ) (e.g., a tap input, a swipe input, a long press input, and/or a mouse click) directed to the editing user interface (e.g.,  1462   d ). In response to detecting ( 1512 ) the user input directed to the editing user interface and in accordance with a determination that the user input is a first type of user input (e.g., an input that corresponds to a user-interactive graphical user interface object for updating the layer arrangement of the system text relative to the foreground element), the computer system updates ( 1514 ) the system text (e.g.,  1466   d   3 ) to be displayed with a second layer arrangement relative to the foreground element that was segmented based on depth information for the media item. In some embodiments, the computer system updates the system text to be displayed with a second layer arrangement relative to the foreground element that was segmented based on the depth information without changing the lateral position of the foreground element of the media item relative to the system text. In some embodiments, the second layer arrangement relative to the foreground element is different from the first layer arrangement relative to the foreground element. 
     In response to detecting ( 1512 ) the user input (e.g.,  1450   h   1 ) directed to the editing user interface (e.g.,  1462   b ) and in accordance with a determination that the user input is a second type of user input different from the first type of user input (e.g., in response to detecting the user input corresponding to a request to change a crop selection of the media item), the computer system (e.g.,  1400 ) updates ( 1516 ) the media item so that the foreground element (e.g.,  1466   b   2 ) of the media item is displayed at a second position relative to the system text, wherein the second position is different from the first position. In some embodiments, the computer system updates the media item so that the foreground element of the media item is displayed at a second position relative to the system text without changing the layer arrangement (e.g., the layer order) of the system text relative to the foreground element. In some embodiments, the second crop selection is different from the first crop selection. In some embodiments, updating the media item to be displayed with the second crop selection includes displaying a portion of the media item that was not displayed when the media item was displayed with the first crop selection. In some embodiments, updating the media item to be displayed with the second crop selection include foregoing displaying a portion of the media item that was displayed when the media item was displayed with the first crop selection. Conditionally updating the system text to be displayed with a second layer arrangement relative to the foreground element that was segmented based on depth information for the media item or updating the media item so that the foreground element of the media item is displayed at a second position relative to the system text, wherein the second position is different from the first position in accordance with a determination about whether the user input is a first type or user input or a second type of user input reduces the number of inputs needed to edit the configuration of the system text and/or the media item which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more (e.g., customize and edit media items and system text) quickly and efficiently. Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform an operation enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, after detecting the user input (e.g.,  1450   i ) directed to the editing user interface (e.g.,  1462   d ), the computer system (e.g.,  1400 ) detects a second user input (e.g.,  1450   j ) directed to the editing user interface (e.g.,  1462   e ). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the second user input directed to the editing user interface and in accordance with a determination that the second user input is the first type of user input (e.g., an input that corresponds to the user-interactive graphical user interface object for updating the layer arrangement of the system text relative to the foreground element), the computer system updates the system text (e.g.,  1466   e   3 ) to be displayed with a third layer arrangement relative to the foreground element (e.g.,  1466   e   2 ) that was segmented based on depth information for the media item. In some embodiments, the computer system updates the system text to be displayed with the third layer arrangement relative to the foreground element without changing the lateral position of the foreground element of the media item relative to the system text. In some embodiments, the third layer arrangement is different from the second layer arrangement. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the second user input directed to the editing user interface and in accordance with a determination that the second user input is the second type of user input different from the first type of user input (e.g., in response to detecting the user input corresponding to a request to change a crop selection of the media item), the computer system updates the media item so that the foreground element of the media item is displayed at a third position relative to the system text, wherein the third position is different from the first position and the second position. In some embodiments, the computer system updates the media item so that the foreground element of the media item is displayed at the third position relative to the system text without changing the layer arrangement (e.g., the layer order) of the system text relative to the foreground element. Editing a first aspect in response to the first user input and a second, different aspect (e.g., the layer arrangement of the system text and/or the position of the foreground element) in response to the second user input reduces the number of inputs needed to edit different aspects of the system text and/or the media item which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the editing user interface (e.g.,  1462   a ) includes a set of one or more user-interactive graphical user interface objects (e.g., affordances) (e.g.,  1470   a ,  1470   b ,  1470   c , and/or  1470   d ) that, when selected, cause the computer system to update a layer arrangement of the system text (e.g.,  1466   a   3 ) relative to the foreground element (e.g.,  1466   a   2 ). Displaying options for updating the layering arrangement of the system text relative to the media item reduces the number of inputs needed to configure the system text which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the set of one or more user-interactive graphical user interface objects (e.g.,  1470   a ,  1470   b ,  1470   c , and/or  1470   d ) includes a first user-interactive graphical user interface object (e.g.,  1470   a ) that, when selected, causes the computer system (e.g.,  1400 ) to display the system text (e.g.,  1466   a   3 ) in an upper portion of the media item and behind (e.g., at least partially visually overlaid by) the foreground element (e.g.,  1466   a   2 ) of the media item. In some embodiments, the computer system detects a user input that corresponds to selection (e.g., a tap gesture, a swipe, a press input, and/or a mouse click) of the first user-interactive graphical user interface object. In response to detecting the user input that corresponds to selection of the first user-interactive graphical user interface object, the computer system updates the system text to be displayed in an upper portion of the media item and/or behind the foreground element of the media item (and, optionally in front of one or more background elements of the media item). Displaying the system text in an upper portion of the media item and behind the foreground element of the media item in response to detecting a user input that corresponds to selection of the first user-interactive graphical user interface object reduces the number of inputs needed to configure the system text which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the set of one or more user-interactive graphical user interface objects (e.g.,  1470   a ,  1470   b ,  1470   c , and/or  1470   d ) includes a second user-interactive graphical user interface object (e.g.,  1470   b ) that, when selected, causes the computer system (e.g.,  1400 ) to display the system text (e.g.,  1466   a   3 ) in an upper portion of the media item and in front of (e.g., at least partially overlaying) the foreground element (e.g.,  1466   a   2 ) of the media item. In some embodiments, the computer system detects a user input (e.g.,  1450   i ) that corresponds to selection (e.g., a tap gesture, a swipe, a press input, and/or a mouse click) of the second user-interactive graphical user interface object. In response to detecting the user input that corresponds to selection of the second user-interactive graphical user interface object, the computer system updates the system text to be displayed in an upper portion of the media item and/or in front of the foreground element of the media item. Displaying the system text in an upper portion of the media item and in front of the foreground element of the media item in response to detecting a user input that corresponds to selection of the second user-interactive graphical user interface object reduces the number of inputs needed to configure the system text which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the set of one or more user-interactive graphical user interface objects (e.g.,  1470   a ,  1470   b ,  1470   c , and/or  1470   d ) includes a third user-interactive graphical user interface object (e.g.,  1470   d ) that, when selected, causes the computer system to display the system text (e.g.,  1466   a   3 ) in a lower portion of the media item and behind (e.g., at least overlaid by) the foreground element (e.g.,  1466   a   2 ) of the media item. In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g.,  1400 ) detects a user input that corresponds to selection (e.g., a tap gesture, a swipe, a press input, and/or a mouse click) of the third user-interactive graphical user interface object. In response to detecting the user input that corresponds to selection of the third user-interactive graphical user interface object, the computer system updates the system text to be displayed in a lower portion of the media item and/or behind the foreground element of the media item (and, optionally in front of one or more background elements of the media item). Displaying the system text in a lower portion of the media item and behind the foreground element of the media item in response to detecting a user input that corresponds to selection of the third user-interactive graphical user interface object reduces the number of inputs needed to configure the system text which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the set of one or more user-interactive graphical user interface objects (e.g.,  1470   a ,  1470   b ,  1470   c , and/or  1470   d ) includes a fourth user-interactive graphical user interface object (e.g.,  1470   c ) that, when selected, causes the computer system (e.g.,  1400 ) to display the system text (e.g.,  1466   a   3 ) in a lower portion of the media item and in front of (e.g., at least partially overlaying) the foreground element (e.g.,  1466   a   2 ) of the media item. In some embodiments, the computer system detects a user input (e.g.,  1450   j ) that corresponds to selection (e.g., a tap gesture, a swipe, a press input, and/or a mouse click) of the fourth user-interactive graphical user interface object. In response to detecting the user input that corresponds to selection of the fourth user-interactive graphical user interface object, the computer system updates the system text to be displayed in a lower portion of the media item and/or in front of the foreground element of the media item. Displaying the system text in a lower portion of the media item and in front of the foreground element of the media item in response to detecting a user input that corresponds to selection of the fourth user-interactive graphical user interface object reduces the number of inputs needed to configure the system text which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the editing user interface (e.g.,  1462   c ), and wherein a first portion of the media item is included (e.g., displayed) in the editing user interface, the computer system (e.g.,  1400 ) detects a third user input (e.g., a tap input, a swipe input, a long press input, and/or a mouse click) (e.g.,  1450   h   2 ) directed to the editing user interface. In response to detecting the third user input directed to the editing user interface, the computer system pans and/or zooms the media item (e.g., scrolling the media item such that an updated portion of the media item included in the editing user interface, zooming in on the media item such that a smaller portion of the media item is included in the editing user interface, zooming out on the media item such that a larger portion of the media item is included in the editing user interface). In some embodiments, panning and/or zooming the media item includes causing a second portion of the media item different from the first portion of the media item to be included in the editing user interface. Panning and/or zooming the media item in response to detecting a user input directed to the editing user interface reduces the number of inputs needed to pan and/or zoom the media item which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. In addition, panning and/or scrolling the media item in response to detecting the user input provides visual feedback about which portion of the media item is selected to be displayed in a watch user interface. Providing improved visual feedback enhances the operability of the device enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to know which of the selectable objects being displayed has selection focus to reduce the number of user inputs and prevent the user from mistakenly selecting an incorrect selectable object) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while detecting the third user input and in accordance with a determination that a fourth layer arrangement of the system text (e.g.,  1466   c   3 ) relative to the foreground element (e.g.,  1466   c   2 ) and a fourth position of the foreground element relative to the system text satisfy (e.g., in combination, collectively) a first set of criteria (e.g., the system text is being obscured by at least a threshold amount and/or the position of the foreground element is off-center by at least a threshold amount), the computer system (e.g.,  1400 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  1402 ), an indicator (e.g.,  1480   b ) (e.g., a suggestion to edit the position of the second layer arrangement of the system text relative to the system text, a suggestion to edit the position of the foreground element relative to the system text, and/or a guide line). In some embodiments, while detecting the third user input and in accordance with a determination that the fourth layer arrangement of the system text relative to the foreground element and the fourth position of the foreground element relative to the system text do not satisfy the first set of criteria (e.g., the system text is not being obscured by less than a threshold amount and/or the position of the foreground is off-center by less than a threshold amount), the computer system foregoes displaying the indicator. Conditionally displaying an indicator when the layer arrangement of the system text relative to the foreground element and the position of the foreground element relative to the system text satisfy a set of criteria provides visual feedback about whether the criteria have been satisfied (e.g., whether the system text is being obscured by at least a threshold amount and/or whether the position of the foreground element is off-center by at least a threshold amount). 
     In some embodiments, the determination that the fourth layer arrangement of the system text (e.g.,  1466   c   3 ) relative to the foreground element (e.g.,  1466   c   2 ) and the fourth position of the foreground element relative to the system text satisfy (e.g., in combination, collectively) the first set of criteria is at least partially based on a position at which the system text is displayed (e.g., a position in the editing user interface). In some embodiments, the first set of criteria includes a determination that the system text is displayed above or below a threshold boundary. Conditionally displaying an indicator when the layer arrangement of the system text relative to the foreground element and the position of the foreground element relative to the system text satisfy a set of criteria, wherein the determination is at least partially based on a position at which the system text is displayed, provides visual feedback based on the position at which the system text is displayed. 
     In some embodiments, the determination that the fourth layer arrangement of the system text (e.g.,  1466   c   3 ) relative to the foreground element (e.g.,  1466   c   2 ) and the fourth position of the foreground element relative to the system text satisfy (e.g., in combination, collectively) the first set of criteria is at least partially based on a fourth position at which the foreground element is displayed (e.g., a position in the editing user interface). In some embodiments, the first set of criteria includes a determination that the foreground element is displayed above or below a threshold boundary. Conditionally displaying an indicator when the layer arrangement of the system text relative to the foreground element and the position of the foreground element relative to the system text satisfy a set of criteria, wherein the determination is at least partially based on a second position at which the foreground element is displayed, provides visual feedback based on the position at which the foreground element is displayed. 
     In some embodiments, the determination that the fourth layer arrangement of the system text (e.g.,  1466   c   3 ) relative to the foreground element (e.g.,  1466   c   2 ) and the fourth position of the foreground element relative to the system text satisfy (e.g., in combination, collectively) the first set of criteria includes a determination that the system text is being obscured (e.g., overlaid, blocked) by the foreground element by at least a threshold amount (e.g., based on the system text being displayed behind the foreground element of the media item (and, optionally in front of one or more background elements of the media item)). Conditionally displaying an indicator when the layer arrangement of the system text relative to the foreground element and the position of the foreground element relative to the system text satisfy a set of criteria, wherein the determination is at least partially based on a second position at which the foreground element is displayed, provides visual feedback about whether the system text is being obscured by the foreground element by at least the threshold amount. 
     In some embodiments, the editing user interface (e.g.,  1462   h ) includes a done user-interactive graphical user interface object (e.g.,  1476 ). In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g.,  1400 ) detects a user input (e.g.,  1450   k ) (e.g., a tap input and/or a mouse click) on the done user-interactive graphical user interface object. In response to detecting the user input on the done user-interactive graphical user interface object and in accordance with a determination that the system text is being obscured (e.g., overlaid and/or blocked) by the foreground element by less than the threshold amount, the computer system ceases to display the editing user interface (e.g., displaying a user interface that is different from the editing user interface). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the user input on the done user-interactive graphical user interface object and in accordance with the determination that the system text is being obscured (e.g., overlaid and/or blocked) by the foreground element by at least the threshold amount, the computer system maintains display of the editing user interface. In some embodiments, the done user-interactive graphical user interface object is not selectable when the system text is being obscured by the foreground element by at least the threshold amount. In some embodiments, when system text is being obscured by the foreground element by at least the threshold amount, the done user-interactive graphical user interface object includes a visual indication that it is not selectable (e.g., a gray color and/or a shadow visual effect). In some embodiments, selecting the done user-interactive graphical user interface object when less than the threshold amount of the system text is being obscured by the foreground element causes the computer system to display a watch face selection user interface or a watch face gallery user interface. Conditionally maintaining display of the editing user interface or foregoing display of the editing user interface (e.g., by displaying a different user interface) in response to detecting an input on the done user-interactive graphical user interface object provides visual feedback about whether additional edits are needed in order to proceed to the be finished with configuring the system text and/or the media item (e.g., to cause a subsequent user interface to be displayed). 
     In some embodiments, the indicator includes a textual indication (e.g.,  1480   a ) corresponding to the editing user interface. In some embodiments, the textual indication includes a suggestion to edit the position of the foreground element. In some embodiments, the textual indication includes a suggestion to edit the position of the system text. In some embodiments, the textual indication includes a suggestion to update a layer arrangement of the system text relative to the foreground element. In some embodiments, the textual indication indicates that the system text is being obscured by at least a threshold amount. Conditionally displaying an indicator that includes a textual indication corresponding to the editing user interface when the layer arrangement of the system text relative to the foreground element and the position of the foreground element relative to the system text satisfy a set of criteria provides visual feedback related to configuring the media item and/or the system text (e.g., the reason why the indicator is displayed). 
     In some embodiments, the indicator includes a graphical indication (e.g.,  1478 ) of a boundary position. In some embodiments, the graphical indication of the boundary position includes an axis (e.g., a line) below which the foreground element must remain in order for the foreground element to not obscure the system text by at least the threshold amount. Conditionally displaying an indicator that includes a graphical indication of a boundary when the layer arrangement of the system text relative to the foreground element and the position of the foreground element relative to the system text satisfy a set of criteria provides visual feedback related to configuring the media item and/or the system text (e.g., a line below or above which the media item and/or the foreground element should be panned to improve the configuration). 
     In some embodiments, prior to detecting the third user input (e.g.,  1450   h   2 ) directed to the editing user interface (e.g.,  1462   b ), the computer system (e.g.,  1400 ) displays the indicator (e.g.,  1480   a ). In some embodiments, at least a first portion of the indicator (a portion that includes a textual indication corresponding to the editing user interface, a portion that includes a graphical indication of a boundary position) is displayed with a first color (e.g., white, or green). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the third user input directed to the editing user interface, the computer system displays the first portion of the indicator with a second color different from the first color (e.g., red, or orange). Changing the color with which a portion of the indicator is displayed in response to detecting a user input directed to the editing user interface provides visual feedback related to configuring the media item and/or the system text (e.g., by providing a visual indication that the current configuration of the media item and/or the system text contains one or more errors (e.g., at least a threshold amount of the system text is being obscured by the foreground element)). 
     In some embodiments, prior to detecting the third user input (e.g.,  1450   h   2 ), the computer system (e.g.,  1400 ) displays the editing user interface (e.g.,  1462   a ) without the indicator. In some embodiments, while the third user input is maintained, the computer system updates the editing user interface to include the indicator. In some embodiments, the computer system updates the editing user interface to include the indicator while detecting the third user input and before the third user input has ended (e.g., before a touch input has been lifted off of the touch-sensitive surface). Updating the editing user interface to include the indicator while the third user input is maintained (e.g., before a corresponding touch input has lifted off of the touch-sensitive surface) provides visual feedback related to configuring the media item and/or the system text (e.g., the indicator is displayed substantially as soon as the edit to the configuration of the system text and/or the media item causes the first set of criteria to be satisfied (e.g., as soon as the edit would cause at least a threshold amount of the system text to be obscured by the foreground element)). 
     In some embodiments, prior to detecting the third user input (e.g.,  1450   h   2 ), the computer system (e.g.,  1400 ) displays the editing user interface (e.g.,  1462   a ) without the indicator. In response to detecting an end of the third user input (e.g., the touch input ends, and/or a finger lifts off of the touch-sensitive surface), the computer system displays the indicator (e.g.,  1480   b ). Displaying the indicator in response to the third user input concluding (e.g., when a corresponding touch input lifts off of a touch-sensitive surface) provides visual feedback related to configuring the media item and/or the system text (e.g., after the third input that causes the configuration of the system text and/or the media item to satisfy the first set of criteria). 
     In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the media item includes a single foreground element (e.g., one person and/or one pet), the computer system (e.g.,  1400 ) initially displays the media item in a fifth position that is at least partially based on the single foreground element (e.g.,  1466   a   2 ) (e.g., with the single foreground element centered). In accordance with a determination that the media item includes two or more foreground elements (e.g.,  1484   b   2  and  1484   b   3 ) (e.g., two or more people and/or pets), the computer system initially displays the media item in a sixth position that is at least partially based on the two or more foreground elements. In some embodiments, initially displaying the media item in the fifth media position that is at least partially based on the two or more foreground elements includes positioning the media item on the display so that the two or more foreground elements will all be within a displayed (e.g., selected) portion of the media item. Initially displaying the media item in either a fourth position that is at least partially based on the single foreground element or a fifth position that is at least partially based on the two or more foreground elements reduces the number of inputs needed to edit the position of the media item so that the one or more foreground elements of the media item are selected to be displayed which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the editing user interface (e.g.,  1462   g ), wherein the editing user interface includes a third portion of the media item displayed at a first zoom level, the computer system detects a swipe gesture (e.g.,  1450   h   2 ) (e.g., a drag gesture) on the media item and/or detects a pinch gesture (e.g.,  1460 ). In response to detecting the swipe gesture, the computer system updates the editing user interface by panning from the third portion of the media item to a fourth portion of the media item based on the swipe gesture (e.g., based on the magnitude of the swipe gesture and/or based on the direction of the swipe gesture). In response to detecting the pinch gesture, the computer system updates the editing user interface by displaying the media item at a second zoom level different from the first zoom level based on the pinch gesture (e.g., the magnitude of the change in zoom level is based on the pinch gesture and/or the direction of the zoom change (e.g., zoom out, zoom in) is based on the pinch gesture). Updating the editing user interface by panning the media item in response to a swipe gesture and displaying the media item at a different zoom level in response to a pinch gesture reduces the number of inputs needed to configure the displayed portion of the media item and/or the zoom level at which the media item is displays which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g.,  1400 ) maintains display of the system text (e.g.,  1466   d   3 ) while updating the editing user interface (e.g.,  1462   d ) by panning from the third portion of the media item to the fourth portion of the media item, and the computer system maintains display of the system text while updating the editing user interface by displaying the media item at the second zoom level different from the first zoom level. In some embodiments, the position and/or zoom level of the system text remain constant while the computer system updates the editing user interface by panning from the third portion of the media item to a fourth portion of the media item and updates the editing user interface by displaying the media item at a second zoom level different from the first zoom level. Maintaining display of the system text while panning from a third portion of the media item to a fourth portion of the media item and while updating the editing user interface by displaying the media item at a different zoom level provides visual feedback that the position and/or zoom level are not edited when the pan portion or zoom level of the media item is edited, and further provides visual feedback about how the updated configuration of the media item will look with the system text. 
     In some embodiments, prior to displaying the editing user interface (e.g.,  1462   a ), the computer system (e.g.,  1400 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  1402 ), a media selection user interface (e.g.,  1434   c ) that includes a first set of media items (e.g.,  1454   a ,  1454   b , and/or  1454   c ) (e.g., from a media library of the computer system). The computer system receives, via the one or more input devices, a sequence of one or more user inputs (e.g.,  1450   d ,  1450   e , and/or  1450   f ) (e.g., touch inputs, rotational inputs, and/or press inputs) corresponding to a selection of a subset of the first set of media items including the media item. In response to receiving the sequence of one or more user inputs (e.g., touch inputs, rotational inputs, and/or press inputs) corresponding to the selection of the subset of the first set of media items including the media item, the computer system displays the editing user interface, wherein the editing user interface includes the media item. In some embodiments, the computer system generates a set of eligible media items based at least partially on the characteristics of media items (e.g., availability of depth information, a shape of the depth information, and/or a presence of a particular type of point of interest (e.g., a face, a pet, and/or a favorite person)), a location of a point of interest (e.g., a face, a pet, and/or a significant foreground element) in the media item. In some embodiments, the set of media items is a subset of a larger set of media items accessible from (e.g., stored on) the computer system (e.g., a photos album). Displaying the editing user including the third media item in response to a sequence of one or more user inputs corresponding to a selection of the subset of the first set of media items including the media item reduces the number of inputs required to select one or media items to be included in an editing user interface and subsequently display an editing user interface including one or more of the selected media items. 
     In some embodiments, the first set of media items is selected so as to exclude media items that do not contain depth information. In some embodiments, the first set of media items is selected to as to exclude media items that do not contain depth data with a particular shape and/or threshold degree of separation between a foreground element and a background element. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the plurality of media items does not contain at least one media item that includes depth data, the computer system forgoes adding media items to the subset of media items selected for use with the user interface. In some embodiments, the computer system determines whether the plurality of media items contains at least one media item that includes depth data by evaluating the plurality of media items available to (e.g., accessible by) the computer system to determine whether media items in the plurality of media items include depth information. Displaying a first set of media items, wherein the first set of media items is selected so as to exclude media items that do not contain depth information, provides the user with a first set of media items that include depth data, without requiring the user to manually select media items that include depth data to be added to the first set of media items. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the first set of media items is selected so as to exclude media items that do not include one or more subjects that meet a first set of predetermined criteria (e.g., a presence of a particular type of point of interest (e.g., a face, a pet, and/or a favorite person), a degree of separation between a foreground element of the media item and a background element of the media item, and/or a location of a point of interest (e.g., a face, a pet, and/or a significant foreground element) in the media). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the plurality of media items does not contain at least one media item that meets the first set of predetermined criteria, the computer system forgoes adding media items to the first set of media items. In some embodiments, the computer system determines whether a second plurality of media items contains at least one media item that meets the first set of criteria by evaluating the second plurality of media items available to (e.g., accessible by) the computer system to determine whether media items in the second plurality of media items include one or more subjects that meet the first set of predetermined criteria. Displaying a first set of media items, wherein the first set of media items is selected so as to exclude media items that do not include one or more subjects that meet a first set of predetermined criteria, provides the user with a first set of media items that satisfy the predetermined criteria, without requiring the user to manually select the media items that satisfy the first set of predetermined criteria to be added to the first set of media items. 
     In some embodiments, prior to displaying the media selection user interface (e.g.,  1434   c ), the computer system (e.g.,  1400 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  1402 ), an album selection user interface (e.g.,  1434   b ) (e.g., a user interface including options for selecting one or more albums that include photos that include depth data). In some embodiments, displaying the album selection user interface includes concurrently displaying: a first album user-interactive graphical user interface object (e.g.,  1448   c ) corresponding to a second set of media items that correspond to a first identified subject (e.g., a first person or a first pet) and a second album user-interactive graphical user interface object (e.g.,  1448   d ) corresponding to a third set of media items that correspond to a second identified subject different from the first subject (e.g., a second person or a second pet). While displaying the first album user-interactive graphical user interface object and the second album user-interactive graphical user interface object, the computer system detects a fourth user input (e.g., a tap input, a swipe input, a long press input, and/or a mouse click). In response to detecting the fourth user input and in accordance with a determination that the fourth user input corresponds to a selection of the first album user-interactive graphical user interface object, the computer system displays the media selection user interface that includes the first set of media items, wherein the first set of media items includes the second set of media items (e.g., wherein the media selection user interface includes options for selecting one or more of the second set of media items that correspond to the first identified subject). In response to detecting the fourth user input and in accordance with a determination that the fourth user input corresponds to a selection of the second album user-interactive graphical user interface object, the computer system displays the media selection user interface that includes the first set of media items, wherein the first set of media items includes the third set of media items (e.g., wherein the media selection user interface includes options for selecting one or more of the third set of media items that correspond to the second identified subject). Displaying a first option for selecting photos that include depth data of a first user, and a second option for selecting photos that include depth data of a second (e.g., different) user provides the user with options to select photos that include depth data of a particular user, without having to manually select the media items that include depth data of that particular user. 
     In some embodiments, the media selection user interface (e.g.,  1434   c ) includes an add selected user-interactive graphical user interface object (e.g.,  1442 ) (e.g., an add affordance). In some embodiments, while displaying the media selection user interface, the computer system (e.g.,  1400 ) receives a second sequence of one or more user inputs (e.g.,  1450   d ,  1450   e , and/or  1450   f ) (e.g., touch inputs, rotational inputs, and/or press inputs) corresponding to selection of one or more media items (e.g.,  1454   a ,  1454   b , and/or  1454   c ) included in the first set of media items. After receiving the second sequence of one or more user inputs, the computer system detects a fifth user input (e.g.,  1450   g ) (e.g., a tap input, a swipe input, a long press input, and/or a mouse click) on the add selected user-interactive graphical user interface object (e.g.,  1442 ). In response to detecting the fifth user input, the computer system adds the selected one or more media items to a second subset of media items that are selected for use with a watch user interface. In some embodiments, the second sequence of one or more user inputs corresponding to selection of one or more media items corresponds to one or more taps on one or more media items, wherein a tap on a media item changes the selection status of the tapped media item (e.g., from selected to non-selected, or vice versa). Adding the selected media items to a second subset of media items that are selected for use with a watch user interface in response to detecting a user input on the add selected user-interactive graphical user interface object reduces the number of inputs needed to add selected media items to a subset of media items that are selected for use with a watch user interface which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, after detecting the user input (e.g.,  1450   h   1 ) directed to the editing user interface (e.g.,  1462   b ), the computer system (e.g.,  1400 ) causes a user interface based on the media item (e.g.,  1494   b ) (e.g., a watch face) to be added for display as a wake screen user interface for a respective electronic device (e.g.,  600 ) (e.g., a user interface that is displayed when the device wakes or becomes active after being in an off and/or low power state, such as a watch face for a watch that is paired to the computer system or a watch face for the computer system or a lock screen user interface for the computer system). In some embodiments, displaying the user interface as the wake screen user interface includes concurrently displaying the media item (e.g., a photo, a video, a GIF, and/or an animation) that includes the background element (e.g.,  1494   b   1 ) and the foreground element (e.g.,  1494   b   2 ) that is segmented from the background element based on depth information and system text (e.g.,  1494   b   3 ). In some embodiments, the media item includes depth data (e.g., data that can be used to segment a foreground element from one or more background elements such as data indicating that the foreground element was less than a threshold distance away from one or more cameras when the media was captured and a background element was more than the threshold distance away from the one or more cameras when the media was captured or a data set related to the distance between two objects in the media, a data set including the relative distances between a camera sensor and at least a first and second object that were in the field of view of the camera sensor at the time the media was captured, and/or a plurality of layers). In some embodiments, the background element and the foreground element are selected (in some embodiments, automatically) based on the depth data (e.g., in accordance with a determination that the background element is positioned behind the foreground element). In some embodiments, the system text is displayed with a fifth layer arrangement (e.g., position) relative to the foreground element based on the depth information (e.g., in front of (e.g., at least partially visually overlaying) the foreground element, or behind (e.g., at least partially visually overlaid by) the foreground element). In some embodiments, the system text is updated to include content that is dynamically selected based on a context of the computer system (e.g., a first time and/or a current date). Automatically creating a user interface, wherein displaying the user interface includes concurrently displaying a media item that includes a background element, a foreground element that is segmented from the background element based on depth information, and system text, wherein the system text is displayed with a layer arrangement relative to the foreground element and has content that is dynamically selected based on a context of the computer system, enables the user interface to be displayed without requiring the user to provide multiple inputs to manually divide the media item into segmented elements, and/or by selecting which element of the media should be the foreground element and which element of the media item should be the background element. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user interface to be displayed by determining that the media item includes a background element and a foreground element segmented from the background element based on depth information) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while the user interface (e.g.,  1494   b ) is displayed, the computer system (e.g.,  600  and/or  1400 ) determines that a second set of predetermined criteria has been met (e.g., the time has changed, the date has changed, the time zone has changed, and/or an input has been received). In response to determining that the second set of predetermined criteria has been met, the user interface is updated to include updated system text (e.g.,  1494   c   3 ) (e.g., an updated time and/or date) and/or an updated media item (e.g., a second media item (e.g., a photo, a video, a GIF, and/or an animation) that includes a background element and a foreground element that is segmented from the background element based on depth information). In some embodiments, updating the system text includes revising the system text to include different content. In some embodiments, updating the user interface to include updated system text includes displaying the updated system text with an updated (e.g., different) layer arrangement relative to the foreground element that was segmented based on depth information for the media item. In some embodiments, updating the user interface to include updated system text includes displaying the updated media item so that the foreground element of the updated media item is displayed at an updated (e.g., different) position relative to the system text. Updating the system text and/or media item included in the user interface in response to determining that a set of predetermined criteria has been met enables the user interface to be updated based on new inputs and/or context (e.g., of the computer system) without requiring the user to provide multiple inputs at the computer system to cause the user interface to be updated (e.g., by configuring the user interface to include an updated time and/or date, or to include an updated media item). 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to method  1500  (e.g.,  FIG.  15   ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described herein. For example, method  1500  optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described herein with reference to method  700 , method  900 , method  1100 , and method  1300 . For example, method  700  optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to method  1500 . For example, the user interface based on a media item that includes depth data as described with reference to  FIGS.  14 A- 14 R  can include be the same as the watch user interfaces described above with reference to  FIGS.  6 A- 6 U . For another example, method  900  optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to method  1500 . For example, a layout editing user interface as described with reference to  FIGS.  14 A- 14 R  can include and be used to edit watch user interfaces as described with reference to  FIGS.  8 A- 8 M . For another example, method  1100  optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to method  1500 . For example, a watch user interface as illustrated with reference to  FIGS.  10 A- 10 W  can be added to a computer system via a different computer system as illustrated described with reference to  FIGS.  14 A- 14 R . For another example, method  1300  optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to method  1500 . For example, the user interface based on an media item with depth data as described above with reference to  FIGS.  14 A- 14 R  added to a computer system in response to a press input on a rotatable and depressible input mechanism as described above with reference to  FIGS.  12 A- 12 W . For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
     The foregoing description, for purpose of explanation, has been described with reference to specific embodiments. However, the illustrative discussions above are not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the invention to the precise forms disclosed. Many modifications and variations are possible in view of the above teachings. The embodiments were chosen and described in order to best explain the principles of the techniques and their practical applications. Others skilled in the art are thereby enabled to best utilize the techniques and various embodiments with various modifications as are suited to the particular use contemplated. 
     Although the disclosure and examples have been fully described with reference to the accompanying drawings, it is to be noted that various changes and modifications will become apparent to those skilled in the art. Such changes and modifications are to be understood as being included within the scope of the disclosure and examples as defined by the claims. 
     As described above, one aspect of the present technology is the gathering and use of data available from various sources to improve the delivery to users of watch user interfaces or any other content that may be of interest to them. The present disclosure contemplates that in some instances, this gathered data may include personal information data that uniquely identifies or can be used to contact or locate a specific person. Such personal information data can include demographic data, location-based data, telephone numbers, email addresses, twitter IDs, home addresses, data or records relating to a user&#39;s health or level of fitness (e.g., vital signs measurements, medication information, and/or exercise information), date of birth, or any other identifying or personal information. 
     The present disclosure recognizes that the use of such personal information data, in the present technology, can be used to the benefit of users. For example, the personal information data can be used to deliver targeted watch user interfaces that are of greater interest to the user. Accordingly, use of such personal information data enables users to have calculated control of the delivered content. Further, other uses for personal information data that benefit the user are also contemplated by the present disclosure. For instance, health and fitness data may be used to provide insights into a user&#39;s general wellness, or may be used as positive feedback to individuals using technology to pursue wellness goals. 
     The present disclosure contemplates that the entities responsible for the collection, analysis, disclosure, transfer, storage, or other use of such personal information data will comply with well-established privacy policies and/or privacy practices. In particular, such entities should implement and consistently use privacy policies and practices that are generally recognized as meeting or exceeding industry or governmental requirements for maintaining personal information data private and secure. Such policies should be easily accessible by users, and should be updated as the collection and/or use of data changes. Personal information from users should be collected for legitimate and reasonable uses of the entity and not shared or sold outside of those legitimate uses. Further, such collection/sharing should occur after receiving the informed consent of the users. Additionally, such entities should consider taking any needed steps for safeguarding and securing access to such personal information data and ensuring that others with access to the personal information data adhere to their privacy policies and procedures. Further, such entities can subject themselves to evaluation by third parties to certify their adherence to widely accepted privacy policies and practices. In addition, policies and practices should be adapted for the particular types of personal information data being collected and/or accessed and adapted to applicable laws and standards, including jurisdiction-specific considerations. For instance, in the US, collection of or access to certain health data may be governed by federal and/or state laws, such as the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA); whereas health data in other countries may be subject to other regulations and policies and should be handled accordingly. Hence different privacy practices should be maintained for different personal data types in each country. 
     Despite the foregoing, the present disclosure also contemplates embodiments in which users selectively block the use of, or access to, personal information data. That is, the present disclosure contemplates that hardware and/or software elements can be provided to prevent or block access to such personal information data. For example, in the case of suggested watch user interface options, the present technology can be configured to allow users to select to “opt in” or “opt out” of participation in the collection of personal information data during registration for services or anytime thereafter. In another example, users can select not to provide mood-associated data for suggested watch user interface options. In yet another example, users can select to limit the length of time mood-associated data is maintained or entirely prohibit the development of a baseline mood profile. In addition to providing “opt in” and “opt out” options, the present disclosure contemplates providing notifications relating to the access or use of personal information. For instance, a user may be notified upon downloading an app that their personal information data will be accessed and then reminded again just before personal information data is accessed by the app. 
     Moreover, it is the intent of the present disclosure that personal information data should be managed and handled in a way to minimize risks of unintentional or unauthorized access or use. Risk can be minimized by limiting the collection of data and deleting data once it is no longer needed. In addition, and when applicable, including in certain health related applications, data de-identification can be used to protect a user&#39;s privacy. De-identification may be facilitated, when appropriate, by removing specific identifiers (e.g., date of birth, etc.), controlling the amount or specificity of data stored (e.g., collecting location data a city level rather than at an address level), controlling how data is stored (e.g., aggregating data across users), and/or other methods. 
     Therefore, although the present disclosure broadly covers use of personal information data to implement one or more various disclosed embodiments, the present disclosure also contemplates that the various embodiments can also be implemented without the need for accessing such personal information data. That is, the various embodiments of the present technology are not rendered inoperable due to the lack of all or a portion of such personal information data. For example, user interfaces can be suggested to users by inferring preferences based on non-personal information data or a bare minimum amount of personal information, such as the content being requested by the device associated with a user, other non-personal information available to the computer system, or publicly available information.

Metadata:
Filing Date: 20220506
Publication Date: 20240305
Grant Date: 20240305
Priority Date: 20210514
Inventors: CHEN, KEVIN W.
AGNOLI, GIOVANNI
CLARKE, GRAHAM R.
GUZMAN, Aurelio
SCHIMON, David A.
SOUZA DOS SANTOS, ANDRE
Assignee: APPLE INC
CPC Classifications: [{"code": "G06F3/0484", "inventive": true, "first": true, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0482", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F40/109", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06T11/60", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06T13/00", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06T2200/24", "inventive": false, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F1/163", "inventive": true, "first": true, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0484", "inventive": true, "first": true, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0484", "inventive": true, "first": true, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0482", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/04847", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F2203/04806", "inventive": false, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0485", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0483", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/04815", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F1/169", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F1/1671", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0362", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F1/163", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F1/1671", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F1/169", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0362", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/04815", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0482", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0483", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F40/109", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06T11/60", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06T13/00", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F2203/04806", "inventive": false, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06T2200/24", "inventive": false, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F40/109", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0482", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06T11/60", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06T13/00", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06T2200/24", "inventive": false, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}]
Family ID: 82019671